1
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 1
C
Cu
ur
rr
ri
ic
cu
ul
lu
um
m f
fo
or
r
D
Di
ip
pl
lo
om
ma
a P
Pr
ro
og
gr
ra
am
mm
me
e i
in
n
C
CI
IV
VI
IL
L E
EN
NG
GI
IN
NE
EE
ER
RI
IN
NG
G
F
Fo
or
r t
th
he
e S
St
ta
at
te
e o
of
f U
Ut
tt
ta
ar
r P
Pr
ra
ad
de
es
sh
h
P
Pr
re
ep
pa
ar
re
ed
d b
by
y:
:
C
Cu
ur
rr
ri
ic
cu
ul
lu
um
m D
De
ev
ve
el
lo
op
pm
me
en
nt
t C
Ce
en
nt
tr
re
e
N
Na
at
ti
io
on
na
al
l I
In
ns
st
ti
it
tu
ut
te
e o
of
f
T
Te
ec
ch
hn
ni
ic
ca
al
l T
Te
ea
ac
ch
he
er
rs
s T
Tr
ra
ai
in
ni
in
ng
g a
an
nd
d R
Re
es
se
ea
ar
rc
ch
h
S
Se
ec
ct
to
or
r 2
26
6,
, C
Ch
ha
an
nd
di
ig
ga
ar
rh
h -
- 1
16
60
0 0
01
19
9
F
Fe
eb
br
ru
ua
ar
ry
y,
, 2
20
01
19
9
Approved and Implemented by B.T.E,U.P
(Effective from session 2019-20)
2
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 2
CONTENTS
Sr. No Particulars Page No.
- Preface (i)
- Acknowledgement (ii)
1. Salient Features of the Diploma Programme 1
2. Employment Opportunities 3
3. Learning Outcomes of the Programme 5
4. Deriving Curriculum Areas from Learning Outcomes of the
Programme
7
5. Abstract of Curriculum Areas 10
6. Horizontal and Vertical Organization of the Subjects 12
7. Study and Evaluation Scheme 13
8. Guidelines (for Assessment of Student Centered Activities and
Internal Assessment)
19
9. Detailed Contents of various Subjects 20-182
3
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 3
FIRST SEMESTER
1.1 Communication Skills-I 20
1.2 Applied Mathematics - I 23
1.3 Applied Physics – I 26
1.4 Applied Chemistry 32
1.5 Engineering Drawing-I 37
1.6 Construction Materials 41
1.7 General Workshop Practice - I 45
SECOND SEMESTER
2.1 Applied Mathematics - II 49
2.2 Computer Aided Drawing 51
2.3 Applied Mechanics 53
2.4 Basics of Mechanical and Electrical Engg. 57
2.5 Basics of Information Technology 63
2.6 General Workshop Practice -II 68
THIRD SEMESTER
3.1 Hydraulics and Hydraulic Machines 71
3.2 Concrete Technology 75
3.3 Environmental Studies 81
3.4 Structural Mechanics 84
3.5 Building Construction 88
3.6 Building Drawings 95
FOURTH SEMESTER
4.1 Communication Skill-II 98
4.2 Highway Engineering 101
4.3 Irrigation Engineering 107
4.4 Surveying - I 111
4.5 Reinforced Cement Concrete Structures (RCC Structures) 116
4
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 4
4.6 Energy Conservation 120
4.7 RCC Drawing 125
Industrial Training 127
FIFTH SEMESTER
5.1 Water and Waste Water Engineering 128
5.2 Railways, Bridges and Tunnels 134
5.3 Earthquake Engineering 138
5.4 Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering 141
5.5 Surveying-II 148
5.6 Waste Water and Irrigation Engineering Drawing 152
5.7 Universal Human Values 155
SIXTH SEMESTER
- Survey Camp 159
6.1 Quantity Surveying and Valuation 160
6.2 Construction Management, Accounts and Entrepreneurship Development 164
6.3 Design of Steel Structure 169
6.4 Steel Structure Drawing 172
6.5 Software Application in Civil Engineering 174
6.6 Elective 175
6.7 Project Work 185
10. Resource Requirement 189
11. Evaluation Strategy 203
12. Recommendations for Effective Implementation of Curriculum 206
13. List of Participants 209
5
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 5
PREFACE
An important issue generally debated amongst the planners and educators world over is how
technical education can contribute to sustainable development of the societies struggling hard
to come in the same bracket as that of the developed nations. The rapid industrialization and
globalization has created an environment for free flow of information and technology through
fast and efficient means. This has led to shrinking of the world, bringing people from
different culture and environment together and giving rise to the concept of world turning
into a global village. In India, a shift has taken place from the forgettable years of closed
economy to knowledge based and open economy in the last few decades. In order to cope
with the challenges of handling new technologies, materials and methods, we have to develop
human resources having appropriate professional knowledge, skills and attitude. Technical
education system is one of the significant components of the human resource development
and has grown phenomenally during all these years. Now it is time to consolidate and infuse
quality aspect through developing human resources, in the delivery system. Polytechnics
play an important role in meeting the requirements of trained technical manpower for
industries and field organizations. The initiatives being taken by the State Board of Technical
Education, UP to revise the existing curricula of 6 diploma programmes as per the needs of
the industry and making them NSQF compliant,are laudable.
In order to meet the requirements of future technical manpower, we will have to revamp our
existing technical education system and one of the most important requirements is to develop
outcome-based curricula of diploma programmes. The curricula for diploma programmes
have been revised by adopting time-tested and nationally acclaimed scientific method, laying
emphasis on the identification of learning outcomes of diploma programme.
The real success of the diploma programme depends upon its effective implementation.
However best the curriculum document is designed, if that is not implemented properly, the
output will not be as expected. In addition to acquisition of appropriate physical resources,
the availability of motivated, competent and qualified faculty is essential for effective
implementation of the curricula.
It is expected of the polytechnics to carry out job market research on a continuous basis to
identify the new skill requirements, reduce or remove outdated and redundant courses,
develop innovative methods of course offering and thereby infuse the much needed
dynamism in the system.
Dr. SS Pattnaik
Director
National Institute of
Technical Teachers Training & Research
Chandigarh
6
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 6
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We gratefully acknowledge the guidance and contribution received from the following
persons:
i) Sh. Bhuvnesh Kumar , IAS, Secretary Govt. of UP, Technical Education Department,
Secretariat Lucknow.
ii) Sh.R.C. Rajput,Director, Technical Education, UP for taking keen interest in the review
of this curriculum.
iii) Sh.ManojKumar, Director, I.R.D.T.,Kanpur for entrusting this project of Curriculum
revision to NITTTR, Chandigarh.
iv) Secretary, Board of Technical Education, UP for keen interest for this project of review
curriculum.
v) Director, National Institute of Technical Teachers’ Training and Research, Chandigarh
for his support and academic freedom provided to Curriculum Development Centre.
vi) All the participants from industry/field organizations, engineering colleges,
polytechnics and other technical institutions for their professional inputs during
curriculum workshops.
vii) Sh. AshokKushwaha,TextBookOfficer/CDCOfficer,IRDT,Kanpur
viii) Faculty/SubjectExperts from U.P. Government polytechnics
ix) Faculty from different departments of NITTTR, Chandigarh for content updation.
x) Ramesh Gupta, UDC for her support and secretarial assistance in the conduct of
Curriculum workshops at Chandigarh
xi) Amit Kumar Sachdeva, LDC, Curriculum Development Centre for word processing
this document
Coordinator
7
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 7
1. SALIENT FEATURES OF DIPLOMA PROGRAMME IN CIVIL ENGINEERING
1) Name of the Programme : Diploma Programme in Civil
Engineering
2) Duration of the Programme : Three years (Six Semesters)
3) Entry Qualification : Matriculation or equivalent NSQF Level as
Prescribed by State Board of Technical
Education, UP
4) Intake : 60 (or as prescribed by the Board)
5) Pattern of the Programme : Semester Pattern
6) NSQF Level : Level - 5
7) Ratio between theory and : 45 : 55 (Approx.)
Practical
8) Industrial Training:
Four weeks of industrial training is included after IV semester during summer vacation. Total marks
allotted to industrial training will be 50.
9) Ecology and Environment :
As per Govt. of India directives, a subject on Environmental Studies has been incorporated in the
curriculum.
10) Energy Conservation:
A subject on Energy Conservation has been incorporated in the curriculum.
11) Entrepreneurship Development:
A full subject on Construction Management Accounts and Entrepreneurship Development has been
incorporated in the curriculum.
12) Student Centred Activities:
A provision of 3-6 hrs per week has been made for organizing Student Centred Activities for overall
personality development of students. Such activities will comprise of co–curricular activities such as
expert lectures, self study, games, hobby classes like photography, painting, singing etc. seminars,
declamation contests, educational field visits, NCC, NSS and other cultural activities, disaster
management and safety etc.
13) Project work
A project work has been included in the curriculum to enable the student get familiarize with the
practices and procedures being followed in the industries and provide an opportunity to work on some
live projects in the industry.
8
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 8
2. EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIES FOR DIPLOMA HOLDERS IN CIVIL
ENGINEERING
Keeping in view, the present scenario of activities in the field of Civil Engineering,
following employment opportunities are visualized for diploma holders in Civil
Engineering:
a) Wage Employment in:
i) Government Departments/Public sector / /Boards/ Corporations/ private
construction companies
ii) Service sector i.e. Estate Offices of Business organizations/
Universities/Colleges, Hotels , Hospitals etc. specially for repair and
maintenance of buildings and their upkeep.
iii) Military Engineering Services/BRO/Defence/Railways/ Power
Projects/Banks/ Municipal Corporations and Committees/Airport Authority
and Harbours etc.
iv) Installation of communication towers and framed structure.
v) Testing laboratories
vi) Technical institutions.
b) Self employment opportunities:
i) Small building contractors/Licensed contractors (Class B)
ii) Approved building planner and valuer
iii) Plumbing and water supply fitting contracts
iv) White washing, distempering, repair and maintenance of buildings,
renovations, POP work, texture work, false ceiling, specialized flooring
etc.Anti - termite treatment Erection job
v) Construction material suppliers/marketing
vi) Preparation of computer aided design and drafting jobs
vii) Estimating and costing jobs/bill maker
viii) Surveyor/loss assessment/valuation of buildings etc
ix) Water proofing of existing and new building
9
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 9
x) A small enterprise like precast elements/hume pipes/water proofing
chemicals, RCC pipes, hollow blocks, shuttering etc.
xi) Rain water harvesting system installation
xii) Sanitary Installation
3. LEARNING OUTCOMES OF DIPLOMA PROGRAMME IN CIVIL ENGINEERING
At the end of the programme, a diploma holder in Civil Engineering will be able to:
1. Communicate effectively in English with others
2. Apply basic principles of Mathematics and Science to solve
engineering problems
3. Prepare computerized reports, presentations using IT tools and
computer application software
4. Use cutting tools and tooling for fabrication of jobs by following safe
practices during work
5. Use appropriate procedures for preventing environmental pollution
and energy conservation
6. Use basic concepts and principles of fluid mechanics as applied to
civil engineering practices.
7. Apply concepts of mechanics to solve Engineering problems
8. Carry out various types of surveying like levelling, plane tabling,
theodolite surveying, and tachometry and contouring; and use modern
surveying techniques like total station, remote sensing, GIS and GPS.
9. Select, Use and carry our testing of construction materials including
eco friendly and advanced materials as per their suitability and
availability
10. Supervise various building construction works from substructure to
superstructure and their finishing operations.
11. Prepare, read and interpret, component drawing, building drawings
and layout
12. Supervise production, placement and quality control of concrete
operations.
13. Supervise construction of pre cast elements.
14. Carry out layout plan of water supply, sewerage and sanitary systems
and monitor quality of water and waste water
15. Supervise constructional aspects pertaining to irrigation structures
16. Prepare, read and interpret public health and irrigation engineering
drawings
17. Analyse and design simple structural elements of R.C.C.
10
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 10
18. Supervise constructional aspects pertaining to highway engineering
19. Prepare, read and interpret R.C.C. drawings
20. Prepare topographical plan of an area
21. Use various computer softwares in the field of Civil Engineering
22. Supervise constructional aspects pertaining to railways, bridges and
tunnels
23. Analyse, use and treat various types of soils for foundation purpose
24. Plan and execute given task/projects as a team member/ leader
25. Analyse and design simple structural elements of steel
26. Prepare material estimates as per CSR, Specifications, costing,
valuation and tender documents as per given drawings and prepare bill
of quantity of construction.
27. Apply basic principles of construction management techniques and
accounts in Civil Engineering
28. Carry out repair, maintenance and retrofitting of buildings as per
requirement
29. Use various advanced constructional techniques for construction of
high rise and earthquake resistant structures keeping safety aspects in
mind.
30. Plan and execute activities related to disaster management.
31. Apply the knowledge and skills gained through various courses in
solving live problems/projects in the field
32. Demonstrate appropriate values and attitude.
11
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 11
4. DERIVING CURRICULUM AREAS FROM LEARNING OUTCOMES OF
THE PROGRAMME
The following curriculum area subjects have been derived from learning outcomes:
Sr.
No.
Learning Outcomes Curriculum Areas/Subjects
1. Communicate effectively in English with
others
− Communication Skills
− Student Centred Activities (SCA)
2. Apply basic principles of Mathematics and
Science to solve engineering problems
− Applied Mathematics
− Applied Physics
− Applied Chemistry
3. Prepare computerized reports, presentations
using IT tools and computer application
software
− Basics of Information Technology
4. Use cutting tools and tooling for fabrication
of jobs by following safe practices during
work
− General Workshop Practice
− Basics of Mechanical and
Electrical Engg.
5. Use appropriate procedures for preventing
environmental pollution and energy
conservation
− Environmental Studies
− Energy Conservation
6. Use basic concepts and principles of fluid
mechanics as applied to civil engineering
practices.
− Hydraulics and Hydraulic
Machines
7. Apply concepts of mechanics to solve
Engineering problems
− Applied Mechanics
− Structural Mechanics
8. Carry out various types of surveying like
levelling, plane tabling, theodolite surveying,
and tachometry and contouring; and use
modern surveying techniques like total
station, remote sensing, GIS and GPS.
− Quantity Surveying and Valuation
9. Select, Use and carry our testing of
construction materials including eco friendly
and advanced materials as per their suitability
and availability
− Construction Materials
10. Supervise various building construction
works from substructure to superstructure and
their finishing operations.
− Building Construction
− Building Drawings
11. Prepare, read and interpret, component
drawing, building drawings and layout
− Engineering Drawing
12. Supervise production, placement and quality
control of concrete operations.
− Concrete Technology
12
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 12
13. Supervise construction of pre cast elements. − Reinforced Cement Concrete
Structures (RCC Structures)
14. Carry out layout plan of water supply,
sewerage and sanitary systems and monitor
quality of water and waste water
− Water and Waste water
Engineering
15. Supervise constructional aspects pertaining to
irrigation structures
− Irrigation Engineering
16. Prepare, read and interpret public health and
irrigation engineering drawings
− Waste Water and Irrigation
Engineering Drawing
17. Analyse and design simple structural elements
of R.C.C.
− Reinforced Cement Concrete
Structures (RCC Structures)
18. Supervise constructional aspects pertaining to
highway engineering
− Highway Engineering
19. Prepare, read and interpret R.C.C. drawings − RCC Drawing
20. Prepare topographical plan of an area − Surveying
21. Use various computer softwares in the field of
Civil Engineering
− Computer Aided Drawing
− Software Application in Civil
Engineering
22. Supervise constructional aspects pertaining to
railways, bridges and tunnels
− Railways, Bridges and Tunnels
23. Analyse, use and treat various types of soils
for foundation purpose
− Soil Mechanics and Foundation
Engineering
24. Plan and execute given task/projects as a
team member/ leader
− Project Work
25. Analyse and design simple structural elements
of steel
− Design of Steel Structure
− Steel Structure Drawing
26. Prepare material estimates as per CSR,
Specifications, costing, valuation and tender
documents as per given drawings and prepare
bill of quantity of construction.
− Quantity Surveying and Valuation
27. Apply basic principles of construction
management techniques and accounts in Civil
Engineering
− Construction Management,
Accounts and Entrepreneurship
Development
28. Carry out repair, maintenance and retrofitting
of buildings as per requirement
− Repair and Maintenance of
Buildings
29. Use various advanced constructional
techniques for construction of high rise and
earthquake resistant structures keeping safety
aspects in mind.
− Earthquake Engineering
13
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 13
30. Plan and execute activities related to disaster
management.
− Analysis of Structures
31. Apply the knowledge and skills gained
through various courses in solving live
problems/projects in the field
− Project Work
32. Demonstrate appropriate values and attitude. − Student Centred Activities
14
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 14
5. ABSTRACT OF CURRICULUM AREAS
a) General Studies
1. Communication Skills
2. Environmental Studies
3. Energy Conservation
b) Applied Sciences
4. Applied Mathematics
5. Applied Physics
6. Applied Chemistry
c) Basic Courses in Engineering/Technology
7. Engineering Drawing
8. General Workshop Practice
9. Basics of Mechanical and Electrical Engg.
10. Basics of Information Technology
d) Applied Courses in Engineering/Technology
11. Construction Materials
12. Computer Aided Drawing
13. Applied Mechanics
14. Hydraulics and Hydraulic Machines
15. Concrete Technology
16. Structural Mechanics
17. Building Construction
18. Building Drawings
19. Construction Materials
20. Computer Aided Drawing
21. Applied Mechanics
22. Hydraulics and Hydraulic Machines
23. Concrete Technology
24. RCC Drawing
25. Water and Waste water Engineering
26. Railways, Bridges and Tunnels
27. Earthquake Engineering
15
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 15
28. Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering
29. Waste Water and Irrigation Engineering Drawing
30. Quantity Surveying and Valuation
31. Construction Management, Accounts and Entrepreneurship
Development
32. Design of Steel Structure
33. Steel Structure Drawing
34. Software Applications in Civil Engineering
e) Industrial Training
35. Project Work
f) Elective
36. Repair and Maintenance of Buildings
37. Plumbing Services
38. Analysis of Structures
16
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 16
6. HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL ORGANISATION OF THE SUBJECTS
Sr.
No.
Subjects Distribution in Periods per week in
Various Semesters
I II III IV V VI
1. Communication Skills 6 - - 6 - -
2. Applied Mathematics 5 5 - - - -
3. Applied Physics 7 - - - - -
4. Applied Chemistry 7 - - - - -
5. Engineering Drawing 8 - - - - -
6. Construction Materials 5 - - - - -
7. General Workshop Practice 8 8 - - - -
8. Computer Aided Drawing - 8 - - - -
9. Applied Mechanics - 7 - - - -
10. Basics of Mechanical and Electrical Engg. - 8 - - - -
11. Basics of Information Technology - 6 - - - -
12. Hydraulics and Hydraulic Machines - - 8 - - -
13. Concrete Technology - - 8 - - -
14. Environmental Studies - - 3 - - -
15. Structural Mechanics - - 8 - - -
16. Building Construction - - 9 - - -
17. Building Drawings - - 8 - - -
18. Highway Engineering - - - 8 - -
19. Irrigation Engineering - - - 5 - -
20. Surveying - I - - - 12 12 -
21. Reinforced Cement Concrete Structures
(RCC Structures)
- - - 6 - -
22. Energy Conservation - - - 5 - -
23. RCC Drawing - - - 4 - -
24. Water and Waste water Engineering - - - - 8 -
25. Railways, Bridges and Tunnels - - - - 6 -
26. Earthquake Engineering - - - - 4 -
27. Soil Mechanics and Foundation
Engineering
- - - - 8 -
28. Waste Water and Irrigation Engineering
Drawing
- - - - 6 -
29. Universal Human Values 3
30. Quantity Surveying and Valuation - - - - - 6
31. Construction Management, Accounts and
Entrepreneurship Development
- - - - - 5
32. Design of Steel Structure - - - - - 6
33. Steel Structure Drawing - - - - - 4
34. Software Applications in Civil
Engineering
- - - - - 8
35. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT - - - - - 5
36. Project Work - - - - - 10
37. Student Centred Activities (SCA) 2 6 4 2 1 4
17
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 17
Total 48 48 48 48 48 48
7. STUDY AND EVALUATION SCHEME FOR DIPLOMA PROGRAMME IN CIVIL ENGINEERING
FIRST SEMESTER
Sr.
No.
SUBJECTS
STUDY
SCHEME
Periods/Week
Credi
ts
MARKS IN EVALUATION SCHEME Total
Marks
of
Internal
&
External
INTERNAL
ASSESSMENT
EXTERNAL
ASSESSMENT
L
T P
Th
Pr Tot Th Hrs Pr Hrs Tot
1.
1
*Communication
Skills-I 4
- 2
4 20
10 30 50 2 ½ 20 3 70 100
1.
2
*Applied
Mathematics - I 5
- -
4 20 -
20 50 2 ½ - - 50 70
1.
3
*Applied Physics – I
5
- 2
5 20
10 30 50 2 ½ 20 3 70 100
1.
4
*Applied Chemistry
5
- 2
5 20
10 30 50 2 ½ 20 3 70 100
1.
5
*Engineering
Drawing-I -
- 8
2 40
- 40 60 3 - - 60 100
1.
6
Construction
Materials 3
- 2
3 20
10 30 50 2 ½ 20 3 70 100
1.
7
General Workshop
Practice - I -
- 8
2 -
40 40 - - 60 4 60 100
#Student Centred Activities
(SCA) -
- 2
1 -
30 30 - - - - - 30
Total
22
- 26
26 140
110 250 310 - 140 - 450 700
* Common with other diploma programmes
# Student Centred Activities will comprise of co-curricular activities like extension
lectures, games, hobby clubs e.g. photography etc., seminars, declamation contests,
educational field visits, N.C.C., NSS, Cultural Activities and self study etc.
18
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 18
SECOND SEMESTER (CIVIL ENGINEERING)
Sr.
No.
SUBJECTS
STUDY
SCHEME
Periods/Week
Credits
MARKS IN EVALUATION SCHEME Total
Marks
of
Internal
&
External
INTERNAL
ASSESSMENT
EXTERNAL
ASSESSMENT
L
T P
Th
Pr Tot Th Hrs Pr Hrs Tot
2.1 *Applied
Mathematics
- II
5
- -
4 20
- 20 50 2 ½ - - 50 70
2.2 Computer
Aided
Drawing
-
- 8
3 - 40
40 - - 60 3 60 100
2.3 +
Applied
Mechanics 5
- 2
5 20
10 30 50 2 ½ 20 3 70 100
2.4 Basics of
Mechanical
and
Electrical
Engg.
6
- 2
5 20
10 30 50 2 ½ 20 3 70 100
2.5 *Basics of
Information
Technology
-
- 6
2 -
40 40 - - 60 3 60 100
2.6 General
Workshop
Practice -II
-
- 8
2 -
40 40 - - 60 4 60 100
#Student Centred
Activities (SCA) -
- 6
1 -
30 30 - - - - - 30
Total
16
- 32
22 60
170 230 150 - 220 - 370 600
* Common with other diploma programmes
+ Common with diploma in Mechanical Engg. and Chemical Engg
# Student Centred Activities will comprise of co-curricular activities like extension
lectures, games, hobby clubs e.g. photography etc., seminars, declamation contests,
educational field visits, N.C.C., NSS, Cultural Activities and self study etc.
.
19
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 19
THIRD SEMESTER (CIVIL ENGINEERING)
Sr.
No.
SUBJECTS
STUDY
SCHEME
Periods/Week
Credits
MARKS IN EVALUATION SCHEME Total
Marks of
Internal
&
External
INTERNAL
ASSESSMENT
EXTERNAL
ASSESSMENT
L T P Th Pr Tot Th Hrs Pr Hrs Tot
3.1 Hydraulics and
Hydraulic
Machines
6 - 2 5 20 10 30 50 2 ½ 20 3 70 100
3.2 Concrete
Technology
6 - 2 5 20 10 30 50 2 ½ 20 3 70 100
3.3 *Environmental
Studies
3 - 2 3 20 10 30 50 2 ½ 20 3 70 100
3.4 Structural
Mechanics
6 - 2 5 20 10 30 50 2 ½ 20 3 70 100
3.5 Building
Construction
6 - 3 6 20 10 30 50 2 ½ 20 3 70 100
3.6 Building Drawings - - 8 3 - 40 40 60 3 - - 60 100
#Student Centred
Activities (SCA)
- - 2 1 - 30 30 - - - - - 30
Total 27 - 21 28 100 120 220 310 - 100 - 410 630
* Common with other diploma programmes
# Student Centred Activities will comprise of co-curricular activities like extension
lectures, self study, games, hobby clubs e.g. photography etc., seminars, declamation
contests, educational field visits, N.C.C., NSS, Cultural Activities, disaster management
and safety etc.
.
20
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 20
FOURTH SEMESTER (CIVIL ENGINEERING)
* Common with other diploma programmes
- 4 weeks industrial training will be organised after 4th
Semester exam. The
evaluation of industrial training will be done in 5th
semester.
# Student Centred Activities will comprise of co-curricular activities like extension
lectures, self study, games, hobby clubs e.g. photography etc., seminars, declamation
contests, educational field visits, N.C.C., NSS, Cultural Activities, disaster management
and safety etc.
Sr.
No.
SUBJECTS
STUDY
SCHEME
Periods/Week
Credits
MARKS IN EVALUATION SCHEME Total
Marks
of
Internal
&
External
INTERNAL
ASSESSMENT
EXTERNAL
ASSESSMENT
L
T P
Th
Pr Tot Th Hrs Pr Hrs Tot
4.1 *Communication
Skill-II 4
- 2
4 20
10 30 50 2 ½ 20 3 70 100
4.2 Highway
Engineering 6
- 2
5 20
10 30 50 2 ½ 20 3 70 100
4.3 Irrigation
Engineering 5
- -
4 20
- 20 50 2 ½ - - 50 70
4.4 Surveying - I
4
- 8
6 20
10 30 50 2 ½ 20 3 70 100
4.5 Reinforced
Cement Concrete
Structures (RCC
Structures)
6
- -
5 20
- 20 50 2 ½ - - 50 70
4.6 *Energy
Conservation 3
- 2
3 20 10
30 50 2 ½ 20 3 70 100
4.7 RCC Drawing
-
- 4
2 - 20
20 50 3 - - 50 70
#Student Centred
Activities (SCA) -
- 2
1 -
30 30 - - - - - 30
Total
28
- 20
30 120
90 210 350 - 80 - 430 640
21
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 21
FIFTH SEMESTER (CIVIL ENGINEERING)
# Student Centred Activities will comprise of co-curricular activities like extension
lectures, self study, games, hobby clubs e.g. photography etc., seminars,
declamation contests, educational field visits, N.C.C., NSS, Cultural Activities, disaster
management and safety etc.
Survey Camp of 2 weeks duration to be organized after 5th
semester exam.
Sr.
No.
SUBJECTS
STUDY
SCHEME
Periods/Week
Credits
MARKS IN EVALUATION SCHEME Total
Marks of
Internal
&
External
INTERNAL
ASSESSMENT
EXTERNAL
ASSESSMENT
L
T P
Th
Pr Tot Th Hrs Pr Hrs Tot
- Industrial
Training -
- -
2 - -
- - - 50 3 50 50
5.1 Water and
Waste water
Engineering
6
- 2
5 20
10 30 50 2 ½ 20 3 70 100
5.2 Railways,
Bridges and
Tunnels
6
- -
5 20 -
20 50 2 ½ - - 50 70
5.3 Earthquake
Engineering 4
- -
3 20
- 20 50 2 ½ - - 50 70
5.4 Soil
Mechanics
and
Foundation
Engineering
6
- 2
5 20
10 30 50 2 ½ 20 3 70 100
5.5 Surveying-II
4
- 8
6 20
10 30 50 2 ½ 20 3 70 100
5.6 Waste Water
and Irrigation
Engineering
Drawing
-
- 6
2 -
20 20 50 3 - - 50 70
5.7 Universal
Human
Values
2
- 1
1 -
20 20 - - 30 3 30 50
#Student Centred
Activities (SCA) -
- 1
1 -
30 30 - - - - - 30
Total
28
- 20
30 100
100 200 300 - 140 - 440 640
22
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 22
SIXTH SEMESTER (CIVIL ENGINEERING)
**Elective :- Any one of the following:
6.6.1 Repair and Maintenance of Buildings
6.6.2 Plumbing Services
6.6.3 Analysis of Structures
# Student Centred Activities will comprise of co-curricular activities like extension
lectures, self study, games, hobby clubs e.g. photography etc., seminars, declamation
contests, educational field visits, N.C.C., NSS, Cultural Activities, disaster management
and safety etc.
Sr.
No.
SUBJECTS
STUDY
SCHEME
Periods/Week
Credits
MARKS IN EVALUATION SCHEME Total
Marks
of
Internal
&
External
INTERNAL
ASSESSMENT
EXTERNAL
ASSESSMENT
L
T P
Th
Pr Tot Th Hrs Pr Hrs Tot
- Survey Camp
-
- -
2 -
40 40 - - 60 - 60 100
6.1 Quantity Surveying and Valuation
6
- -
5 20
- 20 50 2 ½ - - 50 70
6.2 Construction Management,
Accounts and Entrepreneurship
Development
5
- -
4 20
- 20 50 2 ½ - - 50 70
6.3 Design of Steel Structure
6
- -
5 20
- 20 50 2 ½ - - 50 70
6.4 Steel Structure Drawing
-
- 4
2 -
20 20 50 3 - - 50 70
6.5 Software Applications in Civil
Engineering -
- 8
3 -
40 40 - - 60 3 60 100
6.6 **Elective:
5
- -
4 20
- 20 50 2 ½ - - 50 70
6.7 Project Work
-
- 10
4 -
40 40 - - 60 - 60 100
#Student Centred Activities (SCA)
-
- 4
1 -
30 30 - - - - - 30
Total
22
- 26
30 80
170 250 250 - 180 - 430 680
23
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 23
8. GUIDELINES FOR ASSESSMENT OF STUDENT CENTRED ACTIVITIES (SCA)
It was discussed and decided that the maximum marks for SCA should be 30 as it involves a lot of
subjectivity in the evaluation. The marks may be distributed as follows:
i. 10 Marks for general behavior and discipline
(by HODs in consultation with all the teachers of the department)
ii. 5 Marks for attendance as per following:
(by HODs in consultation with all the teachers of the department)
a) 75 - 80% 2 Marks
b) 80 - 85% 4 Marks
c) Above 85% 5 Marks
iii. 15 Marks maximum for Sports/NCC/Cultural/Co-curricular/ NSS activities as per
following:
(by In-charge Sports/NCC/Cultural/Co-curricular/NSS)
a) 15 - State/National Level participation
b) 10 - Participation in two of above activities
c) 5 - Inter-Polytechnic level participation
Note: There should be no marks for attendance in the internal sessional of different subjects.
24
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 24
1.1 COMMUNICATION SKILLS – I
L T P
4 - 2
RATIONALE
Knowledge of English Language plays an important role in career development. This subject
aims at introducing basic concepts of communication besides laying emphasis on developing
listening, speaking, reading and writing skills as parts of Communication Skill.
LEARNING OUTCOMES
After undergoing the subject, the students will be able to:
.
• Understand the importance of effective communication
• Describe the process of communication
• Communicate effectively in different contexts
• Identify parts of speech
• Write correct sentences using appropriate vocabulary
• Reproduce and match words and sentences in a paragraph
• Write various types of paragraphs, notices for different purposes and composition on
picture with appropriate format
• Read unseen texts with comprehension
.
DETAILED CONTENTS
1 Basics of Communication (13 periods)
1.1 Definition and process of communication
1.2 Types of communication - formal and informal, oral and written, verbal and
non-verbal
1.3 Communications barriers and how to overcome them
1.4 Barriers to Communication, Tools of Communication
2 Application of Grammer (18 periods)
2.1 Parts of Speech (Noun, verb, adjective, adverb) and modals
2.2 Sentences and its types
2.3 Tenses
2.4 Active and Passive Voice
2.5 Punctuation
2.6 Direct and Indirect Speech
25
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 25
3 Reading Skill (10 periods)
Unseen passage for comprehension (one word substitution, prefixes, suffixes,
antonyms, synonyms etc. based upon the passage to be covered under this topic)
4 Writing Skill (15 periods)
4.1 Picture composition
4.2 Writing paragraph
4.3 Notice writing
LIST OF PRACTICALS
Note: Teaching Learning Process should be focused on the use of the language in writing
reports and making presentations.
Topics such as Effective listening, effective note taking, group discussions and regular
presentations by the students need to be taught in a project oriented manner where the
learning happens as a byproduct.
Listening and Speaking Exercises
1. Self and peer introduction
2. Newspaper reading
3. Just a minute session-Extempore
4. Greeting and starting a conversation
5. Leave taking
6. Thanking
7. Wishing well
8. Talking about likes and dislikes
9. Group Discussion
10. Listening Exercises.
INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY
Student should be encouraged to participate in role play and other student centred activities in
class room and actively participate in listening exercises
MEANS OF ASSESSMENT
− Assignments and quiz/class tests, mid-semester and end-semester written tests
− Actual practical work, exercises and viva-voce
− Presentation and viva-voce
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
26
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 26
1. Communicating Effectively in English, Book-I by RevathiSrinivas; Abhishek
Publications, Chandigarh.
2. Communication Techniques and Skills by R. K. Chadha; DhanpatRai Publications,
New Delhi.
3. High School English Grammar and Composition by Wren & Martin; S. Chand &
Company Ltd., Delhi.
4. Excellent General English-R.B.Varshnay, R.K. Bansal, Mittal Book Depot, Malhotra
5. The Functional aspects of Communication Skills – Dr. P. Prsad, S.K. Katria & Sons,
New Delhi
6. Q. Skills for success – Level & Margaret Books, Oxford University Press.
7. e-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by
AICTE/UBTE/NITTTR.
Websites for Reference:
1. http://www.mindtools.com/ page 8.html – 99k
2. http://www.letstalk.com.in
3. http://www.englishlearning.com
4. http://learnenglish.britishcouncil.org/en/
5. http://swayam.gov.in
SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS
Topic No. Time Allotted
(Periods)
Marks Allotted
(%)
1 13 24
2 18 32
3 10 16
4 15 28
Total 56 100
27
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 27
1.2 APPLIED MATHEMATICS - I
L T P
5 - -
RATIONALE
Contents of this course provide fundamental base for understanding elementary mathematics
and their uses in solving engineering problems. Contents of this course will enable students
to use basic mathematical function like logarithms, partial fractions, matrices and basic 2D,
curves in solving various engineering problems of all fields.
LEARNING OUTCOMES
After undergoing this course, the students will be able to:
• Apply Binomial theorem to solve engineering problems
• Apply determinants properties and Crammer’s rule to solve engineering problems
• Apply dot & cross product of vectors to find the solution of engineering problems
• Use complex numbers in various engineering problems
• Apply differential calculus and higher order to solve engineering problems
• Find velocity, acceleration, errors and approximation in engineering problems with
application of derivatives.
DETAILED CONTENTS
1. Algebra -I (12 Periods)
1.1 Series : AP and GP; Sum, nth term, Mean
1.2 Binomial theorem for positive, negative and fractional index (without proof).
Application of Binomial theorem.
1.3 Determinants : Elementary properties of determinant of order 2 and 3,
Multiplication system of algebraic equation, Consistency of equation,
Crammer's rule
2. Algebra- II (12 Periods )
2.1 Vector algebra : Dot and Cross product, Scaler and vector triple product.
2.2 Complex number.
Complex numbers, Representation, Modulus and amplitude Demoivre
theorem, its application in solving algebraic equations, Mod. function
and its properties..
3. Trigonometry (10 Periods )
28
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 28
3.1 Relation between sides and angles of a triangle : Statement of various
formulae showing relationship between sides and angle of a triangle.
3.2 Inverse circular functions : Simple case only
4. Differential Calculus - I (18 Periods)
4.1 Functions, limits, continuity, - functions and their graphs, range and domain,
elementary methods of finding limits (right and left), elementary test for
continuity and differentiability.
4.2 Methods of finding derivative, Trigonometric functions, exponential
function, Function of a function, Logaritimic differentiation, Differentiation
of Inverse trigonometric function, Differentiation of implicit functions.
5. Differential Calculus - II (18 Periods)
5.1 Higher order derivatives, Leibnitz theorem (without proof). Simple
applications.
5.2 Application - Finding Tangents, Normal, Points of Maxima/Minima,
Increasing/Decreasing functions, Rate, Measure, velocity, Acceleration,
Errors and approximation.
INSTRUCTONAL STRATEGY
The basic instructional strategy to teach basic mathematics, Binomial theorem, trigonometry,
differential equations etc. should be conceptual with real world applications of relevant
branch. More numerical and theory examples can be used for clear understanding of the
content.
MEANS OF ASSESSMENT
- Assignments and Quiz/Class Tests
- Mid-term and End-term Written Tests
- Model/Prototype Making
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Elementary Engineering Mathematics by BS Grewal, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi
2. Engineering Mathematics, Vol I & II by SS Sastry, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.,
3 Applied Mathematics-I by Chauhan and Chauhan, Krishna Publications, Meerut.
4. Applied Mathematics-I (A) by Kailash Sinha and Varun Kumar; Aarti Publication,
Meerut
29
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 29
SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS
Topic Time Allotted
(Periods)
Marks Allotted
(%)
1. 12 20
2. 12 20
3. 10 12
4 18 24
5 18 24
Total 70 100
30
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 30
1.3 APPLIED PHYSICS – I
L T P
5 - 2
RATIONALE
Applied physics includes the study of a diversified topics related to the world around us. It
aims to give an understanding of this world both by observation and by prediction of the way
in which objects behave. Concrete knowledge of physical laws, analysis and applications in
various fields of engineering and technology are given prominence in this course content.
Note: Teachers should give examples of engineering/technology applications of various
concepts and principles in each topic so that students are able to learn and appreciate
these concepts and principles. In all contents, SI units should be followed.
LEARNING OUTCOMES
After undergoing this course, the students must be able to:
• Identify the use of S.I. system of measurement with accuracy and how it is used in
engineering
• Represent physical quantities as scalars and vectors, applying the physical laws and
concepts of linear and circular motion in everyday life.
• Solve difficult problems (walking of man, horse and cart problem, flying of bird/
aircraft, etc.)
• Analyse and design banking of roads/railway tracks and apply conservation of
momentum principle to Explain rocket propulsion, recoil of gun etc.
• Derive work, power and energy relationship and solve problems about work and
power.
• Define work, energy and power and their units.
• Describe conservation of energy and its applications
• Understand the concept of rotational motion of a rigid body and its applications
• Apply the physical laws and concepts of gravity, its variation with longitude and
latitude and its uses in space satellite etc. .
• Understand the concept of elasticity, surface tension, pressure and the laws governing
movement of fluids.
• Express physical work in term of heat and temperature; Measure temperature in
various processes on different scales (Celsius, Kelvin, Fahrenheit etc.)
• Distinguish between conduction, convection and radiation, identify the different
methods for reducing heat losses
• Understand the laws of thermodynamics, Carnot cycle and their applications.
31
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 31
DETAILED CONTENTS
1. Units and Dimensions (10 Periods)
1.1 Need of Measurement in engineering and science, unit of a physical quantities
- fundamental and derived units, systems of units (FPS, CGS and SI units)
1.2 Dimensions and dimensional formulae of physical quantities.
1.3 Principle of homogeneity of dimensions
1.4 Dimensional equations and their applications, conversion of numerical values
of physical quantities from one system of units into another, checking the
correctness of physical equations and deriving relations among various
physical quantities
1.5 Limitations of dimensional analysis
1.6 Error in measurement, accuracy and precision of instruments, random and
systematic errors, absolute error, relative error, and percentage error,
Estimation of probable errors in the results of measurement (combination of
errors in addition, subtraction, multiplication, division and powers), rules for
representing significant figures in calculation.
1.7 Application of units and dimensions in measuring length, diameter,
circumference, volume, surface area etc. of metallic and non metallic blocks,
wires, pipes etc (at least two each).
2. Force and Motion (10 periods)
2.1 Scalar and vector quantities – examples, representation of vector, types of
vectors
2.2 Addition and Subtraction of Vectors, Triangle and Parallelogram law
(Statement only), Scalar and Vector Product.
2.3 Resolution of Vectors and its application to lawn roller.
2.4 Force, Momentum, Statement and Derivation of Conservation of linear
momentum, its applications such as recoil of gun.
2.5 Impulse and its Applications
2.6 Circular motion (Uniform and Non-uniform), definition of angular
displacement, angular velocity, angular acceleration, frequency, time period.
2.7 Relation between linear and angular velocity, linear acceleration and angular
acceleration (related numerical)
2.8 Central force, Expression and Applications of Centripetal and centrifugal
forces with examples such as banking of roads and bending of cyclist,
Principle of centrifuge.
2.9 Application of various forces in lifts, cranes, large steam engines and turbines
32
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 32
3. Work, Power and Energy (10 periods)
3.1 Work: and its units, examples of zero work, positive work and negative work,
conservative and non-conservative force,
3.2 Friction: modern concept, types, laws of limiting friction, Coefficient of
friction and its Engineering Applications.
3.3 Work done in moving an object on horizontal and inclined plane for rough and
plane surfaces with its applications
3.4 Energy and its units: Kinetic energy and potential energy with examples and
their derivation, work energy theorem.
3.5 Principle of conservation of mechanical energy for freely falling bodies,
examples of transformation of energy.
3.6 Power and its units, calculation of power in numerical problems
3.7 Application of Friction in brake system of moving vehicles, bicycle, scooter,
car trains etc.
4 Rotational Motion (10 periods)
4.1 Concept of translatory and rotatory motions with examples
4.2 Definition of torque with examples
4.3 Angular momentum, Conservation of angular momentum (quantitative) and
its examples
4.4 Moment of inertia and its physical significance, radius of gyration for rigid
body, Theorems of parallel and perpendicular axes (statements only), Moment
of inertia of rod, disc, ring and sphere (hollow and solid) (Formulae only).
Concept of Fly wheel.
4.5 Rotational kinetic energy, Rolling of sphere on the slant plane,
4.6 Comparison of linear motion and rotational motion.
4.7 Application of rotational motions in transport vehicles, and machines.
5 Motion of planets and satellites (08 periods)
5.1 Gravitational force, Kepler’s law of planetary motion,
5.2 Acceleration due gravity and its variation,
5.3 Gravitational Potential and Gravitational potential energy,
5.4 Motion of satellite, orbital velocity and time period of satellite, Total energy
and Binding energy of a satellite, Escape energy and escape velocity,
5.5 Types of satellites, Geo-stationary satellite, semi-synchronous, polar
satellite (concept only) and their uses in science and technology,
5.6 Concept of Black Holes
6. Properties of Matter (12 periods)
6.1 Elasticity: definition of stress and strain, different types of modulii of
elasticity, Hooke’s law, significance of stress strain curve
33
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 33
6.2 Pressure: definition, its units, atmospheric pressure, gauge pressure, absolute
pressure, Fortin’s Barometer and its applications
6.3 Surface tension: concept, its units, angle of contact, Capillary action and
determination of surface tension from capillary rise method, applications of
surface tension, effect of temperature and impurity on surface tension
6.4 Viscosity and coefficient of viscosity: Terminal velocity, Stoke’s law and
effect of temperature on viscosity, application in hydraulic systems.
6.5 Concept of fluid motion, stream line and turbulent flow, Reynold’s number
Equation of continuity, Bernoulli’s Theorem and their applications.
7. Heat and Thermodynamics (10 periods)
7.1 Difference between heat and temperature
7.2 Modes of transfer of heat (Conduction, convection and radiation with
examples)
7.3 Different scales of temperature and their relationship
7.4 Expansion of solids, liquids and gases, coefficient of linear, surface and
cubical expansions and relation amongst them
7.5 Heat conduction in a metal rod, Temperature gradient, Concept of Co-efficient
of thermal conductivity, Uses and effects of Heat conduction in Daily life.
7.6 Isothermal and Adibatic process
7.7 Zeroth, First and second law of thermodynamics, Heat engine (concept Only),
Carnot cycle.
7.8 Application of various systems of thermometry in refrigeration and air-
conditioning etc.
LIST OF PRACTICALS (to perform minimum six experiments)
1 To find radius of wire and its volume and the maximum permissible error in these
quantities by using both vernier calipers and screw gauge.
2 To find the value of acceleration due to gravity on the surface of earth by using a
simple pendulum.
3 To determine the Radius of curvature of (i) convex mirror, (ii) concave mirror by
spherometer
4 To verify parallelogram law of forces
5 To study conservation of energy of a ball or cylinder rolling down an inclined plane.
6 To find the Moment of Inertia of a flywheel about its axis of rotation
7 To determine the atmospheric pressure at a place using Fortin’s Barometer
8 To determine the viscosity of glycerin by Stoke’s method
9 To determine the coefficient of linear expansion of a metal rod
10 To determine force constant of spring using Hooks law
INSTRUCTIONAL STATREGY
Teacher may use various teaching aids like live models, charts, graphs and experimental kits
etc. for imparting effective instructions in the subject. The teacher should explain about field
applications before teaching the basics to develop proper understanding of the physical
phenomenon. Use of demonstration and animations can make the subject interesting and may
34
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 34
develop scientific temper in the students. Teacher must plan a tour of Science
Park/planetarium available in nearby areas in order to enhance the interest in this course.
MEANS OF ASSEMENTS
− Assignment & Quiz,
− Mid-Term and End-Term written test,
− Model Making,
− Actual Lab & Practical Work,
− Viva Voce
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1 Text Book of Physics for Class XI (Part-I, Part-II); N.C.E.R.T., Delhi
2 Concepts in Physics by HC Verma, Vol. I & II, Bharti Bhawan Ltd. New Delhi
3 Comprehensive Practical Physics, Vol, I & II, JN Jaiswal, Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd.,
New Delhi
4 B.Sc.Practical Physics by C L Arora, S. Chand Publication..
5 Engineering Physics by PV Naik, Pearson Education Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi
6 Engineering Physics by DK Bhhatacharya & Poonam Tandan; Oxford University Press,
New Delhi
7 Modern Engineering Physics by SL Gupta, Sanjeev Gupta, Dhanpat Rai Publications
8 V. Rajendran,physics-I, Tata McGraw-Hill raw Hill publication, New Delhi
9 Arthur Beiser, Applied Physics, Tata McGraw-Hill raw Hill publication, New Delhi
10 Physics Volume 1, 5th
edition, Haliday Resnick and Krane, Wiley publication
35
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 35
TOPIC WISE DISTRIBUTION OF PERIODS AND MARKS
Topic No. Time Allotted
(Periods)
Marks Allotted
(%)
1 10 15
2 10 15
3 10 15
4 10 15
5 08 10
6 12 16
7 10 14
Total 70 100
36
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 36
1.4 APPLIED CHEMISTRY
L T P
5 - 2
RATIONALE
The use of various chemicals and chemical products in diverse technical and engineering
fields have repeatedly proved the importance of Applied Chemistry, which enhances its role
to a new peak. On the other hand, ever increasing use of such materials will compel
engineers, technocrats to acquire essential applied chemistry knowledge in order to select
engineering materials, which not only suit them but also provide more environmental
compatibility. This situation demands principles of Applied Chemistry in diploma-
engineering courses. Principles of Applied Chemistry will enable budding engineers and
technocrats to develop scientific temper and appreciate physical, chemical and engineering
properties of materials. Hence the subject of Applied Chemistry.
LEARNING OUTCOMES
After undergoing this subject, the student will be able to:
• Classify various substances based on state of aggregation
• Substantiate the laws and principles on which structure of atom is established.
• Explain and predict properties of substances.
• Explain sources of water and various characteristics of water (quantitatively).
• Explain cause and factors which can adversely affecting natural water quality and
remedial measures available for water purification
• Think critically, develop and adapt water conservation techniques.
• Explain corrosion of metal and their preventive measures.
• explain chemical nature and causes of corrosion
• apply correct and efficient methods of corrosion prevention.
• explain chemistry of fuels and their relative advantages.
• select most efficient fuel for the engine and engineering applications.
• suggest how to subside air pollution caused by the use of fossil fuels
• explain the chemistry of various polymers and plastics
• verify suitability and select polymer/rubber/plastic materials for engineering
applications.
DETAILED CONTENTS
1. Atomic Structure, Periodic Table and Chemical Bonding (14 periods)
1.1 Fundamental particles- mass and charges of electrons, protons and neutrons
with names of the scientists who discovered these fundamental particles.
1.2 Bohr’s model of atom and successes and limitations of atomic theory
(qualitative treatment only).
1.3 Atomic number, atomic mass number isotopes and isobars.
37
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 37
1.4 Definition of orbit and orbitals, shapes of s and p orbitals only, quantum
numbers and their significance,
1.5 Aufbau’s principle, Pauli’s exclusion principle and Hund’s rule electronic
configuration of elements with atomic number (Z) = 30 only. (Electronic
configurations of elements with atomic number greater than 30 are excluded).
1.6 Modern periodic law and periodic table, groups and periods, classification of
elements into s, p, d and f blocks (periodicity in properties - excluded)
1.7 Chemical bonding and cause of bonding and types such as ionic bond in NaCl
sigma (σ) and pi (π) covalent bonds in H2, HCl, Cl2, elementary idea of
hybridization in BeCl2, BF3, CH4, NH3 and H2O, VSEPR, Molecular orbital
Theory
1.8 States of Matter: Solid, Liquid & Gas, Metallic bonding- explanation with the
help of electron gas (sea) model.
2. Fuelsand Lubricants (18 periods)
2.1 Definition of fuel, classification of fuels, characteristics of good fuel, relative
merits of gaseous, liquid and solid fuels
2.2 Calorific value-higher calorific value, lower calorific value, determination of
calorific value of solid or liquid fuel using Bomb calorimeter and numerical
examples.
2.3 Coal - types of coal and proximate analysis of coal
2.4 Fuel rating – Octane number and Cetane number, fuel-structural influence on
Octane and Cetane numbers
2.5 Gaseous fuels – chemical composition, calorific value and applications of
natural gas (CNG), LPG, producer gas, water gas and biogas.
2.6 Elementary ideal on – hydrogen as future fuels, nuclear fuels.
2.7 Lubricants: Definition and properties, mechanism, industrial application and
its function in bearings.
2.8 Synthetic lubricants and cutting fluids.
3. Water (14 periods)
3.1 Demonstration of water resources on Earth using pie chart.
3.2 Classification of water – soft water and hard water, action of soap on hard
water, types of hardness, causes of hardness, units of hardness – mg per liter
(mgL-1
) and part per million (ppm) and simple numerical, pH and buffer
solutions and their applications.
3.3 Disadvantages caused by the use of hard water in domestic and boiler feed
water. Primming and foaming and caustic embrittlement in boilers.
3.4 Removal of hardness -Permutit process and Ion-exchange process.
3.5 Physico-Chemical methods for Water Quality Testing
a) Determination of pH using pH meter, total dissolved solids (TDS)
b) Testing and Estimation of- alkalinity, indicator their types and application
total hardness by EDTA method and O’Hener’s Method. (chemical
reaction of EDTA method are excluded).
c) Understanding of Indian Water Quality standards as per WHO
3.6 Natural water sterilization by chlorine and UV radiation and reverse osmosis.
3.7 Municipality waste water treatment. Definition of B.O.D and C.O.D.
38
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 38
4. Electrochemistry (4 periods)
Redox Reaction, Electrode Potential, Nernst equation, Electrochemical cell (Galvanic
and Electrobytes); Nernst equation.
5. Corrosion and its Control (10 periods)
5.1 Definition of corrosion and factors affecting corrosion rate.
5.2 Theories of
a) Dry (chemical) corrosion- Pilling Bedworth rule
b) Wet corrosion in acidic atmosphere by hydrogen evolution mechanism
5.3 Definition of passivity and galvanic series
5.4 Corrosion control:
a) Metal coatings – Cathodic protection, Cementation on Base Metal
Steel –Application of Metal Zn (Sheradizing),Cr (Chromozing) and Al
(Calorizing), Sacrificial protection and impressed current voltage
b) Inorganic coatings – Anodizing and phosphating,
c) Organic coatings - use of paints varnishes and enamels
d) Internal corrosion preventive measures- alloying (with reference to
passivating, neutralizing and inhibition) and heat treatment (quenching,
annealing)
6. Organic compounds, Polymers and Plastics (10 periods)
6.1 Classification of organic compounds and IUPAC Nomenclature
6.2 Definition of polymer, monomer and degree of polymerization
6.3 Brief introduction to addition and condensation polymers with suitable
examples (PE, PS, PVC, Teflon, Nylon -66 and Bakelite)
6.4 Definition of plastics, thermo plastics and thermo setting plastics with suitable
examples, distinctions between thermo and thermo setting plastics
6.5 Applications of polymers in industry and daily life
LIST OF PRACTICALS
1. Estimation of total hardness of water using standard EDTA solution
2. Estimation of total alkalinity of given water sample by titrating it against standard
sulfuric acid solution
3. Proximate analysis of solid fuel)
4. Estimation of temporary hardness of water sample by O’ Hener’s Method.
5. Determination of flash and fire point of given lubricating oil using Able’s flash point
apparatus
INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY
39
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 39
Teachers may take help of various models and charts while imparting instructions to make
the concept clear. More emphasis should be laid on discussing and explaining practical
applications of various chemical process and reactions. In addition, students should be
encouraged or motivated to study those processes in more details, which may find practical
application in their future professional career.
MEANS OF ASSEMENTS
− Assignment & Quiz,
− Mid-Term and End-Term written test,
− Model Making,
− Actual Lab & Practical Work,
− VivaVoce
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Chemistry in Engineering by J.C. Kuricose & J. Rajaram, Tata McGraw Hill,
Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi.
2. Engineering Chemistry by P.C. Jain & Monika Jain, Dhanapat Rai Publishing
Company, New Delhi.
3. Eagle’s Applied Chemistry - I by S. C. Ahuja & G. H. Hugar, Eagle Prakashan,
Jalandhar.
4. Engineering Chemistry – A Text Book by H. K. Chopra & A. Parmar, Narosa
Publishing House, New Delhi.
5. Applied Chemistry - I by Dr. P. K Vij & Shiksha Vij, Lords Publications, Jalandhar.
6. Engineering Chemistry by Dr. Himanshu Pandey, Goel Publishing House, Meerut,
India
SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS
Topics
Time Allotted
(hrs)
Marks Allotted
(%)
1. 14 20
2. 18 24
3. 14 20
40
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 40
4. 4 6
5. 10 15
6. 10 15
Total 70 100
41
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 41
1.5 ENGINEERING DRAWING - I
L T P
- - 8
RATIONALE
Drawing is the language of engineers and technicians. Reading and interpreting engineering
drawing is their day to day responsibility. The subject is aimed at developing basic graphic
skills in the students so as to enable them to use these skills in preparation of engineering
drawings, their reading and interpretation. The emphasis, while imparting instructions, should
be to develop conceptual skills in the students following BIS SP 46 – 1988.
Note:
i) First angle projection is to be followed
ii) Minimum of 18 sheets to be prepared and atleast 2 sheets on AutoCAD
iii) Instructions relevant to various drawings may be given along with appropriate
demonstrations, before assigning drawing practice to students
LEARNING OUTCOMES
After undergoing the subject, the students will be able to:
• Identify and use of different grades of pencils and other drafting instruments which
are used in engineering field
• Draw free hand sketches of various kinds of objects.
• Utilize various types of lines used in engineering drawing.
• Read and apply different dimensioning methods on drawing of objects.
• Use different types of scales and their utilization in reading and reproducing drawings
of objects and maps.
• Draw 2 - dimensional view of different objects viewed from different angles
(orthographic views)
• Draw and interpret complete inner hidden details of an object which are otherwise not
visible in normal view
• To make projections of Solid
• Generate isometric (3D) drawing from different 2D (orthographic) views/sketches
• Identify conventions for different engineering materials, symbols, sections of regular
objects and general fittings used in Civil and Electrical household appliances
• Use basic commands of AutoCAD.
42
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 42
DETAILED CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Engineering Drawing (03 sheets)
1.1 Introduction to drawing instruments, materials, layout and sizes of drawing
sheets and drawing boards.
1.2 Different types of lines in Engineering drawing as per BIS specifications
1.3 Practice of vertical, horizontal and inclined lines, geometrical figures such as
triangles, rectangles, circles, ellipses and curves, hexagonal, pentagon with
the help of drawing instruments.
1.4 Free hand and instrumental lettering (Alphabet and numerals) – upper case
(Capital Letter), single stroke, vertical and inclined at 75 degree, series of
5,8,12 mm of free hand and instrumental lettering of height 25 to 35 mm in
the ratio of 7:4
2. Dimensioning Technique (01 sheet)
2.1 Necessity of dimensioning, method and principles of dimensioning (mainly
theoretical instructions)
2.2 Dimensioning of overall sizes, circles, threaded holes, chamfered surfaces,
angles, tapered surfaces, holes, equally spaced on P.C.D., counter sunk holes,
counter bored holes, cylindrical parts, narrow spaces and gaps, radii, curves
and arches
3. Scales (02 sheets)
3.1 Scales –their needs and importance (theoretical instructions), type of scales,
definition of R.F. and length of scale
3.2 Drawing of plain and diagonal scales
4. Orthographic Projections (06 sheets)
4.1 Theory of orthographic projections (Elaborate theoretical instructions)
4.2 Projection of Points in different quadrant
4.3 Projection of Straight Line (1st
and 3rd
angle)
4.3.1. Line parallel to both the planes
4.3.2. Line perpendicular to any one of the reference plane
4.3.3. Line inclined to any one of the reference plane.
4.4 Projection of Plane – Different lamina like square, rectangular, triangular and
circle inclined to one plane, parallel and perpendicular to another plane in 1st
angle only
4.5 Three views of orthographic projection of different objects. (At least one sheet
in 3rd
angle)
4.6 Identification of surfaces
5 Projection of Solid (02 sheets)
5.1. Definition and salient features of Solid
5.2. Types of Solid (Polyhedron and Solid of revolution)
43
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 43
5.3 To make projections, sources, Top view, Front view and Side view of various
types of Solid.
6. Sections (02 sheets)
6.1 Importance and salient features
6.2 Drawing of full section, half section, partial or broken out sections, Offset
sections, revolved sections and removed sections.
6.3 Convention sectional representation of various materials, conventional breaks
for shafts, pipes, rectangular, square, angle, channel, rolled sections
6.4 Orthographic sectional views of different objects.
7. Isometric Views (02 sheets)
7.1 Fundamentals of isometric projections and isometric scale.
7.2 Isometric views of combination of regular solids like cylinder, cone, cube and
prism.
8. Common Symbols and Conventions used in Engineering (02 sheets)
8.1 Civil Engineering sanitary fitting symbols
8.2 Electrical fitting symbols for domestic interior installations
*9. Introduction to AutoCAD (02 sheets)
Basic introduction and operational instructions of various commands in AutoCAD. At
least two sheets on AutoCAD of cube, cuboid, cone, pyramid, truncated cone and
pyramid, sphere and combination of above solids.
* Auto CAD drawing will be evaluated internally by sessional marks and not by
final theory paper.
INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY
Teacher should show model of realia of the component/part whose drawing is to be made.
Emphasis should be given on cleanliness, dimensioning and layout of sheet. Focus should be
on proper selection of drawing instruments and their proper use. The institute should procure
AutoCAD or other engineering graphics software for practice in engineering drawings.
Teachers should undergo training in AutoCAD/Engineering Graphic. Separate labs for
practice on AutoCAD should be established.
MEANS OF ASSESSMENT
− Sketches
− Drawing
− Use of software
44
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 44
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. A Text Book of Engineering Drawing by Surjit Singh; Dhanpat Rai & Co., Delhi
2. Engineering Drawing by PS Gill; SK Kataria & Sons, New Delhi
3. Elementary Engineering Drawing in First Angle Projection by ND Bhatt; Charotar
Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., Anand
4. Engineering Drawing I & II by JS Layall; Eagle Parkashan, Jalandhar
5. Engineering Drawing I by DK Goel, GBD Publication.
45
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 45
1.6 CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS
L T P
3 - 2
RATIONALE
Civil Engineering diploma holders have to supervise construction of various types of
civil works involving use of various materials like stones, bricks and tiles, cement and
cement based products, lime, timber and wood based products, paints and varnishes,
metals and other miscellaneous materials. The students should have requisite knowledge
regarding characteristics, uses and availability of various building materials and skills in
conducting tests to determine suitability of materials for various construction purposes. In
addition, specifications of various materials should also be known (PWD/BIS) for effective
quality control.
LEARNING OUTCOME
After undergoing the subject, the students will be able to:
• Classify rocks and identify particular type of stones
• Classify different types of bricks and BLOCKS
• Perform laboratory tests of cement to determine properties of cement
• Identify types of defects of timber
• Select paints/varnishes for various types of surfaces
• Identify and use different types of metals/alloys
• Select different materials used for wall paneling and false ceiling, such PVC, POP etc.
• Select other materials commonly used for contemporary buildings.
DETAILED CONTENTS
THEORY
1. Building Stones: (06 periods)
1.1 Classification of Rocks: (General Review)
1.1.1 Geological classification: Igneous, sedimentary and metamorphic
rocks
1.1.2 Chemical classification; Calcareous, argillaceous and siliceous rocks
1.1.3 Physical classification: Unstratified, startified and foliated rocks
1.2 General characteristics of stones – Marble, Kota stone, Granite, Sand, Trap,
Basalt stone, Lime stone and Slate
1.3 Requirements of good building stones
**1.4 Identification of common building stones
46
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 46
1.5 Various uses of stones in construction
1.6 Quarrying of stones by blasting and its effect on environment
2. Bricks and Tiles (12 periods)
2.1 Introduction to bricks
2.2 Raw materials for brick manufacturing and properties of good brick making
earth
2.3 Manufacturing of bricks
2.3.1 Preparation of clay (manual/mechanically)
**2.3.2 Moulding: hand moulding and machine moulding brick table; drying
of bricks, burning of bricks, types of kilns (Bull's Trench Kiln and
Hoffman's Kiln), process of burning, size and weight of standard
brick; traditional brick, refractory brick, CLC, AAC, Paver blocks,
clay-flyash bricks, sun dried bricks, only line diagram of kilns
2.4 Classification and specifications of bricks as per BIS: 1077
2.5 Testing of common building bricks as per BIS: 3495
Compressive strength, water absorption – hot and cold water test,
efflorescence, Dimensional tolerance, soundness
2.6 Tiles
2.6.1 Building tiles; Types of tiles-wall, ceiling, roofing and flooring tiles
2.6.2 Ceramic, terrazo and PVC tiles, : their properties and uses,
2.6.3 Vitrified tiles, Paver blocks, interlocking tiles
2.7 Stacking of bricks and tiles at site
3. Cement (16 periods)
**3.1 Introduction, raw materials, flow diagram of manufacturing of cement
3.2 Various types of Cements, their uses and testing: Ordinary portland cement,
rapid hardening cement, low heat cement, white and coloured cement,
portland pozzolana cement
3.3 Properties of cement
4. Timber and Wood Based Products (06 periods)
4.1 Identification and uses of different types of timber: Teak, Deodar, Shisham,
Sal, Mango, Kail, Chir, Fir, Hollock, Champ
**4.2 Market forms of converted timber as per BIS Code
4.3 Seasoning of timber: Purpose, methods of seasoning as per BIS Code
4.4 Properties of timber and specifications of structural timber
4.5 Defects in timber, decay in timber
4.6 Preservation of timber and methods of treatment as per BIS
47
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 47
4.7 Other wood based products, their brief description of manufacture and uses:
laminated board, gypsum board, block board, fibre board, hard board,
sunmica, plywood, veneers, nu-wood and study of the brand name and cost of
the wood based products available in the market, Cement Panel Board,
Moulded Doors.
5. Paints and Varnishes (03 periods)
5.1 Introduction, purpose and use of paints
5.2 Types, ingredients, properties and uses of oil paints, water paints and cement
paints**
5.3 Covering capacity of various paints
5.4 Types, properties and uses of varnishes
5.5 Trade name of different products.
6. Metals (03 periods)
6.1 Ferrous metals: Composition, properties and uses of cast iron, mild steel,
HYSD steel, high tension steel as per BIS.
6.2 Commercial forms of ferrous, metals.
6.3 Aluminium & Stainless Steel.
7. Miscellaneous Materials (06 periods)
7.1 Plastics – Introduction and uses of various plastic products in buildings such
as doors, water tanks and PVC pipes
7.2 Fibre Sheets and their size and uses
7.3 Types and uses of insulating materials for sound and thermal insulation
7.4 Construction chemicals like water proofing compound, epoxies, polymers
7.5 Water proofing, termite proofing and fire resistance materials – types and uses
7.6 Materials used in interior decoration works like POP, methods of doing POP,
PVC panelling
NOTE: **A field visit may be planned to explain and show the relevant things
PRACTICAL EXERCISES
1. To identify the stones used in building works by visual examination
2. To determine the crushing strength of bricks, CLC, AAC and Paver Blocks.
3. To determine the water absorption of bricks and efflorescence of bricks
4. To identify various types of timbers such as: Teak, Sal, Chir, Shisham, Deodar, Kail &
Hollock by visual examination only
48
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 48
5. The students should submit a report work on the construction materials, covering water
proofing material, cements, steel, paints and timber products available in the local
market. They will also show the competitive study based upon the cost, brand name,
sizes available in the local market.
INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY
Teachers are expected to physically show various materials while imparting instructions.
Field-visits should also be organized to show manufacturing processes and use of various
materials in Civil engineering works. Students should be encouraged to collect sample of
various building materials so as to create a museum of materials in the polytechnic. The
emphasis should be one selection and application of materials as per the need of environment.
MEANS OF ASSESSMENT
− Assignments and quiz/class tests
− Mid and end-term written tests
− Model/prototype making.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Sharma, SK; and Mathur, GC; "Engineering Materials;" Delhi-Jalandhar, S. Chand
and Co.
2. Surendra Singh; "Engineering Materials;" New Delhi, Vikas Publishing House Pvt.
Ltd.
3. Bahl, SK; "Engineering Materials;" Delhi, Rainbow Book Co.
4. TTTI, Chandigarh "Civil Engineering Materials:” New Delhi Tata McGraw Hill
Publication
5. Gurcharan Singh; “Engineering materials”, Delhi Standard Publishers Distributors
6. SC Rangawala, ”Construction Materials”, Charotar Publishers
7. Alam Singh, “Constrution Materials”
SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS
Topic No. Time Allotted
(Hrs)
Marks Allotted
(%)
1 06 14
2 12 30
3 06 14
4 06 14
5 03 07
6 03 07
49
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 49
7 06 14
Total 42 100
50
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 50
1.7 GENERAL WORKSHOP PRACTICE – I
(Common for Civil Engineering, Electrical Engineering and Chemical Engineering )
L T P
- - 8
RATIONALE
In order to have a balanced overall development of diploma engineers, it is necessary to
integrate theory with practice. General workshop practices are included in the curriculum in
order to provide hands-on experience about use of different tools and basic manufacturing
practices. This subject aims at developing general manual and machining skills in the
students. In addition, the development of dignity of labour, safety at work place, team
working and development of right attitude are the other objectives.
LEARNING OUTCOMES
After completing the course, the students will be able to:
• Identify tools and equipment used and their respective functions.
• Identify different types of materials and their basic properties.
• Use and take measurements with the help of basic measuring tools/equipment.
• Select proper tools for a particular operation.
• Select materials, tools, and sequence of operations to make a job as per given
specification/drawing.
• Prepare simple jobs independently and inspect the same.
• Follow safety procedures and precautionary measures.
• Use safety equipment and Personal Protection Equipment.
DETAILED CONTENTS (PRACTICAL EXERCISES)
Note: The students are supposed to come in proper workshop dress prescribed by the
institute. Wearing shoes in the workshop(s) is compulsory. Importance of safety and
cleanliness, safety measures and upkeep of tools, equipment and environment in
each of the following shops should be explained and practiced. The students should
prepare sketches of various tools/jobs in their practical Notebook.
The following shops are included in the syllabus:
1. Carpentry Shop
2. Painting and Polishing Shop
3. Electrical Shop
4. Welding Shop
5. Plumbing Shop
1. CARPENTRY SHOP
1.1 General Shop Talk
51
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 51
1.1.1 Name and use of raw materials used in carpentry shop : wood &
alternative materials
1.1.2 Names, uses, care and maintenance of hand tools such as different
types of Saws, C-Clamp, Chisels, Mallets, Carpenter's vices, Marking
gauges, Try-squares, Rulers and other commonly used tools and
materials used in carpentry shop by segregating as cutting tools,
supporting tools, holding tools , measuring tools etc.
1.1.3 Specification of tools used in carpentry shop.
1.1.4 Different types of Timbers, their properties, uses & defects.
1.1.5 Seasoning of wood.
1.2. Practice
1.2.1 Practices for Basic Carpentry Work
1.2.2 Sawing practice using different types of saws
1.2.3 Assembling jack plane — Planning practice including sharpening of
jack plane cutter
1.2.4 Chiselling practice using different types of chisels including
sharpening of chisel
1.2.5 Making of different types of wooden pin and fixing methods. Marking
measuring and inspection of jobs.
1.3 Job Practice
Job 1 Marking, sawing, planning and chiselling and their practice
Job II Half Lap Joint (cross, L or T – any one)
Job III Mortise and Tenon joint (T-Joint)
Job IV Dove tail Joint (Lap or Bridle Joint)
1.4. Demonstration of job showing use of Rip Saw, Bow saw and Tenon saw,
method of sharpening various saws.
2. PAINTING AND POLISHING SHOP
2.1. Introduction of paints, varnishes, Reason for surface preparation, Advantages
of Painting, other method of surface coating ie. Electroplating etc.
2.2. Job Practice
Job 1: To prepare a wooden surface for painting apply primer on one side and
to paint the same side. To prepare french polish for wooden surface
and polish the other side.
Job II: To prepare metal surface for painting, apply primer and paint the same.
Job III: To prepare a metal surface for spray painting, first spray primer and
paint the same by spray painting gun and compressor system.
The sequence of polishing will be as follows:
i) Abrasive cutting by leather wheel
ii) Polishing with hard cotton wheel and with polishing material
52
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 52
iii) Buffing with cotton wheel or buff wheel.
3. ELECTRICAL SHOP
3.1 Study, demonstration and identification of common electrical materials with
standard ratings and specifications such as wires, cables, switches, fuses,
cleats, clamps and allied items, tools and accessories.
3.2 Study of electrical safety measures and protective devices.
Job I Identification of phase, Neutral and Earth wires for connection to
domestic electrical appliances and their connections to three pin plugs.
Job II Carrying out house wiring circuits using fuse, switches, sockets,
ceiling rose etc. in batten or P.V.C. casing-caping.
3.3 Study of common electrical appliances such as auto electric iron, electric
kettle, ceiling/table fan, desert cooler etc.
3.4 Introduction to the construction of lead acid battery and its working.
Job III Installation of battery and connecting two or three batteries in series
and parallel.
3.5 Introduction to battery charger and its functioning.
Job IV Charging a battery and testing with hydrometer and cell
tester
4. WELDING SHOP
4.1 Introduction and importance of welding as compared to other material joining
processes. Specifications and type of welding machines, classification and
coding of electrodes, welding parameters, welding joints and welding
positions. Materials to be welded, safety precautions.
4.2 Job Practice
Job I Practice of striking arc (Minimum 4 beads on 100 mm long
M.S. flat).
Job II Practice of depositing beads on plate at different current levels.
(Minimum 4 beads on M.S. plate at four setting of current
level).
Job III Preparation of lap joint using arc welding process.
Job IV Preparation of T-joint using gas welding or arc welding on
100 mm x 6 mm MS Flat
5. PLUMBING SHOP
5.1. Use of personal protective equipments, safety precautions while working and
cleaning of shop.
5.2. Introduction and demonstration of tools, equipment and machines used in
plumbing shop.
5.3. Introduction of various pipes and pipe fittings of elbow, nipple, socket, union
etc.
5.4. Job Practice
Job 1 : Preparation of job using elbow, bend and nipple
53
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 53
Job II: Preparation of job using Union, Tap, Plug and Socket.
Job III: Threading practice on pipe with die
MEANS OF ASSESSMENT
− Workshop jobs
− Report writing, presentation and viva voce
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Workshop Technology I,II,III, by SK Hajra, Choudhary and AK Choudhary; Media
Promoters and Publishers Pvt. Ltd. Mumbai.
2. Workshop Technology Vol. I, II, III by Manchanda; India Publishing House,
Jalandhar.
3. Workshop Training Manual Vol. I, II by S.S. Ubhi; Katson Publishers, Ludhiana.
4. Manual on Workshop Practice by K Venkata Reddy; MacMillan India Ltd., New
Delhi
5. Basic Workshop Practice Manual by T Jeyapoovan; Vikas Publishing House (P) Ltd.,
New Delhi
6. Workshop Technology by B.S. Raghuwanshi; Dhanpat Rai and Co., New Delhi
7. Workshop Technology by HS Bawa; Tata McGraw Hill Publishers, New Delhi.
54
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 54
2.1 APPLIED MATHEMATICS - II
L T P
5 - -
RATIONALE
Basic elements of integral calculus, differential calculus, numerical methods, differential m
equations included in this course will play a vital role in understanding engineering problem
mathematically. This will also develop analytical as well as conceptual abilities among
students.
LEARNING OUTCOMES
After undergoing this course, the students will be able to:
• Calculate simple integration by methods of integration
• Evaluate the area under curves, surface by using definite integrals.
• Calculate the area and volume under a curve along areas
• Solve the engineering problems with numerical methods.
• Understand the geometric shapes used in engineering problems by co-ordinate
geometry.
DETAILED CONTENTS
1. Integral Calculus - I (20 Periods)
Methods of Indefinite Integration :-
1.1 Integration by substitution.
1.2 Integration by rational function.
1.3 Integration by partial fraction.
1.4 Integration by parts.
1.5 Integration of special function
2. Integral Calculus - II: (20 Periods)
2.1 Meaning and properties of definite integrals, Evaluation of definite
integrals..
2.2 Application : Length of simple curves, Finding areas bounded by simple
curves Volume of solids of revolution, centre of mean of plane areas.
2.3 Simposns 1/3rd and Simposns3/8th rule and Trapezoidal Rule : their
application in simple cases. Numerical solutions of algebraic equations;
Bisections method, Regula-Falsi method, Newton-Raphson’s method(without
proof), Numerical solutions of simultaneous equations; Gauss elimination
method(without proof)
3. Co-ordinate Geometry (2 Dimension) (18 Periods)
55
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 55
3.1 Circle
Equation of circle in standard form. Centre - Radius form, Diameter form,
Two intercept form.
4. Co-ordinate Geometry (3 Dimension) (12 Periods)
4.1 Straight lines and planes in space
Distance between two points in space, direction cosine and direction ratios,
Finding equation of a straight line (without proof)
INSTRUCTONAL STRATEGY
Basic elements of Differential Calculus, Integral Calculus and differential equations can be
taught conceptually along with real engineering applications in which particular algorithm
and theory can be applied. Numerical examples will be helpful in understanding the content
of the subject.
MEANS OF ASSESSMENT
- Assignments and Quiz/Class Tests
- Mid-term and End-term Written Tests
- Model/Prototype Making
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Elementary Engineering Mathematics by BS Grewal, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi
2. Engineering Mathematics, Vol I & II by SS Sastry, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.,
3 Applied Mathematics-II by Chauhan and Chauhan, Krishna Publications, Meerut.
4. Applied Mathematics-I (B) by Kailash Sinha and Varun Kumar; Aarti Publication,
Meerut
SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS
Topic Time Allotted
(Periods)
Marks Allotted
(%)
1. 20 28
2. 20 28
3. 18 24
4 12 20
Total 70 100
56
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 56
2.2 COMPUTER AIDED DRAWING
L T P
- -8
RATIONALE
A diploma holder is expected to prepare and interpret CAD Drawings. Hence this subject.
LEARNING OUTCOMES
On completion of this course, students will be able to :
• Know the advantages of using CAD in comparison with conventional method.
• Draw and interpret CAD drawings using drawing, editing and viewing in CAD
software.
• Create 2D plans of building
• Create 3 D views from given 2D plans
DETAILED CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Computer Aided Drafting (2D) commands of any one software
(Auto CAD, ProE, Solid works, Unigraphics etc. (6 drawing sheets)
1.1 Concept of AutoCAD, Tool bars in CAD software, coordinate system, snap,
grid, and ortho mode (Absolute, Relative and Polar), setting of units and
layout.
1.2 Drawing commands – point, line, arc, circle, ellipse,
1.3 Editing commands – scale, erase, copy, stretch, lengthen and explode.
1.4 Dimensioning and placing text in drawing area
1.5 Sectioning and hatching
1.6 Inquiry for different parameters of drawing entity
1.7 Create layers within a drawing
1.8 Specifying Geometrical Dimensioning & tolerancing (GD&T) parameters in
drawing
2. 2-D Plan of a 2-Room Building
3. Isometric Drawing by CAD using any part modeling Software (3D) (one sheet)
Drawings of following on computer:
- Cone
- Cylinder
- Cube
- Spring
- Isometric view of objects
4. Introduction to any part modeling software(ProE, Solid works, AutoCAD,
Unigraphic , Catia etc.)
Introduction to Sketcher: Sketch Entities, Sketch Tools, Blocks, Dimensioning
57
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 57
4.1 Part modeling (4 models)
Part Modeling Tools:-
4.1.1 Creating reference planes
4.1.2 Creating Extrude features Creating Revolve Creating Swept features
4.1.3 Creating Loft features
4.1.4 Creating Reference - points, axis, coordinates
4.1.5 Creating curves
4.1.6 Creating Fillet features
4.1.7 Inserting Hole types
4.1.8 Creating Chamfer
4.1.9 Creating Shell
4.1.10 Creating Rib
4.1.11 Environment& Utilities - Working with views and manipulating views.
4.2. Preparing 3-D view of existing 2-D plan.
INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY
1. Teachers should show model or realia of the component/part whose drawing is to be
made.
2. Emphasis should be given on cleanliness, dimensioning, & layout of sheet.
3. Teachers should ensure use of IS codes related to drawing.
MEANS OF ASSESSMENT
- Drawings
- Assignments and quiz/class tests, mid-term and end-term written tests, model/prototype
making
- Software installation, operation, and viva-voce
LIST OF RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Engineering Drawing with AutoCAD 2000 by T. Jeyapooran; Vikas
PublishingHouse, Delhi.
2. AutoCAD for Engineering Drawing Made Easy by P. NageswaraRao; Tata
McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
3. AutoCAD 2000 for you by UmeshShettigar and Abdul Khader; JanathaPublishers,
Udupi.
4. Auto CAD 2000 by Ajit Singh, TMH, New Delhi.
5. Instruction Manual of the software used (AutoCAD, ProE, Solidwors, Unigraphic
etc.)
6 E-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by
AICTE/UBTE/NITTTR, Chandigarh.
Websites for Reference
http://swayam.gov.in
58
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 58
2.3 APPLIED MECHANICS
L T P
5 - 2
RATIONALE
The subject Applied Mechanics deals with basic concepts of mechanics like laws of forces,
moments, friction, centre of gravity, laws of motion and simple machines which are required
by the students for further understanding of other allied subjects. The subject enhances the
analytical ability of the students.
LEARNING OUTCOMES
After undergoing this course, the students will be able to:
• Interpret various types of units and their conversion from one to another.
• Analyze different types of forces acting on a body and draw free body diagrams.
• Determine the resultant of coplanar concurrent forces.
• Calculate the co-efficient of friction for different types of surfaces.
• Calculate the least force required to maintain equilibrium on an inclined plane.
• Determine the centroid/centre of gravity of plain and composite laminar and solid
bodies.
• Determine velocity ratio, mechanical advantage and efficiency of simple machines
DETAILED CONTENTS
1. Introduction (06 periods)
1.1 Concept of engineering mechanics definition of mechanics, statics, dynamics,
application of engineering mechanics in practical fields. Definition of Applied
Mechanics.
1.2 Definition, basic quantities and derived quantities of basic units and derived
units
1.3 Different systems of units (FPS, CGS, MKS and SI) and their conversion from
one to another for density, force, pressure, work, power, velocity, acceleration
1.4 Concept of rigid body, scalar and vector quantities
2. Laws of forces (12 periods)
2.1 Definition of force, measurement of force in SI units, its representation, types
of force: Point force/concentrated force & Uniformly distributed force, effects
of force, characteristics of a force
2.2 Different force systems (coplanar and non-coplanar), principle of
transmissibility of forces, law of superposition
59
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 59
2.3 Composition and resolution of coplanar concurrent forces, resultant force,
method of composition of forces, laws of forces, triangle law of forces,
polygon law of forces - graphically, analytically, resolution of forces,
resolving a force into two rectangular components
2.4 Free body diagram
2.5 Equilibrant force and its determination
2.6 Lami's theorem (concept only)
[Simple problems on above topics]
2.7 Type of Load, supports, Beams- analysis for simply supported, cantilever
beams
3. Moment (14 periods)
3.1 Concept of moment
3.2 Moment of a force and units of moment
3.3 Varignon's theorem (definition only)
3.4 Principle of moment and its applications (Levers – simple and compound,
steel yard, safety valve, reaction at support)
3.5 Parallel forces (like and unlike parallel force), calculating their resultant
3.6 Concept of couple, its properties and effects
3.7 General conditions of equilibrium of bodies under coplanar forces
3.8 Position of resultant force by moment
[Simple problems on the above topics]
4. Friction (14 periods)
4.1 Definition and concept of friction, types of friction, force of friction
4.2 Laws of static friction, coefficient of friction, angle of friction, angle of
repose, cone of friction
4.3 Equilibrium of a body lying on a horizontal plane, equilibrium of a body lying
on a rough inclined plane.
4.4 Calculation of least force required to maintain equilibrium of a body on a
rough inclined plane subjected to a force:
a) Acting along the inclined plane Horizontally
b) At some angle with the inclined plane
5. Centre of Gravity (10 periods)
5.1 Concept, definition of centroid of plain figures and centre of gravity of
symmetrical solid bodies
5.2 Determination of centroid of plain and composite lamina using moment
method only, centroid of bodies with removed portion
5.3 Determination of center of gravity of solid bodies - cone, cylinder, hemisphere
and sphere; composite bodies and bodies with portion removed
[Simple problems on the above topics]
60
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 60
6. Simple Machines (14 periods)
6.1. Definition of effort, velocity ratio, mechanical advantage and efficiency of a
machine and their relationship, law of machines
6.2. Simple and compound machine (Examples)
6.3. Definition of ideal machine, reversible and self locking machine
6.4. Effort lost in friction, Load lost in friction, determination of maximum
mechanical advantage and maximum efficiency
6.5. System of pulleys (first, second, third system of pulleys), determination of
velocity ratio, mechanical advantage and efficiency
6.6. Working principle and application of wheel and axle, Weston’s Differential
Pulley Block , simple screw jack, worm and worm wheel, single and double
winch crab. Expression for their velocity ratio and field of their application
[Simple problems on the above topics]
LIST OF PRACTICALS
1. Verification of the polygon law of forces using gravesend apparatus.
2. To verify the forces in different members of jib crane.
3. To verify the reaction at the supports of a simply supported beam.
4. To find the mechanical advantage, velocity ratio and efficiency in case of an inclined
plane.
5. To find the mechanical advantage, velocity ratio and efficiency of a screw jack.
6. To find the mechanical advantage, velocity ratio and efficiency of worm and
worm wheel.
7. To find mechanical advantage, velocity ratio and efficiency of single purchase crab.
8. To find out center of gravity of regular lamina.
9. To find out center of gravity of irregular lamina.
10. To determine coefficient of friction between three pairs of given surface.
INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY
Applied Mechanics being a fundamental subject, the teacher are expected to emphasize on
the application of “Applied Mechanics” in various subjects so that students are able to
appreciate the importance of the subject. Students should also be made conversant with the
use of scientific calculator to solve numerical problems
MEANS OF ASSESSMENT
− Assignments and quiz/class tests
− Mid and end-term written tests
− Model/prototype making.
61
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 61
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. A Text Book of Applied Mechanics by S Ramamurtham,Dhanpat Rai Publishing Co.
Ltd.
2. A Text Book of Engineering Mechanics (Applied Mechanics) by RK Khurmi; S
Chand and Co. Ltd., New Delhi.
3. A Text Book of Applied Mechanics by RK Rajput; Laxmi Publications, New Delhi..
4. Text Book of Applied Mechanics by Birinder Singh, Kaption Publishing House, New
Delhi.
5. Test Book of Applied Mechanics by AK Upadhya, SK Kataria & Sons, New Delhi
SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS
Topic No. Time Allotted (Hrs) Marks Allotted (%)
1 06 8
2 12 18
3 14 20
4 14 20
5 10 14
6 14 20
Total 70 100
62
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 62
2.4 BASICS OF MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
L T P
6 - 2
RATIONALE
A part from the common core subjects, some engineering subjects are included in the
diploma course of electrical engineering. One of these subjects is Elementry Mech. Engg. to
impart some necessary knowledge and skill about mechanical nature. Inclusion of the subject
is further justified by the fact that in practical field, any job of electrical and civil technician
is intermingled with either civil or mechanical engineering. As such the relevant basic topics
of these disciplines are included in the content of the subject.
Some study exercises along with some field work have been suggested to give feel of
jobs and equipments involved.
LEARNING OUTCOMES
After undergoing the subject, the students will be able to:
• Apply thermodynamics Laws.
• Use of various energy sources.
• Solve basics problems related to fuel and combustion.
• Have an idea of loading on machine components.
• Explain the application of different types of bearings.
• Explain the uses of different types of gears and springs.
• Explain the working principle of different lubrication systems.
• Identify and take readings on various electrical equipments
• Determine voltage-current relationship in a DC circuit under specific physical
conditions
• Measure resistance of an ammeter and a voltmeter
• Verify DC circuits (Thevenin and Norton Theorem)
• Verify Kirchhoff's Current and Voltage Laws in a dc circuit
• Find the ratio of inductance of a coil having air-core and iron-core
respectively and observe the effect of introduction of a magnetic core on coil
inductance
• Test a lead - acid storage battery
• Measure power and power factor in a single phase R-L-C Circuit and calculation
of active and reactive powers in the circuit.
• Measure voltages and currents in polyphase a.c. circuits for star and delta
connections.
63
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 63
SECTION A - MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
DETAILED CONTENTS
1. Thermal Engineering (08 periods)
1.1 Sources of Energy:
Definition, Concept of thermodynamic system and surroundings, Closed
system, Open system, Isolated system, Thermodynamics definition of work.Zeroth
low of thermodynamics
Basic ideas, conventional and nonconventional forms- Thermal, Hydel, Tidal,
wind, Solar, Biomass and Nuclear and their uses.
1.2 Fuels & Combustion:
Combustion of fuels- their higher and lower calorific values. Combustion equations
for carbon, sulphur, hydrogen and their simple compounds. Calculation of
minimum amount of air required for complete combustion.
Combustion analysis n mass basis and on volume basis. Concept of excess air in
a boiler furnace combustion. Heat carried away by flue gases. Analysis of flue
gases by Orsat apparatus. Simple numerical problems
Idea of specific properties of liquid fuels such as detonation, knock resistance
(cetane and octane numbers), viscosity, solidification point, flash point and
flame point.
2. Machine Components (12 periods)
Brief idea of loading on machine components.
(i) Pins, Cotter and Knuckle Joints.
(ii) Keys, Key ways and spline on the shaft.
(iii)Shafts, Collars, Cranks, Eccentrics.
(iv) Couplings and Clutches.
(v) Bearings-Plane, Bushed, Split-step, ball, Roller bearing, Journal bearing,
Foot step bearing, thrust bearing, collar bearing and Special type bearings
and their applications.
(vi) Gears :
Different types of gears, gear trains and their use for transmission of motion.
Determination of velocity ratio for spur gear trains; spur gear, single and
double helical gears, Bevel gears, Mitre wheel, worms, Rack and Pinion.
Simple and compound and epicyclic gear trains and their use. Definition of
pitch and pitch circle & module.
(vii) Springs:
64
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 64
Compression, Tension, Helical springs, Torsion springs, Leaf and Laminated
springs. Their use and material.
3. Lubrication (04 periods)
Different lubrication system for lubricating the components of machines.
Principle of working of wet sump and dry sump system of lubrication. (Explain with
simple line diagram). Selection of lubricant based on different application (Requirement
with the help of manufacturer catalogue).
SECTION B: ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
4. Overview of DC Circuits (06 periods)
4.1 Definition of basic terms, such as current, EMF, Potential Difference (PD);
Ohm’s Law and its limitations; Factors affecting resistors and capacitors;
simple problems on series and parallel combinations of resistors with their
wattage considerations.
4.2 Application of Kirchhoff’s current law and Kirchhoff’s voltage law to simple
circuits. Star – Delta connections and their conversion.
5. DC Circuit Theorems (06 periods)
Thevenin’s theorem, Norton’s theorem, application of network theorems in solving
D.C. circuit problems.
6. Voltage and Current Sources (04 periods)
6.1 Concept of voltage source, symbol and graphical representation characteristics
of ideal and practical sources.
6.2 Concept of current sources, symbol, characteristic and graphical representation
of ideal and practical current sources.
7. Electro Magnetic Induction (08 periods)
7.1 Concept of electro-magnetic field produced by flow of electric current,
magnetic circuit, concept of magneto-motive force (MMF), flux, reluctance,
permeability, analogy between electric and magnetic circuit.
7.2 Faraday’s laws of electro-magnetic induction, principles of self and mutual
induction, self and mutually induced e.m.f, simple numerical problems.
7.3 Concept of current growth, decay and time constant in an inductive (RL)
circuit.
7.4 Energy stored in an inductor, series and parallel combination of inductors.
65
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 65
8. Batteries (06 periods)
8.1 Basic idea of primary and secondary cells
8.2 Construction, working principle and applications of Lead-Acid, Nickel-
Cadmium and Silver-Oxide batteries
8.3 Charging methods used for lead-acid battery (accumulator )
8.4 Care and maintenance of lead-acid battery
8.5 Series and parallel connections of batteries
8.6 General idea of solar cells, solar panels and their applications
8.7 Introduction to maintenance free batteries
9. AC Fundamentals (10 periods)
9.1 Concept of alternating quantities
9.2 Difference between ac and dc
9.3 Concepts of: cycle, frequency, time period, amplitude, instantaneous value,
average value, r.m.s. value, maximum value, form factor and peak factor.
9.4 Representation of sinusoidal quantities by phasor diagrams.
9.5 Equation of sinusoidal wave form for an alternating quantity and its derivation
9.6 Effect of alternating voltage applied to a pure resistance, pure inductance and
pure capacitance.
10. AC Circuits (14 periods)
10.1 Concept of inductive and capacitive reactance
10.2 Alternating voltage applied to resistance and inductance in series.
10.3 Alternating voltage applied to resistance and capacitance in series.
10.4 Introduction to series and parallel resonance and its conditions
10.5 Power in pure resistance, inductance and capacitance, power in combined
RLC circuits. Power factor, active and reactive power and their significance,
definition and significance of power factor.
10.6 Definition of conductance, susceptance, admittance, impedance and their units
10.7 Introduction to polyphase a.c. systems, advantages of polyphase system over
single phase system. Relations between line and phase value of voltages and
currents for star and delta connections and their phasor diagram, power in
polyphase circuits.
11. Various Types of Power Plants (06 periods)
66
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 66
11.1 Brief explanation of principle of power generation practices in thermal, hydro
and nuclear power stations and their comparative study. A Visit to a nearby
Power Station(s) may be organized for better understanding and exposure.
11.2 Elementary block diagram of above mentioned power stations
LIST OF PRACTICALS
1. Study and Sketch of Pins and Cottor
2. Study and Sketch of Keys and Key ways
3. Study and sketch of Couplings and Clutches
4. Study and Sketch of Bearings
5. Study and Sketch of Springs
6. Study of green energy
7 Study of Maintenance and safety aspects of lifts in buildings
8 Operation and use of measuring instruments viz voltmeter, ammeter, CRO, Wattmeter,
multi-meter and other accessories
9 Determination of voltage-current relationship in a dc circuit under specific physical
conditions and to draw conclusions.
10 Measurement of resistance of an ammeter and a voltmeter
11 Verification of dc circuits:
a. Thevenin’s theorem,
b. Norton’s theorem,
12 Observation of change in resistance of a bulb in hot and cold conditions, using
voltmeter and ammeter.
13 Verification of Kirchhoff's Current and Voltage Laws in a dc circuit
14 To find the ratio of inductance of a coil having air-core and iron-core respectively and
to observe the effect of introduction of a magnetic core on coil inductance
15 Charging and testing of a lead - acid storage battery.
16 Measurement of power and power factor in a single phase R-.L-.C. circuit and
calculation of active and reactive powers in the circuit.
17 Verification of line to line and line to neutral voltages and current in star and delta
connections.
18 Study of Wiring system of Public Buildings & Residential buildings.
Note: Visit to a nearby Power Station(s) may be arranged to demonstrate various aspects of
subject.
INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY
Teachers should lay emphasis on basic principles and use charts in class, visits to labs and
industry may be arranged to demonstrate certain materials and practices.
MEANS OF ASSESSMENT
67
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 67
- Sessional Tests
- End term Tests
- Practicals
- Viva-Voce
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Thermal Engineering by RK Rajput; Laxmi Publications, Delhi.
2. Theory Machines by SS Rattan; Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
3. Basic Electrical Engineering by PS Dhogal, Tata McGraw-Hill Education Pvt Ltd.,
New Delhi.
4. Experiments in Basic Electrical Engineering by SK Bhattacharya, KM Rastogi; New
Age International (P) Ltd.; Publishers New Delhi.
5. Electrical Technology by BL Theraja, S Chand and Co, New Delhi.
6. Basic Electrical Engineering by JB Gupta; SK Kataria and Sons, New Delhi.
7. Basic Electrical Engineering by Asfaque Husain, Jain Book Depot, New Delhi
SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS
Topic Time Allotted
(Periods)
Marks Allotted
(%)
1. 08 10
2. 12 15
3. 04 05
4. 06 08
5. 06 06
6. 04 05
7. 08 09
8. 06 08
9. 10 12
10. 14 16
11. 06 06
Total 84 100
68
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 68
2.5 BASICS OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
L T P
- - 6
RATIONALE
Information technology has great influence on all aspects of life. Primary purpose of using
computer is to make the life easier. Almost all work places and living environment are being
computerized. The subject introduces the fundamentals of computer system for using various
hardware and software components. In order to prepare diploma holders to work in these
environments, it is essential that they are exposed to various aspects of information
technology such as understanding the concept of information technology and its scope;
operating a computer; use of various tools using MS Office/Open Office/Libre Office using
internet etc., form the broad competency profile of diploma holders. This exposure will
enable the students to enter their professions with confidence, live in a harmonious way and
contribute to the productivity.
Note:
Explanation of Introductory part should be demonstrated with practical work.
Following topics may be explained in the laboratory along with the practical exercises.
There will not be any theory examination.
LEARNING OUTCOMES
After undergoing the subject, the students will be able to:
• Identify Computer Hardware Components, Network Components and Peripherals.
• Explain the role of an Operating System.
• Install System and Application Software.
• Explain the function of the system components including Processor, Motherboard and
Input-output devices.
• Use Word Processing Software to prepare document.
• Use Spreadsheet Software to create workbooks and automate calculation.
• Use Presentation Software to create interactive presentation.
• Perform fundamental tasks common to most application software including print,
scan, save, edit, cut, copy, paste, format, spell and grammar check.
• Find and evaluate information on the Web.
• Install Antivirus.
69
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 69
• Safeguard against Online Frauds, threats and crimes.
• Use online office tools(Google suits)
70
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 70
TOPICS TO BE EXPLAINED THROUGH DEMONSTRATION
1. Introduction to Computers and Peripherals.
Components of Computer, Types of Computer, CPU, RAM, ROM, Hard disk, USB,
Flash drive, CD, DVD,Blue ray, Keyboard, Mouse, Monitor, LCD, Printer, Plotter,
Scanner, Modem, Sound Cards, Speakers, CMOS battery, Sharing of Printers.
2. Operation System and Application Software
System Software, Application Software, Virtualization Software, Utility Software,
MS Office/Open Office/Libreoffice, Working with window, Desktop components,
Menu bars, creating shortcut of program. Installation of Application softwares,
Antivirus and Drivers.
3. Word Processing, Spreadsheet and Presentation
Usage and creation of word document, spreadsheets and presentation, Google Suits
(Google drive, google sheet, google doc. Google presentation)
.
4. Internet
Basics of Networking – LAN, WAN, Wi-Fi technologies, Concept of IP Addrsses,
DNS, Search Engines, e-mail, Browsing and cyber laws.
LIST OF PRACTICAL EXERCISES
1. Identify various components, peripherals of computer and list their functions.
2. Installation of various application software and peripheral drivers
3. Installation of operating system (windows/linux/others)
4. Creation and Management (Rename, delete, search of file and folders)
5. Installation of Antivirus and remove viruses
6. Scanning and printing documents
7. Browsing, Downloading, Information using Internet
8. E-Mail ID creation, comparing, sending and receiving e-mail. Attaching a file with e-
mail message.
9. Word Processing (MS Office/Open Office)
a) File Management
Opening, creating and saving a document, locating files, copying contents in
some different file(s), protecting files, giving password protection for a file
b) Page set up
Setting margins, tab setting, ruler, indenting
c) Editing a document
Entering text, cut, copy, paste using tool- bars
d) Formatting a document
71
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 71
Using different fonts, changing font size and colour, changing the appearance
through bold/italic/underlined, highlighting a text, changing case, using
subscript and superscript, using different underline methods
Aligning of text in a document, justification of document, inserting bullets and
numbering
Formatting paragraph, inserting page breaks and column breaks, line spacing
Use of headers, footers: Inserting footnote, end note, use of comments,
autotext
Inserting date, time, special symbols, importing graphic images, drawing tools
e) Tables and Borders
Creating a table, formatting cells, use of different border styles, shading in
tables, merging of cells, partition of cells, inserting and deleting a row in a
table
Print preview, zoom, page set up, printing options
Using find, replace options
f) Using Tools like
Spell checker, help, use of macros, mail merge, thesaurus word content and
statistics, printing envelops and lables
Using shapes and drawing toolbar,
Working with more than one window .
10. Spread Sheet Processing (MS Office/Open Office/Libre Office)
a) Starting excel, open worksheet, enter, edit, data, formulae to calculate values,
format data, save worksheet, switching between different spread sheets
b) Menu commands:
Create, format charts, organise, manage data, solving problem by analyzing data.
Programming with Excel Work Sheet, getting information while working
c) Work books:
Managing workbooks (create, open, close, save), working in work books,
selecting the cells, choosing commands, data entry techniques, formula creation
and links, controlling calculations
Editing a worksheet, copying, moving cells, pasting, inserting, deletion cells,
rows, columns, find and replace text, numbers of cells, formatting worksheet,
conditional formatting
d) Creating a chart:
Working with chart types, changing data in chart, formatting a chart, use chart to
analyze data
Using a list to organize data, sorting and filtering data in list
e) Retrieve data with query:
Create a pivot table, customizing a pivot table. Statistical analysis of data
f) Exchange data with other application:
Embedding objects, linking to other applications, import, export document.
11. PowerPoint Presentation (MS Office/Open Office/Libre office)
72
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 72
a) Introduction to PowerPoint
- How to start PowerPoint
- Working environment: concept of toolbars, slide layout &
templates.
- Opening a new/existing presentation
- Different views for viewing slides in a presentation: normal, slide
sorter.
b) Addition, deletion and saving of slides
c) Insertion of multimedia elements
- Adding text boxes
- Adding/importing pictures
- Adding movies and sound
- Adding tables and charts etc.
- Adding organizational chart
- Editing objects
- Working with Clip Art
d) Formatting slides
- Using slide master
- Text formatting
- Changing slide layout
- Changing slide colour scheme
- Changing background
- Applying design template
12. Google Suits
Using Google drive, Google shut, Google docs, Google slides.
INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY
Since this subject is practice oriented, the teacher should demonstrate the capabilities of
computers to students while doing practical exercises. The students should be made familiar
with computer parts, peripherals, connections and proficient in making use of MS
Office/Open Office/Libre office/Google Suit in addition to working on internet. The student
should be made capable of working on computers independently.
MEANS OF ASSESSMENT
- Class Tests/Quiz
- Software Installation and Use
- Viva-Voce
- Presentation
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Fundamentals of Computer by V Rajaraman; Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New
Delhi
2. Information Technology for Management by Henery Lucas, Tata McGraw Hills, New
Delhi
73
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 73
3. Computers Fundamentals Architecture and Organisation by B Ram, revised Edition,
New Age International Publishers, New Delhi
4. Computers Today by SK Basandara, Galgotia publication Pvt Ltd. Daryaganj, New
Delhi.
5. Internet for Every One by Alexis Leon and Mathews Leon; Vikas Publishing House
Pvt. Ltd., Jungpura, New Delhi
6. A First Course in Computer by Sanjay Saxena; Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.,
Jungpura, New Delhi
7. Computer Fundamentals by PK Sinha; BPB Publication, New Delhi
8. Fundamentals of Information Technology by Leon and Leon; Vikas Publishing House
Pvt. Ltd., Jungpura, New Delhi
9. On Your Marks - Net…Set…Go… Surviving in an e-world by Anushka Wirasinha,
Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi
10. Fundamentals of Information Technology by Vipin Arora, Eagle Parkashan, Jalandhar
Reference websites
1. www. tutorialspoint..com
2. www.sf.net
3. Gsuite.google.com
4. Spoken-tutorial.org
5. Swayam.gov.in
74
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 74
2.6 GENERAL WORKSHOP PRACTICE –II
(Common for Civil Engineering, Electrical Engineering and Chemical Engineering )
L T P
- - 8
RATIONALE
In order to have a balanced overall development of diploma engineers, it is necessary to
integrate theory with practice. General workshop practices are included in the curriculum in
order to provide hands-on experience about use of different tools and basic manufacturing
practices. This subject aims at developing general manual and machining skills in the
students. In addition, the development of dignity of labour, safety at work place, team
working and development of right attitude are the other objectives.
LEARNING OUTCOMES
After completing the course, the students will be able to:
• Identify tools and equipment used and their respective functions.
• Identify different types of materials and their basic properties.
• Use and take measurements with the help of basic measuring tools/equipment.
• Select proper tools for a particular operation.
• Select materials, tools, and sequence of operations to make a job as per given
specification/drawing.
• Prepare simple jobs independently and inspect the same.
• Follow safety procedures and precautionary measures.
• Use safety equipment and Personal Protection Equipment.
DETAILED CONTENTS (PRACTICAL EXERCISES)
Note: The students are supposed to come in proper workshop dress prescribed by the
institute. Wearing shoes in the workshop(s) is compulsory. Importance of safety and
cleanliness, safety measures and upkeep of tools, equipment and environment in
each of the following shops should be explained and practiced. The students should
prepare sketches of various tools/jobs in their practical Notebook.
The following shops are included in the syllabus:
1 Fitting Shop
2 Sheet Metal Shop
3 Mason Shop
4 Machine Shop
1. FITTING SHOP
1.1 Use of personal protective equipment and safety precautions while working.
75
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 75
1.2 Basic deburring processes.
1.3 Introduction to fitting shop tools, marking and measuring devices/equipment.
1.4 Identification of materials. (Iron, Copper, Stainless Steel, Aluminium etc.)
1.5 Identification of various steel sections (flat, angle, channel, bar etc.).
1.6 Introduction to various fitting shop operations/processes (Hacksawing,
Drilling, Chipping and Filing).
1.7 Job Practice
Job I Marking of job, use of marking tools, filing and use of measuring
instruments. (Vernier caliper, Micrometer and Vernier height
gauge).
Job II Filing a rectangular/square piece to maintain dimensions within an
accuracy of ±.25 mm.
Job IIIMaking a cut-out from a square piece of MS flat using hand hacksaw
and chipping
Job IV Drilling and tapping practice on MS Flat.
2. SHEET METAL SHOP
2.1. Introduction to sheet metal shop, use of hand tools and accessories e.g.
different types of hammers, hard and soft mallet, sheet and wire gauge,
necessary allowance required during job fabrication, selection of material.
2.2 Introduction and demonstration of hand tools used in sheet metal shop.
2.3 Introduction and demonstration of various machines and equipment used in
sheet metal shop e.g. Shearing Machine, Bar Folder, Burring Machine,
2.4 Introduction and demonstration of various raw materials used in sheet metal
shop e.g. black-plain sheet, galvanized-iron plain sheet, galvanised corrugated
sheet, aluminium sheet etc.
2.5 Study of various types of nuts, bolts, rivets, screws etc.
2.6 Job Practice
Job I: Shearing practice on a sheet using hand shears.
Job II: Practice on making Single riveted lap joint/Double riveted lap
Joint.
Job III:Practice on making Single cover plate chain type, zig-zag type and
single rivetted Butt Joint.
3 MASON SHOP
3.1. Introduction and importance of Mason shop
3.2. Introduction of tools, equipment and machines used in Mason shop
3.3. Job Practice
Job I : Preparation of simple bond
76
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 76
Job II : Preparation of Arched bond
Job III: Preparation of RCC structure (column and beam)
4 MACHINE SHOP
4.1 Study and sketch of lathe machine
4.2 Study and Sketch of grinders, milling machine, drilling machine and CNC
machine.
4.3 Plain and step turning and knurling practice.
4.4 Study and sketch of planning/shaping machine and to plane a rectangle of
cast iron.
MEANS OF ASSESSMENT
− Workshop jobs
− Report writing, presentation and viva voce
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Workshop Technology I,II,III, by SK Hajra, Choudhary and AK Choudhary; Media
Promoters and Publishers Pvt. Ltd. Mumbai.
2. Workshop Technology Vol. I, II, III by Manchanda; India Publishing House,
Jalandhar.
3. Workshop Training Manual Vol. I, II by S.S. Ubhi; Katson Publishers, Ludhiana.
4. Manual on Workshop Practice by K Venkata Reddy; MacMillan India Ltd., New
Delhi
5. Basic Workshop Practice Manual by T Jeyapoovan; Vikas Publishing House (P) Ltd.,
New Delhi
6. Workshop Technology by B.S. Raghuwanshi; Dhanpat Rai and Co., New Delhi
7. Workshop Technology by HS Bawa; Tata McGraw Hill Publishers, New Delhi.
77
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 77
3.1 HYDRAULICS AND HYDRAULIC MACHINES
L T P
6 - 2
RATIONALE
Subject of Fluid Mechanics is a basic engineering subject and helps in solving fluid flow
problems in the field of Civil Engineering. The subject deals with basic concepts and
principles in hydrostatics, hydro kinematics and hydrodynamics and their application in
solving fluid -mechanics problems.
LEARNING OUTCOMES
After undergoing the subject, the students will be able to:
• interpret the different terms related to fluids.
• calculate the pressure exerted by fluids on the walls of containers.
• Calculate discharge through pipes, irrigation channels, water supply pipe lines.
• use different flow measurement devices like venturimeter, mouthpiece, notches, weir,
orificemeter
• calculate size of the pipe for carrying a particular discharge.
• prepare the details like dimensions, slope of the irrigation, canals and water courses
• differentiate between different type of water pumps used in the field.
• measure the loss of head in pipes and channels
DETAILED CONTENTS
1. Introduction (02 Periods)
1.1 Fluids: Real and ideal fluids
1.2 Fluid Mechanics, Hydrostatics, Hydrodynamics, Hydraulics
2. Properties of Fluids (definition only) (08 Periods)
2.1 Mass density, specific weight, specific gravity, viscosity, surface tension -
cohesion, adhesion and, capillarity, vapour pressure and compressibility.
Newton’s Law of viscosity, Newtonian and Non-Newtonian fluids, simple
numerical problems.
78
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 78
3. Hydrostatic Pressure (12 Periods)
3.1 Pressure, intensity of pressure, pressure head, Pascal's law and its applications.
3.2 Total pressure, resultant pressure, and centre of pressure.
3.3 Total pressure and centre of pressure on horizontal, vertical and inclined plane
surfaces of rectangular, triangular, trapezoidal shapes and circular.
(No derivation - Simple Numerical Problems) Pressure on curved surfaces
(concept only).
4. Measurement of Pressure (08 Periods)
4.1 Atmospheric pressure, gauge pressure, vacuum pressure and absolute pressure.
4.2 Piezometer, simple manometer and differential manometer, micro
manometers, Bourden gauge and dead weight pressure gauge, numerical
problems related to manometers.
5. Fundamentals of Fluid Flow (10 Periods)
5.1 Types of Flow: Steady and unsteady flow, laminar and turbulent flow,
uniform and non-uniform flow, stream line, stream tubes, streak line and path
line.
5.2 Discharge and continuity equation (flow equation) {No derivation},
Simple numerical problems.
5.3 Types of hydraulic energy: Potential energy, kinetic energy, pressure energy
5.4 Bernoulli's theorem; statement and description (without proof of theorem),
Simple numerical problems.
6. Flow Measurements (10 Periods)
Brief description with simple numerical problems of :
6.1 Venturimeter and orificemeter
6.2 Pitot tube
6.3 Orifices and mouthpieces
6.4 Current meters
6.5 Notches and weirs
7. Flow through Pipes (12 Periods)
7.1 Definition of pipe flow; Reynolds number, laminar and turbulent flow -
explained through Reynold's experiment
7.2 Critical velocity and velocity distributions in a pipe for laminar flow
79
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 79
7.3 Head loss in pipe lines due to friction, sudden expansion and sudden
contraction, entrance, exit, obstruction and change of direction (No derivation
of formula), Simple numerical problems related to flow through pipes and
siphons.
7.4 Hydraulic gradient line and total energy line. Simple numerical problems.
7.5 Pipes in series and parallel
7.6 Water hammer phenomenon and its effects (only definition and description)
8. Flow through open channels (14 Periods)
8.1 Definition of an open channel, uniform flow and non-uniform flow
8.2 Discharge through channels using
i) Chezy's formula (no derivation)
ii) Manning's formula (no derivation)
8.3 Most economical channel sections (no derivation, only simple numerical
problems)
i) Rectangular
ii) Trapezoidal
8.4 Head loss in open channel due to friction
8.5 Concept of specific energy and specific force- hydraulic jump.
9. Hydraulic Machines (8 Periods)
Hydraulic pump, reciprocating pump, centrifugal pumps (No numerical and No
derivations), impulse and reaction turbines (may be demonstrated with the help of
working models)
PRACTICAL EXERCISES
1. To verify Bernoulli’s Theorem
2. To find out venturimeter coefficient
3. To determine coefficient of velocity (Cv), Coefficient of discharge (Cd) Coefficient of
contraction (Cc) of an orifice and verify the relation between them
4. To perform Reynold's experiment
5. To verify loss of head in pipe flow due to
a. Sudden enlargement
b. Sudden contraction
c. Sudden bend
6. Demonstration of use of current meter and pitot tube
7. To determine coefficient of discharge of a rectangular notch and triangular notch.
INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY
80
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 80
Fluid Mechanics being a fundamental subject, teachers are expected to lay considerable stress
on understanding the basic concepts, principles and their applications. For this purpose,
teachers are expected to give simple problems in the class room and provide tutorial exercises
so as to develop necessary knowledge for comprehending the basic concepts and principles.
As far as possible, the teaching of the subject be supplemented by demonstrations and
practical work in the laboratory. Visit to hydraulic research stations must be carried out.
MEANS OF ASSESSMENT
− Assignments and quiz/class tests
− Mid-term and end-term written tests
− Presentation
− Viva-Voce
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Fluid Mechanics and Hyraulics by Jagdish Lal; Delhi Metropolitan Book Co. Pvt
Ltd.
2. Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics by Modi, PN, and Seth, SM; Delhi Standard
Publishers Distributors.
3. Hydraulics and Hydraulics Machines by Khurmi RS ; S Chand and Co., Delhi
4. Laboratory Manual for Fluid Mechanics by Poonia MP and Jakhar OP; Standard
Publishers Distributors, Delhi
5. Fluid Mechanics by Birinder Singh; Kaption Publishing, New Delhi.
6. Fluid Mechanics by Sarao A.S; Tech. India Publication, New Delhi
7. E-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by
AICTE/UBTE/NITTTR, Chandigarh.
Websites for Reference:
http://swayam.gov.in
SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS
Topic No. Time Allotted
(Periods)
Marks Allotted
(%)
1 02 02
81
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 81
2 08 08
3 12 14
4 08 10
5 10 12
6 10 12
7 12 14
8 14 18
9 08 10
Total 84 100
82
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 82
3.2 CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY
L T P
6 - 2
RATIONALE
Diploma holders in Civil Engineering are supposed to supervise concreting operations
involving proportioning, mixing, transporting, placing, compacting, finishing and curing of
concrete. To perform above functions, it is essential to impart knowledge and skills regarding
ingredients of concrete and their properties; properties of concrete in plastic and hardened
stage, water cement ratio and workability; proportioning for ordinary concrete; concreting
operations and joints in concrete.
LEARNING OUTCOMES
After undergoing the subject, the students will be able to:
• evaluate physical properties of cement concrete as per IS codes
• conduct various tests on aggregate in laboratory to evaluate their characteristics
• interpret the grading charts of different aggregates and evaluate fineness modulus of
aggregates
• evaluate workability and strength of concrete
• recognize bleeding, segregation, harshness defects in fresh concrete
• explain hydration process of cement, water to cement (w/c) ratio and analyze
relationship between compressive strength and w/c ratio
• conduct various destructive and non-destructive (NDT) test
• design mix of concrete as per IS code
• describe the use of different admixture to enhance the properties of concrete
• explain the feature of special concretes
• demonstrate how to carry out various concreting operation
DETAILED CONTENTS
1. Introduction (04 Periods)
Definition of concrete, properties of concrete, uses of concrete in comparison to other
building materials. Advantages and disadvantages of concrete.
2. Ingredients of Concrete (10 Periods)
2.1 Cement: physical properties of cement; different types of cement as per IS
Codes
2.2 Aggregates:
83
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 83
2.2.1 Classification of aggregates according to size and shape
2.2.2 Characteristics of aggregates: Particle size and shape, surface texture,
specific gravity of aggregate; bulk density, water absorption, surface
moisture, bulking of sand, deleterious materials soundness
2.2.3 Grading of aggregates: coarse aggregate, fine aggregate and All-in- -
one aggregate; fineness modulus; interpretation of grading charts
2.3 Water: Water Quality requirements as per IS:456-2000
3. Water Cement Ratio (05 Periods)
3.1 Hydration of cement principle of water-cement ratio, Duff Abram’s Water-
cement ratio law: Limitations of water-cement ratio law and its effects on
strength of concrete
4. Properties of Concrete (12 Periods)
4.1 Properties in plastic state: Workability, Segregation, Bleeding and Harshness
4.1.1 Factors affecting workability, Measurement of workability: slump test,
compacting factor and Vee Bee consistometer; Recommended slumps
for placement in various conditions as per IS:456-2000/SP-23
4.2 Properties in hardened state: Strength, Durability, Impermeability,
Dimensional changes;
5. Concrete Mix Design (12 Periods)
5.1 Objectives and parameters of mix design, introduction to various grades as per
IS:456-2000; proportioning for nominal mix design as prescribed by IS 456-
2000
5.2 Adjustment on site for: Bulking of fine aggregate, water absorption of
aggregate, workability
5.3 Difference between nominal and controlled concrete
5.4. Introduction to IS-10262-2009-Code for controlled mix design.
5.5 Mix design problems of concrete for desired mix strength or grade.
6. Introduction to Admixtures (chemicals and minerals) for improving performance of
concrete (06 Periods)
7. Special Concretes (only features) (12 Periods)
7.1 Concreting under special conditions, difficulties and precautions before,
during and after concreting
7.1.1 Cold weather concreting
84
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 84
7.1.2 Under water concreting
7.1.3 Hot weather concreting
7.2 Ready mix concrete
7.3 Fibre reinforced concrete
7.4 Polymer Concrete
7.5 Fly ash concrete
7.6 Silica fume concrete
7.7 Self compacting concrete
8. Concreting Operations (20 Periods)
**8.1 Storing of Cement
8.1.1 Storing of cement in a warehouse
8.1.2 Storing of cement at site
8.1.3 Effect of storage on strength of cement
8.1.4 Determination of warehouse capacity for storage of Cement
**8.2 Storing of Aggregate: Storing of aggregate at site
8.3 Batching (to be shown during site visit)
8.3.1 Batching of Cement
8.3.2 Batching of aggregate by:
8.3.2.1 Volume, using gauge box (farma) selection of proper gauge
box
8.3.2.2 Weight spring balances and batching machines
8.3.3 Measurement of water
** 8.4 Mixing
8.4.1 Hand mixing
8.4.2 Machine mixing - types of mixers, capacities of mixers, choosing
appropriate size of mixers, operation of mixers
8.4.3 Maintenance and care of mixers
8.4.4 Batching and mixing plants
**8.5 Transportation of concrete: Transportation of concrete using: wheel barrows,
transit mixers, chutes, belt conveyors, Dumpers and trucks, tremie, mono rail
system, pumps, tower crane and hoists.
8.6 Placement of concrete
85
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 85
Type of form works and scaffoldings, Checking of form work, shuttering and
precautions to be taken during placement
** 8.7 Compaction
8.7.1 Hand compaction
8.7.2 Machine compaction - types of vibrators, internal screed vibrators and
form vibrators
8.7.3 Selection of suitable vibrators for different situations
8.8 Finishing concrete slabs - screeding, floating and trowelling
8.9 Curing
8.9.1 Objective of curing, methods of curing like ponding, membrane curing,
steam curing, chemical curing
8.9.2 Duration for curing and removal of form work
8.10 Jointing: Location of construction joints, treatment of construction joints,
expansion joints in buildings - their importance and location
8.11 Defects in concrete: Identification of defects and methods of removing defects
9. Importance and methods of non-destructive tests (introduction only) (03 Period)
9.1. Rebound Hammer Test
9.2. Pulse Velocity method
NOTE: ** A field visit may be planned to explain and show the relevant things
PRACTICAL EXERCISES:
1. To determine the physical properties of cement such as fineness, consistency, setting
time, soundness and compressive strength of cement as per IS Codes
2. To determine flakiness and elongation index of coarse aggregate
3. To determine silt content in fine aggregate
4. Determination of specific gravity and water absorption of aggregates
5. Determination of bulk density and voids of aggregates
6. Determination of particle size distribution of fine, coarse and all-in-one aggregate by
sieve analysis (grading of aggregate)
7. To determine bulking of fine aggregates
86
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 86
8. To determine workability by slump test and to verify the effect of water, fine
aggregate/coarse aggregate ratio and aggregate/Cement ratio on slump
9. Compaction factor test for workability
10. Non destructive test on concrete by:
a) Rebound Hammer Test
b) Ultrasonic Pulse Velocity Test
11. To determine compressive strength of concrete cubes for different grades of concrete
12. To determine flexural strength of concrete beam
INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY
This subject is of practical nature. While imparting instructions, teachers are expected to
organize demonstrations and field visits to show various stages of concreting operations.
While working in the laboratory, efforts should be made to provide extensive practical
training to students so as to make them confident in the preparation and testing of concrete.
Teachers should also organize viva examination so as to develop understanding about
concepts and principles involved.
MEANS OF ASSESSMENT
− Assignments and quiz/class tests
− Mid-term and end-term written tests
− Actual Practical Performance
− Report writing
− Viva-Voce
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Concrete Technology by Krishnamurthy, KT Rao, A Kasundra and Khandekar,
AA; Dhanpat Rai and Sons, Delhi
2. Text Book of Concrete Technology by Gupta BL and Gupta Amit; Standard
Publishers Distributors, Delhi.
3. Concrete Tecnology by Handoo, BL, Puri, LD and Mahajan Sanjay; Satya
Prakashan, New Delhi.
4. Laboratory Manual on Concrete Technology by Sood, Hemant, Mittal LN and
Kulkarni PD; CBS Publishers, New Delhi
5. Concrete Technology by Birinder Singh; Kaption Publications, Ludhiana,
6. Module on Special Concretes by Dr. Hemant Sood; NITTTR Chandigarh
7. Video programme on different experiments in ‘Concrete Technology’ developed by
NITTTR, Chandigarh.
87
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 87
8. E-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by
AICTE/UBTE/NITTTR, Chandigarh.
Websites for Reference:
http://swayam.gov.in
SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS
Topic No. Time Allotted
(Periods)
Marks Allotted
(%)
1 04 05
2 10 12
3 05 06
4 12 14
5 12 14
6 06 07
7 12 14
8 20 24
9 03 04
Total 84 100
88
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 88
3.3 ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES
L T P
3 - 2
RATIONALE
A diploma holder must have knowledge of different types of pollution caused due to
industries and constructional activities so that he may help in balancing the ecosystem and
controlling pollution by various control measures. He should also be aware of environmental
laws related to the control of pollution. He should know how to manage the waste. Energy
conservation is the need of hour. He should know the concept of energy management and its
conservation.
LEARNING OUTCOMES
After undergoing the subject, the student will be able to:
• Comprehend the importance of ecosystem and sustainable
• Demonstrate interdisciplinary nature of environmental issues
• Identify different types of environmental pollution and control measures.
• Take corrective measures for the abatement of pollution.
• Explain environmental legislation acts.
• Define energy management, energy conservation and energy efficiency
• Demonstrate positive attitude towards judicious use of energy and environmental
protection
• Practice energy efficient techniques in day-to-day life and industrial processes.
• Adopt cleaner productive technologies
• Identify the role of non-conventional energy resources in environmental protection.
• Analyze the impact of human activities on the environment
DETAILED CONTENTS
1. Introduction (04 Periods)
1.1 Basics of ecology, eco system- concept, and sustainable development, Resources
renewable and non renewable.
2. Air Pollution (04 Periods)
2.1 Source of air pollution. Effect of air pollution on human health, economy, plant,
animals. Air pollution control methods.
3. Water Pollution (08 Periods)
3.1 Impurities in water, Cause of water pollution, Source of water pollution. Effect of
water pollution on human health, Concept of dissolved O2, BOD, COD.
Prevention of water pollution- Water treatment processes, Sewage treatment.
Water quality standard.
4. Soil Pollution (06 Periods)
4.1 Sources of soil pollution
89
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 89
4.2 Types of Solid waste- House hold, Hospital, From Agriculture, Biomedical,
Animal and human, excreta, sediments and E-waste
4.3 Effect of Solid waste
4.4 Disposal of Solid Waste- Solid Waste Management
5. Noise pollution (06 Periods)
Source of noise pollution, Unit of noise, Effect of noise pollution, Acceptable noise
level, Different method of minimizing noise pollution.
6. Environmental Legislation (08 Periods)
Introduction to Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act 1974, Introduction to
Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act 1981 and Environmental Protection Act
1986, Role and Function of State Pollution Control Board and National Green Tribunal
(NGT), Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA).
7. Impact of Energy Usage on Environment (06 Periods)
Global Warming, Green House Effect, Depletion of Ozone Layer, Acid Rain. Eco-
friendly Material, Recycling of Material, Concept of Green Buildings.
LIST OF PRACTICALS
1. Determination of pH of drinking water
2. Determination of TDS in drinking water
3. Determination of TSS in drinking water
4. Determination of hardness in drinking water
5. Determination of oil & grease in drinking water
6. Determination of alkalinity in drinking water
7. Determination of acidity in drinking water
8. Determination of organic/inorganic solid in drinking water
9. Determination of pH of soil
10. Determination of N&P (Nitrogen & Phosphorus) of soil
11. To measure the noise level in classroom and industry.
12. To segregate the various types of solid waste in a locality.
13. To study the waste management plan of different solid waste
14. To study the effect of melting of floating ice in water due to global warming
INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY
In addition to theoretical instructions, different activities pertaining to Environmental Studies
like expert lectures, seminars, visits to green house, effluent treatment plant of any industry,
rain water harvesting plant etc. may also be organized.
MEANS OF ASSESSMENT
− Assignments and quiz/class tests,
90
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 90
− Mid-term and end-term written tests
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Environmental and Pollution Awareness by Sharma BR; Satya Prakashan, New Delhi.
2. Environmental Protection Law and Policy in India by Thakur Kailash; Deep and Deep
Publications, New Delhi.
3. Environmental Pollution by Dr. RK Khitoliya; S Chand Publishing, New Delhi
4. Environmental Science by Deswal and Deswal; Dhanpat Rai and Co. (P) Ltd. Delhi.
5. Engineering Chemistry by Jain and Jain; Dhanpat Rai and Co. (P) Ltd. Delhi.
6. Environmental Studies by Erach Bharucha; University Press (India) Private Ltd.,
Hyderabad.
7. Environmental Engineering and Management by Suresh K Dhamija; S K Kataria and
Sons, New Delhi.
8. E-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by
AICTE/UBTE/NITTTR, Chandigarh.
Websites for Reference:
http://swayam.gov.in
SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS
Topic No. Time Allotted
(Periods)
Marks Allotted
(%)
1 04 10
2 04 10
3 08 20
4 06 14
5 06 14
6 08 20
7 06 12
Total 42 100
91
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 91
3.4 STRUCTURAL MECHANICS
L T P
6 - 2
RATIONALE
This is a basic engineering subject. The purpose of the subject is to impart basic knowledge
and skill regarding properties of materials, concept of stresses and strains, bending moment
and shear force diagrams, second moment of area, bending and shear stresses, slope and
deflection and analysis of trusses. The above knowledge will be useful for designing simple
structural components. This subject is very important to develop basic concepts and
principles related to strength of materials. This subject will also enable the students to
continue their further education.
LEARNING OUTCOMES
After undergoing the subject, students will be able to:
• conduct different tests on mild steel
• calculate modulus of elasticity
• analyse and explain stress-strain diagram of mild and HYSD steel
• calculate various forces used in design of structures
• calculate shear force, bending moment for simply supported, cantilever and
overhanging beams with concentrated and uniformly distributed loads
• calculate moment of inertia, second moments of inertia, radius of gyration, section
modulus for L, T, channel and I sections
• calculate the bending stresses, moment of resistance of simply supported beams
• explain shear stress, stress distribution diagram for rectangular, circular, I,T and L
sections
• calculate slope and deflection of determinate structures
• verify forces in a framed structure
DETAILED CONTENTS
THEORY
1. Properties of Materials (06 Periods)
1.1 Classification of materials, elastic materials, plastic materials, ductile
materials, brittle materials.
1.2 Introduction to tensile test, compressive test, impact test, fatigue test, torsion
test on metals.
92
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 92
2. Simple Stresses and Strains (20 Periods)
2.1 Concept of stress, normal and shear stresses,
2.2 Concept of strain and deformation, longitudinal and transverse strain,
poisson's ratio, volumetric strain
2.3 Hooke's law, modulii of elasticity and rigidity, Bulk modulus of elasticity,
relationship between the elastic constants.
2.4 Stresses and strains in bars subjected to tension and compression. Extension
of uniform bar under its own weight, stress produced in compound and
tapering bars due to axial load.
2.5 Stress-strain diagram for mild steel and HYSD steel, proof stress, mechanical
properties, factor of safety.
2.6 Temperature stresses and strains
3. Shear Force and Bending Moment (20 Periods)
3.1 Concept of a beam and supports (Hinges, Roller and Fixed), types of beams:
simply supported, cantilever, propped, over hang, fixed and continuous beams
(only concept).
3.2 Types of loads (dead load, live load, snow load, wind load seismic load as per
IS Codes etc) and types of loading (point, uniformly distributed and uniformly
varying loads)
3.3 Concept of bending moment and shear force, sign conventions
3.4 Bending Moment and shear force diagrams for cantilever, simply supported
and overhanging beams subjected to concentrated, uniformly distributed and
varying loads
3.5 Relationship between load, shear force and bending moment, point of
maximum bending moment, and point of contraflexure.
3.6 Fixed and continuous beams-simple numerical problems.
4. Moment of Inertia (04 Periods)
Concept of moment of inertia and second moment of area and radius of gyration, theorems of parallel
and perpendicular axis, second moment of area of common geometrical sections: rectangle, triangle,
circle (without derivations). Second moment of area for L, T and I sections, section modulus.
5. Bending Stresses in Beams (08 Periods)
5.1 Concept of pure/simple bending
5.2 Assumptions made in the theory of simple bending, derivation and application
of bending equation to circular cross-section, I section, T&L sections only
93
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 93
5.3 Moment of resistance
5.4 Calculations of bending stresses
6. Shear Stresses in Beams (06 Periods)
6.1 Concept of shear stresses in beams, shear stress distribution in rectangular,
circular I, T, L sections for beams.
7. Slope and Deflection (08 Periods)
Determination of slope and deflection using Moment Area Theorem for simply
supported beam for pointed load and U.D.L, Conjugate beam method and double
integration method. (no derivation, numerical problems only)
8. Columns (04 Periods)
8.1 Theory of columns- long and short columns, slenderness ratio
8.2 Problem solving using Euler’s and Rankine formula
9. Analysis of Trusses (08 Periods)
9.1 Concept of a perfect, redundant and deficient frames
9.2 Assumptions and analysis of trusses by:
a) Method of joints
b) Method of sections
PRACTICAL EXERCISES
1. Determination of yield stress, ultimate stress, percentage elongation and plot the stress
strain diagram and compute the value of young's modulus on mild steel
2. Testing of HYSD Steel
3. Determination of Young's modulus of elasticity for steel wire with searl's apparatus
4. Determination of modulus of rupture of a concrete beam
5. Determination of maximum deflection and young's modulus of elasticity in simply
supported beam with load at middle third point
6. Verification of forces in a framed structure
INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY
Teachers are expected to give simple exercises involving the applications of various concepts
and principles being taught in the subject. Efforts should be made to prepare tutorial sheets on
various topics and students should be encouraged/guided to solve tutorial sheets
independently. In the practical works, individual students should be given opportunities to do
94
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 94
practical work, make observations and draw conclusions. Teachers should also conduct viva
examination in which stress should be given on the understanding of basic concepts and
principles.
MEANS OF ASSESSMENT
− Assignments and quiz/class tests
− Mid-term and end-term written tests
− Presentations
− Viva-Voce
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Strength of Materials by Ramamrutham, S ; Dhanpat Rai and Sons., New Delhi
2. Applied Mechanics and Strength of Materials by Ram Chandra; Standard Publishers.
Delhi:
3. Strength of Materials by Punmia, BC ; Standard Publishers, Delhi,
4. Strengths of Materials by Sadhu Singh; Standard Publishers, New Delhi
5. Structural Mechanics by Singh Birinder; Kaption Publishers, Ludhiana
6. Strength of Material by Karamveer Saini, Krishna Publishing House, Meerut.
7. E-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by
AICTE/UBTE/NITTTR, Chandigarh.
Websites for Reference
http://swayam.gov.in
SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS
Topic No. Time Allotted
(Periods)
Marks Allotted (%)
1 06 07
2 20 22
3 20 22
4 04 05
5 08 12
95
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 95
6 06 07
7 08 10
8 04 5
9 08 10
Total 84 100
3.5 BUILDING CONSTRUCTION
L T P
6 - 3
RATIONALE
Diploma holders in Civil Engineering are supposed to effectively supervise construction of
buildings. Effective supervision is essential to obtain/provide a fault free service from
contractors to users. To perform above task, it is essential that students should have
knowledge of various sub components of buildings like foundations, walls, roofs, staircases,
floors etc., and their constructional details as well as preventive, remedial and corrective
methods of common construction faults. Therefore, the subject of Building Construction is
very important for Civil Engineering diploma holders.
LEARNING OUTCOMES
After undergoing the subject, the students will be able to:
• define the different components and classification of building
• select a foundation for particular type of building
• explain different types of walls, scaffolding, shoring, underpinning and their
constructional methodology
• carry out the construction of brick wall.
• supervise rubble and ashlar types of stone masonry construction
• demonstrate the construction details of lintels and arches at appropriate level in
building
• select different types of doors, windows, floors and stairs cases in building
• recognize different parts of roof trusses and drainage system of roofs
• identify and select application procedure for different types of surfaces finishes in
building i.e. plastering, pointing, painting, white washing and distempering
• evaluate the possible reason of dampness at various level in building and remedial
means
• demonstrate how to carry out different types of possible anti termite treatments in
building
• know about environmental friendly building and energy efficient building.
• list relevant IS codes.
DETAILED CONTENTS
96
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 96
1. Introduction (03 Periods)
1.1 Definition of a building, classification of buildings based on occupancy
1.2 Different parts of a building
2. Foundations (08 periods)
2.1 Concept of foundation and its purpose
2.2 Types of foundation-shallow and deep
**2.2.1 Shallow foundation - constructional details of: Spread foundations for
walls, min. depth criteria, thumb rules for depth and width of
foundation and thickness of concrete block, stepped foundation for
masonry pillars and concrete columns, Raft foundation, combined
footing grillage foundation.
2.2.2 Introduction to deep foundation and their types
2.3 Earthwork
2.3.1 Layout/setting out for surface excavation, cutting and filling
2.3.2 Excavation of foundation, trenches, shoring, timbering and de-
watering
3. Walls (08 periods)
3.1 Purpose of walls
3.2 Classification of walls - load bearing, non-load bearing, dwarf wall, retaining,
breast walls and partition walls
3.3 Classification of walls as per materials of construction: brick, stone, reinforced
brick, reinforced concrete, precast, hollow and solid concrete block and
composite masonry walls
3.4 Partition walls: Constructional details, suitability and uses of brick and
wooden partition walls
3.5 Scaffolding, construction details and suitability of mason’s brick layers and
tubular scaffolding, shoring, underpinning
4. Masonry ( 08 periods )
4.1 Brick Masonry: Definition of terms like header, stretcher, queen closer, king
closer, frog and quoin, course, bond, facing, backing, hearting, jambs, reveals,
soffit, plinth, pillars and pilasters
97
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 97
4.1.1 Bond – meaning and necessity; English, flemish bond and other types
of bonds
4.1.2 Construction of brick walls –methods of laying bricks in walls,
precautions observed in the construction of walls, methods of bonding
new brick work with old (toothing, raking, back and block bonding),
Expansion and contraction joints
4.1.3 Mortars: types, selection of mortar and its preparation
4.2 Stone Masonry
4.2.1 Glossary of terms – natural bed, bedding planes, string course, corbel,
cornice, block in course grouting, moulding, templates, corner stone,
bond stone, throating, through stone, parapet, coping, pilasters and
buttress
4.2.2 Types of stone masonry: rubble masonry - random and coursed; Ashlar
masonry, principles to be observed in construction of stone masonry
walls
5. Arches and Lintels (06 periods)
5.1 Meaning and use of arches and lintels:
5.2 Glossary of terms used in arches and lintels - abutment, pier, arch ring,
intrados, soffit, extrados, voussoirs, springer, springing line, crown, key stone,
skew back, span, rise, depth of an arch, haunch, spandril, jambs,
bearing, thickness of lintel, effective span
5.3 Arches:
5.3.1 Types of Arches - Semi circular, segmental, elliptical and parabolic,
flat, inverted and relieving
5.3.2 Stone arches and their construction
5.3.3 Brick arches and their construction
5.4 Lintels
5.4.1 Purpose of lintel
5.4.2 Materials used for lintels
5.4.3 Cast-in-situ and pre-cast lintels
5.4.4 Lintel along with sun-shade or chhajja
**6. Doors, Windows and Ventilators ( 06 periods)
6.1 Glossary of terms with neat sketches
6.2 Classification based on materials i.e. wood, metal and plastic and their
suitability for different situations. Different type of doors- panel door, flush
door, glazed door, rolling shutter, steel door, sliding door, plastic and
aluminium doors
98
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 98
6.3 Window – Panel window, glazed windows (fixed and openable) ventilators,
sky light window, Louveres shutters, plastic and aluminium windows.
6.4 Door and window frames – materials and sections, fixtures and fasteners, hold
fasts
*7. Damp Proofing and Water Proofing ( 06 periods )
7.1 Dampness and its ill effects on bricks, plaster, wooden fixtures, metal fixtures
and reinforcement, damage to aesthetic appearance, damage to heat insulating
materials, damage to stored articles and health
7.2 Sources of dampness - moisture penetrating the building from outside e.g.
rainwater, surface water, ground moisture. Moisture entrapped during
construction i.e. moisture in concrete, masonry construction and plastering
work etc. Moisture which originates in the building itself i.e. water in kitchen
and bathrooms etc.
7.3 Damp proofing materials and their specifications: rich concrete and mortar,
bitumen, bitumen mastic, polymer coating, use of chemicals
7.4. Damp proofing of basement, Ground floors, plinth and walls, water storage
tank, kitchen, W.C., roof.
7.5 Plinth protection and aprons
**8. Floors (05 periods)
8.1 Glossary of terms-floor finish, topping, under layer, base course, rubble filling
and their purpose
8.2 Types of floor finishes - concrete flooring, ceramic tile flooring, stone (marble
and kota) flooring. Wooden flooring
8.3 Special emphasis on level/slope/reverse slope in bathrooms, toilets, kitchen,
balcony and staircase.
9. Roofs (06 periods)
9.1 Types of roofs, concept of flat, pitched and arched roofs
9.2 Glossary of terms for pitched roofs - batten, eaves, facia board, gable, hip,
lap, purlin, rafter, rag bolt, valley, ridge, rain water gutter, anchoring bolts
9.3 False ceilings using gypsum, plaster boards, cellotex, fibre boards
9.4 Roof drainage
9.5 Roof treatment-brick Koba
99
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 99
10. Stairs (06 periods)
10.1 Glossary of terms: Staircase, winders, landing, stringer, newel, baluster, riser,
tread, width of staircase, hand-rail, nosing
10.2 Classification of staircase on the basis of material – RCC, timber, steel,
Aluminium
10.3 Planning and layout of staircase: Relations between rise and tread,
determination of width of stair, landing etc
10.4 Various types of layout - straight flight, dog legged, open well, quarter turn,
half turn (newel and geometrical stairs), bifurcated stair, spiral stair
11. Surface Finishes (08 periods)
11.1 Plastering - classification according to use and finishes like plain plaster, grit
finish, rough cast, pebble dashed, concrete and stone cladding etc., dubbing,
proportion of mortars used for different plasters, techniques of plastering
and curing
11.2 Pointing - different types of pointing and their methods
11.3 Painting - preparation of surface, primer coat and application of paints on
wooden, steel and plastered wall surfaces
11.4 Application of white washing, colour washing and distempering, polishing,
application of cement and plastic paints
11.5 Selection of appropriate paints/finishes for interior and exterior surfaces
11.6 Importance of preparation of surfaces such as hacking, grooving etc before
application of surface finishes
12. Anti Termite Measures as per IS 6313-I-III (03 periods)
12.1 Anti Termite Treatment to Foundation, Masonary, RCC, Floors, Junction of
walls and Floors.
12.2 Treatment to wooden joinery
12.3 Treatment to existing building
13. Green Buildings (08 Periods)
Importance, components: Site, Rain water harvesting/water efficiency, energy
efficiency, material efficiency Indoor air quality design and innovation rating system.
14. National Building code and IS code orientation of building (03 Periods)
Note * An expert may be invited from field/industry for extension lecture
** A field visit may be planned to explain and show the relevant things
PRACTICAL EXERCISES
100
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 100
1. Demonstration of tools and plants used in building construction
2. To prepare Layout of a building: two rooms building with front verandah
3. To construct brick bonds (English bond only) in one, one and half and two brick thick: (a)
Walls for L, T and cross junction (b) Columns
4. Demonstration of following items of work at construction site by:
a) Timbering of excavated trenching
b) Laying damp proof courses
c) Construction of masonry walls
d) Laying of tile flooring on an already prepared lime concrete base
e) Plastering and pointing exercise
f) Constructing RCC work
g) Pre-construction and post construction termite treatment of building and
woodwork
h) Interlocking tiles
Note: (A report of these activities will be submitted by the students)
INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY
While imparting instructions in this subject, teachers are expected to take students to work
site and explain constructional process and special details for various sub-components of a
buildings. It is also important to make use of audio visual aids/video films (if available) to
show specialized operations. The practical work should be given due importance and efforts
should be made that each student should perform practical work independently. For carrying
out practical works, polytechnics should have construction yard where enough raw materials
is made available for students to perform practical work
MEANS OF ASSESSMENT
− Assignments and quiz/class tests
− Mid-term and end-term written tests
− Presentation
− Actual Practical Performance
− Report writing
− Viva-voce
− Repair work
−
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Building Construction by Rangwala, SC; Charotar Book Stall, Anand
101
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 101
2. A Text Book of Building Construction by Kulkarni, GJ; Ahmedabad Book Depot
3. A Text Book of Building Construction by Arora, SP and Bindra, SP; Dhanpat Rai
and Sons, New Delhi.
4. Building Construction by Sushil Kumar; Standard Publishers Distributors, Delhi
5 SP – 62 Hand Book of BIS
6 B.I.S. – 6313 Part 1, 2, 3
7 National Building Code
8. Handbook of Civil Engineering by PN Khanna
9. Video films on Damp proofing, water proofing, surface finishes
10. E-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by AICTE/ NITTTR,
Chandigarh.
Websites for Reference:
http://swayam.gov.in
SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS
Topic No. Time Allotted
(Periods)
Marks Allotted (%)
1 03 05
2 08 08
3 08 08
4 08 07
5 06 09
6 06 09
7 06 05
8 05 08
9 06 08
10 06 09
11 08 09
12 03 05
13 08 05
14 03 05
Total 84 100
102
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 102
3.6 BUILDING DRAWINGS
L T P
- - 8
RATIONALE
Drawing is the language of engineers. Engineering is incomplete without a thorough
knowledge of drawing. A Civil Engineering diploma holder must be capable of sketching
detailed constructional drawing of various components of building for the purpose of
communication with the craftsman. Planning of small buildings, developing a line plan,
dimensioning, key plan, drainage plan should be a part of curriculum. The diploma engineer
must be conversant with reading and interpretation of drawings for execution of work.
LEARNING OUTCOMES
After undergoing the subject, the students will be able to:
• Read and interpret building drawings
• Explain the drawing to craftsman
• Layout foundation plan of different types of foundations
• Prepare drawings of small buildings, developing different sections of building
• Guide and supervise carpenters in various carpentry works related to doors, windows
etc.
• Prepare details of brick courses in joints
• Draw the sketches of various joints of carpentry
• Demonstrate circular arch and segmental arches
DETAILED CONTENTS
Section-I
Drawing No. 1 (2 sheets)
Details of spread footing foundations for a load bearing and non-load bearing wall for given
thickness of walls with the help of given data or rule of the thumb, showing offsets, position
of DPC. The details of the concrete and brick apron have to be shown in the drawing.
Drawing No. 2 (one sheet)
Plans of ‘T’ and Corner junction of walls of 1 Brick, 1-1/2 Brick and 2 brick thick in English
bond
103
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 103
Drawing No. 3 (one sheet)
Drawing plan, elevation of arches: circular arch, segmental arch (one sheet)
Drawing No. 4 (3 sheets)
Elevation, sectional plan and sectional side elevation of flush door, fully glazed door,
fully panelled door with wire gauge shutter. Partly panelled and partly glazed door.
Section-II
Drawing No. 5 (2 sheet)
Drawing plan, elevation of a small building by measurement and foundation detail and
sectional elevation.
Drawing No. 6 (4 sheets)
Drawing detailed working plan, elevation and section of a residential building from a given
line plan or given data showing details of foundations, roof and parapet
Drawing No. 7 (one sheet)
Drawings of following floors
Cement concrete floors at ground level and at first floor level.
i) Brick floors:
a) Diagonal Bond
b) Herring Bone Bond
ii) Bonded cement concrete flooring/ Marble flooring/ Terrazzo flooring
iii) Ceramic/vitrified tile flooring
Drawing No. 8 (one sheet)
Drawing of flat roof, showing the heat/thermal insulation provisions.
Section-III
Drawing No. 9 (one sheet)
Drawing details of damp proofing arrangement of roofs and walls as per BIS Code. Show the
rain water drainage arrangement also.
Drawing No 10
104
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 104
Drawing Damp Proofing details in basement of buildings.
NOTE
a) All drawings should be as per BIS code and specifications in SI Units
b) Intensive practice of reading and interpreting building drawings should be given
c) Some practice should be done to prepare drawings on AutoCAD.
MEANS OF ASSESSMENT
− Assignments and quiz/class tests
− Mid-term and end-term written tests
− Laboratory and practical work
− Model Making
− Drawing Sheets
− Viva-Voce
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Civil Engineering Drawing by RS Malik; Asia Publishing House
2. Civil Engineering Drawing by V.B.Sikka ; Katson Publishing, Ludhiana
3. Civil Engineering Drawing by NS Kumar ; IPH, New Delhi
4. Principles of Building Drawing by MG Shah and CM Kale; MacMillan, Delhi
5. Building Construction by Moorthy NRK
6. Civil Engg Drawing by Layal
7. Drawing and Design of Residential and Commercial Buildings by Zaidi, SKA and
Siddiqui, Suhail; Standard Publishers and Distributors, Delhi.
8. SP : 20
9. National Building Code
10. Building Drawing by Mamta Kataria; North Publication, Jalandhar.
11. E-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by AICTE/ NITTTR,
Chandigarh.
Websites for Reference:
http://swayam.gov.in
105
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 105
4.1 COMMUNICATION SKILLS – II
L T P
4 - 2
RATIONALE
Knowledge of English Language plays an important role in career development. This subject
aims at introducing basic concepts of communication besides laying emphasis on developing
listening, speaking, reading and writing skills as parts of Communication Skill.
LEARNING OUTCOMES
After undergoing the subject, the students will be able to:
• Frame correct sentences with illustrations
• Comprehend the language correctly
• Interpret the language correctly
• Use given material in new situations.
• Correspond effectively using various types of writings like letters, memos etc.
• Communicate effectively in English with appropriate body language making use of
correct and appropriate vocabulary and grammar in an organised set up and social
context.
DETAILED CONTENTS
1. Functional Grammar (16 periods)
1.1 Prepositions
1.2 Framing Questions
1.3 Conjunctions
1.4 Tenses
2 Reading (16 periods)
2.1 Unseen Passage for Comprehension (Vocabulary enhancement - Prefixes,
Suffixes, one word substitution, Synonym and Antonym) based upon the
passage should be covered under this topic.
3 Writing Skill (24 periods)
3.1. Correspondence
a) Business Letters- Floating Quotations, Placing Orders, Complaint
Letters.
b) Official Letters- Letters to Government and other Offices
3.2. Memos, Circular, Office Orders
3.3. Agenda & Minutes of Meeting
106
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 106
3.4. Report Writing
LIST OF PRACTICALS
Note: Teaching Learning Process should be focused on the use of the language in writing
reports and making presentations.
Topics such as Effective listening, effective note taking, group discussions and
regular presentations by the students need to be taught in a project oriented manner
where the learning happens as a byproduct.
Speaking and Listening Skills
1. Debate
2. Telephonic Conversation: general etiquette for making and receiving calls
3. Offering- Responding to offers.
4. Requesting – Responding to requests
5. Congratulating
6. Exploring sympathy and condolences
7. Asking Questions- Polite Responses
8. Apologizing, forgiving
9. Complaining
10. Warning
11. Asking and giving information
12. Getting and giving permission
13. Asking for and giving opinions
INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY
Students should be encouraged to participate in role play and other student-centered activities
in class rooms and actively participate in listening exercises
MEANS OF ASSESSMENT
- Assignments and quiz/class tests
- Mid-semester and end-semester written tests
- Actual practical work, exercises and viva-voce
- Presentation and viva-voce
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Communicating Effectively in English, Book-I by RevathiSrinivas; Abhishek
Publications, Chandigarh.
107
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 107
2 Communication Techniques and Skills by R. K. Chadha; Dhanpat Rai Publications,
New Delhi.
3 High School English Grammar and Composition by Wren & Martin; S. Chand &
Company Ltd., Delhi.
4. e-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by AICTE/NITTTR,
Chandigarh.
Websites for Reference:
1. http://www.mindtools.com/ page 8.html – 99k
2. http://www.letstalk.com.in
3. http://www.englishlearning.com
4. http://learnenglish.britishcouncil.org/en/
5. http://swayam.gov.in
SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS
Topic No. Time Allotted
(Periods)
Marks Allotted
(%)
1 16 28
2 16 28
3 24 44
Total 56 100
108
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 108
4.2 HIGHWAY ENGINEERING
L T P
6 - 2
RATIONALE
Construction of roads is one of the major areas in which diploma holders in Civil Engineering
may get very good opportunities for employment. The diploma holders are responsible for
construction and maintenance of highways and airports. Basic concepts of road geo-metrics,
surveys and plans, elements of traffic engineering, road materials, construction of rigid and
flexible pavements, special features of hill roads, road drainage system and various aspects of
maintenance find place in above course.
LEARNING OUTCOMES
After undergoing the subject, students will be able to:
• classify the roads as per IRC types and geometrics
• explain various components of a flexible/rigid pavement
• select various highway materials and test them for different quality parameters
• supervise construction of a highway in plain areas and hilly areas
• supervise repair and maintenance of roads
• supervise preparation of bituminous mix in the hot mix plants
• describe the use various road construction equipment
• describe basic terminology of various components of an airport.
DETAILED CONTENTS
1. Introduction (04 Periods)
1.1 Importance of Highway engineering
1.2 Functions of IRC, CRRI, MoRT & H, NHAI
1.3 Classification of roads
1.4 Mass Transportation system
1.5 Concept of Smart highways
2. Road Geometrics (08 Periods)
2.1 Glossary of terms used in road geo-metrics and their importance: Right- of-
way, formation width, road margin, road shoulder, carriage way, side slopes,
kerbs, formation levels, camber and gradient
2.2 Average running speed, stopping and overtaking sight distance
109
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 109
2.3 Necessity of curves, horizontal and vertical curves including transition curves.
Super elevation and methods of providing super elevation
2.4 Sketch of typical L-section and X-section in cutting and filling on straight
alignment and at a curve
(Note: No design/numerical problem to be taken)
3. Highway Alignment (06 Periods)
3.1 Basic considerations governing alignment for a road in plain and hilly area
3.2 Highway location, marking of alignment on ground, setting out alignment of
road, setting out bench marks, control pegs for embankment and cutting
4. Road Materials (10 Periods)
4.1 Different types of road materials in use; soil, aggregate and binders
4.2 Introduction to California Bearing Ratio, method of finding CBR value and its
significance. Aggregate : Source and types, important properties, strength,
durability
4.3 Binders: Common binders; bitumen, properties as per BIS specifications,
penetration, softening point, ductility and viscosity test of bitumen, procedures
and significance, cut back and emulsion and their uses, Bitumen modifiers
(CRMB, PMB)
4.4 Use of recycled materials in pavements.
5. Road Pavements (16 Periods)
5.1 Road pavement: Flexible and rigid pavement, their merits and demerits,
typical cross-sections, functions of various components
5.2 Sub-grade preparation
Borrow pits, making profiles of embankment, construction of
embankment, compaction, preparation of subgrade, methods of checking
camber, gradient and alignment as per recommendations of IRC, equipment
used for subgrade preparation.
5.3 Stabilization of subgrade. Types of stabilization mechanical stabilization, lime
stabilization, cement stabilization, fly ash stabilization etc.(introduction only)
5.4 Base Course
Granular base course:
(a) Water Bound Macadam (WBM)
(b) Wet Mix Macadam (WMM)
Bitumen Courses:
(a) Bituminous Macadam
(b) Dense Bituminous Macadam (DBM)
110
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 110
*Methods of construction as per MoRT&H
5.5 Surfacing
* Types of surfacing
a) Prime coat and tack coat
b) Surface dressing with seal coat
c) Open graded premix carpet
d) Mix seal surfacing
e) Semi dense bituminous concrete
f) Bituminous Concrete
* Methods of constructions as per MORT&H specifications and quality
control; equipments used for above.
5.6 Rigid Pavements
Construction of concrete roads as per IRC specifications: Form work laying,
mixing and placing the concrete, compacting and finishing, curing, joints in
concrete pavement, equipment used. Roller compacted concrete.
6. Hill Roads (08 Periods)
6.1 Introduction: Typical cross-sections showing all details of a typical hill road,
partly in cutting and partly in filling
6.2 Special problems of hill areas
6.2.1 Landslides: Causes, prevention and control measures, use of geogrids,
geoflexbiles, geo synthetics
6.2.2 Drainage
6.2.3 Soil erosion
6.2.4 Snow: Snow clearance, snow avalanches, frost
6.2.5 Land Subsidence
7. Road Drainage (06 Periods)
7.1 Necessity of road drainage work, cross drainage
7.2 Surface and subsurface drains and storm water drains. Location, spacing and
typical details of side drains, side ditches for surface drainage. Intercepting
drains, pipe drains in hill roads, details of drains in cutting embankment,
typical cross sections
8. Road Maintenance (08 Periods)
111
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 111
8.1 Common types of road failures of flexible pavements: Pot hole, cracks,
rutting, alligator, cracking, upheaval - their causes and remedies (brief
description)
8.2 Maintenance of bituminous road such as crack sealing, patch-work and
resurfacing.
8.3 Maintenance of concrete roads-filling cracks, repairing joints, maintenance of
shoulders (beams)
9. Road Construction Equipment (10 Periods)
Output and use of the following plant and equipment
9.1 Hot mix plant
9.2 Tipper, tractors (wheel and crawler) scraper, bulldozer, dumpers, shovels,
grader, roller, dragline
9.3 Asphalt mixer and tar boilers
9.4 Road pavers
9.5 Paver finisher
10 Airport Engineering (08 Periods)
10.1 Necessity of study of airport engineering, aviation transport scenario in India.
10.2 Factors to be considered while selecting a site for an airport with respect to
zoning laws.
10.3 Introduction to Runways, Taxiways, Apron and Hanger
* An expert may be invited from field/industry for extension lecture on this
topic.
PRACTICAL EXERCISES
1. Determination of penetration value of bitumen
2. Determination of softening point of bitumen
3. Determination of ductility of bitumen
4. Determination of impact value of the road aggregate
5. Determination of abrasion value (Los Angeles’) of road aggregate
6. Determination of crushing strength of aggregate
7. Determination of the California bearing ratio (CBR) for the sub-grade soil
8. Demonstration of working of hot mix plant through a field visit
9. Visit to highway construction site for demonstration of operation of:
Tipper, tractors (wheel and crawler), scraper, bulldozer, dumpers, shovels, grader,
roller, dragline, road pavers, JCB
112
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 112
10. Demonstration of working of mixing and spraying equipment through a field visit
INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY
While imparting instructions, it is recommended that emphasis should be laid on
constructional details and quality control aspects. Students should be asked to prepare
sketches and drawings, clearly indicating specifications and constructional details for various
sub components of a highway. It will be also advantageous to organize field visits to show
the actual construction of roads at site.
MEANS OF ASSESSMENT
− Assignments and quiz/class tests
− Mid-term and end-term written tests
− Actual Practical Performance
− Report Writing
− Viva-voce
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Highway Engineering by Khanna, SK and Justo, CEG; Nem Chand and Bros.,
Roorkee
2. A Text Book on Highway Engineering and Airport by Sehgal, SB; and Bhanot, KL;
S Chand and Co, Delhi
3. A Course on Highway Engineering by Bindra, SP; Dhanpat Rai and Sons, New Delhi
4. Laboratory Manual in Highway Engineering by Duggal AK, Puri VP; New Age
Publishers (P) Ltd, Delhi
5. Laboratory Manual in Highway Engineering, by NITTTR, Chandigarh
6. Maintenance of Highway – a Reader by Duggal AK; NITTTR, Chandigarh
7. Types of Highway Construction by Duggal AK; NITTTR Chandigarh
8. E-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by
AICTE/UBTE/NITTTR, Chandigarh.
Websites for Reference:
http://swayam.gov.in
IRC Publications
i) MoRTH Specifications for Road and Bridge Works (Fifth Revision)
ii) MoRTH Pocket book for Highway Engineers, 2001
iii) MoRTH Manual for Maintenance of Roads, 1983
113
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 113
SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS
Topic No. Time Allotted
(Periods)
Marks Allotted
(%)
1 04 05
2 08 10
3 06 07
4 10 12
5 16 19
6 08 10
7 06 07
8 08 10
9 10 12
10 08 08
Total 84 100
114
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 114
4.3 IRRIGATION ENGINEERING
L T P
5 - -
RATIONALE
Diploma holders in Civil Engineering have to supervise the construction, repair and
maintenance of canals, head works, river training works, cross drainage works, regulatory
and other works . Some of diploma holders are also engaged for preventing water logging and
irrigation by tubewells. This subject imparts knowledge regarding hydrology, flow irrigation
– storage and distribution system, constructional features of head works, river training works,
cross drainage works, causes and prevention of water logging and construction of tube wells.
LEARNING OUTCOMES
After undergoing the subject, students will be able to:
• explain concept of necessity of irrigation in India
• recognize different crops and their water requirements
• define rainfall and runoff
• measure rainfall and read rain gauges and hydrographs
• monitor construction and maintenance work of canal and canal linings
• monitor installation of tubewells and water harvesting techniques
• supervise maintenance and construction work of canal head works and cross
regulators
• supervise construction of various river training works
• carry out desilting operation of canals
DETAILED CONTENTS
THEORY
1. Introduction (03 Periods)
1.1 Definition of irrigation
1.2 Necessity of irrigation, Role of Irrigation in country’s economy.
1.3 History of development of irrigation in India
1.4 Major, medium and minor irrigation projects of India.
2. Water Requirement of Crops (06 Periods)
2.1 Principal crops in India and their water requirements
2.2 Crop seasons – Kharif and Rabi
115
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 115
2.3 Soil water, soil crop and crop water relationships, Duty, Delta and Base
Period, their relationship
2.4 Gross commanded area (GCA), culturable commanded area (CCA), Intensity
of Irrigation, Paleo, Kor, Crop Ratio, Crop period, Base period, Duty, Delta.
Relation between Duty-Delta and Base period.
3. Hydrological Cycle Catchment Area and Run-off (06 Periods)
Rainfall , definition rain-gauges – automatic and non-automatic, methods of
estimating average rainfall, Advantages of keeping rainfall records, (Arithmatic
system); catchment area, runoff, factors affecting runoff, hydrograph, basic concept of
unit hydrograph.
4. Methods of Irrigation (06 Periods)
4.1 Flow irrigation - its advantages and limitations
4.2 Lift Irrigation – Tubewell, submersible and well irrigation advantages and
disadvantages
4.3 Sprinkler irrigation conditions favourable and essential requirements for
sprinkler irrigation, sprinkler system – classification and component parts
4.4 Drip irrigation, suitability of drip irrigation, layout, component parts,
advantages
5. Canals (10 Periods)
5.1 Factors to be considered in Canal Alignment.
5.2 Functions/Purpose of various components of Canal.
5.3 Classification of Canals and their functions, sketches of different canal cross-
sections
5.4 Various types of canal lining - their related advantages and disadvantages,
sketches of different lined canal X-sections
5.5 Breaches – Causes, Method to plug canal breaches and their control
5.6 Maintenance of lined and unlined canals
6. Tubewell Irrigation (09 Periods)
6.1 Introduction, occurrence of ground water, location and command, advantages
and disadvantages, comparison with canal irrigation
6.2 Tubewells, explanation of terms: water table, radius of influence, depression
head, cone of depression, confined and unconfined aquifers. Yield of a well
and methods of determining yield of well
6.3 Types of tubewells (cavity type, strainer type and slotted type) and their
choice
116
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 116
6.4 Method of boring, installation of well assembly, development of well, pump
selection and installation and maintenance
6.5 Water Harvesting Techniques: Need and requirement of various methods,
Run-off from roof top and ground surface, construction of recharge pits and
recharge wells and their maintenance.
7. Dams (08 Periods)
7.1 Classification of dams; earthen dams - types, causes of failure; cross-section of
homogeneous, zoned and diaphragm type earthen dams, method of
construction. Gravity dams – types, cross-sections of a dam, method of
construction
7.2 Concept of small and micro dams
7.3 Concept of spillways and energy dissipators
8. Canal Head Works and Regulatory Works (06 Periods)
Choice of location of Canal Head Works, definition, object, general layout, functions
of different parts of head works. Difference between weir and barrage
9. Cross Drainage Works (05 Periods)
9.1 Functions and necessity Cross Drainage Works, Types of Cross Drainage
Works: aqueduct, super passage, level crossing, inlet and outlet
9.2 Sketches of the above cross drainage works
10. Definitions of following Hydraulic Structures with Sketches (04 Periods)
10.1 Falls
10.2 Cross and head regulators
10.3 Outlets
10.4 Canal Escapes
11. River Training Works (04 Periods)
Various River Stages, Purpose/functions of River Training works, Meandering of
rivers, Methods of river training, guide banks, Marginal Embankment, retired
(levees) embankments, groynes and spurs, pitched island, cut-off
12. Water Logging and Drainage and Ground Water Re-charge (03 Periods)
12.1 Definition of water logging – its causes and ill effects, detection, prevention
and remedies
12.2 Surface and sub-surface drains and their layout
117
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 117
12.3 Concept and various techniques used for ground water re-charge
INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY
The teaching of the subject should be supplemented by field visits at regular intervals of time
to expose the students to irrigation works. Students should be asked to prepare and interpret
drawings of various irrigation works.
MEANS OF ASSESSMENT
− Assignments and quiz/class tests
− Mid-term and end-term written tests
− Viva-Voce
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Irrigation Engineering and Hydraulics Structures by Garg, Santosh Kumar; Khanna
Publishers, Delhi,
2. Irrigation and Water Power Engineering by Punmia, BC and Pande Brij Bansi Lal;
Standard Publishers Distributors, Delhi
3 Irrigation Engineering and Hydraulic Structures by Saharsabudhe SR
4 BIS Codes
5. Central Ground Water Board and Central Water Commission Guidelines and
Reference Books.
6. E-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by AICTE/ NITTTR,
Chandigarh.
Websites for Reference:
http://swayam.gov.in
118
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 118
SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS
Topic No. Time Allotted
(Periods)
Marks Allotted
(%)
1 03 04
2 06 08
3 06 08
4 06 08
5 10 16
6 09 12
7 08 12
8 06 08
9 05 08
10 04 06
11 04 06
12 03 04
Total 70 100
119
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 119
4.4 SURVEYING - I
L T P
4 - 8
RATIONALE
The important functions of a diploma civil engineer includes the jobs of detailed surveying,
plotting of survey data, preparation of survey maps and setting out works
While framing the curriculum for the subject of surveying, stress has been given to the
development of the skill in each type of survey like chain surveying, compass surveying
leveling, that the Civil Engineering diploma holder will normally be called upon to perform
and plane table surveying,
Field work should be a selected one so that student can check his work and have an idea of
the results the extent of error in the work done by him. As far as possible, the surveys done
should be got plotted, as this will also reveal errors in the work and develop skill in plotting.
LEARNING OUTCOMES
After undergoing the subject, the student will be able to:
• Measure a long line with chain or tape
• Prepare maps for closed traverse and open traverse with survey instruments
• Measure bearing of line
• Perform leveling with digital level
• Find difference of level between two points with dumpy level, auto level and digital
level
• Perform temporary adjustments of leveling instruments
DETAILED CONTENTS
1. Introduction (05 Periods)
1.1 Basic principles of surveying
1.2 Concept and purpose of surveying, measurements-linear and angular, units of
measurements
1.3 Instruments used for taking these measurements, classification based on
surveying instruments
2. Chain surveying (06 Periods)
2.1. Purpose and principles of Chain Surveying
2.2 Introduction, advantages and disadvantages
120
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 120
2.3 Direct and indirect ranging, offsets and recording of field notes
2.4 Obstacles in Chain Surveying
2.5 Errors in Chain Surveying and their correction.
3. Compass surveying (11 Periods)
3.1 Purpose of compass surveying. Use of prismatic compass: Setting and taking
observations
3.2 Concept of following with simple numerical problems:
a) Meridian - Magnetic and true, Arbitrary
b) Bearing - Magnetic, True and Arbitrary
c) Whole circle bearing and reduced bearing
d) Fore and back bearing
e) Magnetic dip and declination
3.3 Local attraction - causes, detection, errors and corrections, problems on local
attraction, magnetic declination and calculation of included angles in a
compass traverse (Simple Numerical Problems)
4. Levelling (17 Periods)
4.1 Purpose of levelling, concept of a level surface, horizontal surface, vertical
surface, datum, reduced level and bench marks
4.2 Identification of various parts of Dumpy level and use of Dumpy level,
Engineer’ level, Auto level: advantages and disadvantages, use of auto level.
4.3 Concepts of line of collimation, axis of the bubble tube, axis of the telescope
and vertical axis
4.4 Levelling staff: single piece, folding, invar precision staff, telescopic
4.5 Temporary adjustment and permanent adjustment of dumpy level by two peg
method.
4.6 Concept of back sight, foresight, intermediate sight, change point, to
determine reduce levels
4.7 Level book and reduction of levels by
4.7.1 Height of collimation method and
4.7.2 Rise and fall method
4.8 Arithmetic checks, problem on reduction of levels, fly levelling, check
leveling and profile levelling (L-section and X-section), errors in levelling,
permissible limits, reciprocal leveling. Numerical problems.
5. Plane Table Surveying (17 Periods)
5.1 Purpose of plane table surveying, equipment used in plane table survey:
5.2 Setting of a plane table:
(a) Centering
(b) Levelling
121
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 121
(c) Orientation
5.3 Methods of plane table surveying
(a) Radiation,
(b) Intersection
(c) Traversing
(d) Resection
5.4 Concept of Two point and Three point problems (Concept only)
5.5 Errors in plane table survey and precautions to control them. Testing and
adjustment of plane table and alidade
PRACTICAL EXERCISES
I. Chain surveying
i) a) Ranging a line
b) Chaining a line and recording in the field book
c) Taking offsets - perpendicular and oblique (with a tape only)
d) Setting out right angle with a tape
ii) Chaining of a line involving reciprocal ranging
iii) Chaining a line involving obstacles to ranging
iv) Chain Survey of a small area.
III. Compass Surveying
i) a) Study of prismatic compass
b) Setting the compass and taking observations
c) Measuring angles between the lines meeting at a point
III. Levelling
i) a) Study of dumpy level and levelling staff
b) Temporary adjustments of various levels
c) Taking staff readings on different stations from the single setting and
finding differences of level between them
ii) a) To find out difference of level between two distant points by shifting
the instrument
iii) Longitudinal and cross sectioning of a road/railway/canal
iv) Setting a gradient by dumpy and auto-level
IV. Plane Table Surveying
122
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 122
i) a) Study of the plane table survey equipment
b) Setting the plane table
c) Marking the North direction
d) Plotting a few points by radiation method
ii) a) Orientation by
- Trough compass
- Back sighting
b) Plotting few points by intersection, radiation and resection method
iii) Traversing an area with a plane table (at least five lines)
V. Layout of Buildings (from given drawing of two room residential building) by use
of surveying instruments.
INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY
This is highly practice-oriented course. While imparting theoretical instructions, teachers are
expected to demonstrate the use of various instruments in surveying, stress should be laid on
correct use of various instruments so as to avoid/minimize errors during surveying. It is
further recommended that more emphasis should be laid in conducting practical work by
individual students. Technical visit to Survey of India, Northern Region and Great
Trignometrical Survey(GTS), Dehradun.
MEANS OF ASSESSMENT
− Assignments and quiz/class tests,
− Mid-term and end-term written tests
− Actual Practical Performance
− Viva-Voce
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. A Text Book of Surveying by Kochar, CL; Katson Publishing House, Ludhiana,
2. Surveying and Leveling by Kanetkar,TP and Kulkarni, SV; AVG Parkashan, Poona
3. Surveying –I by Mahajan, Sanjay; Tech. Publication, Delhi
4. Surveying and Leveling by Punmia, BC; Standard Publishers Distributors, Delhi.
5. E-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by
AICTE/UBTE/NITTTR, Chandigarh.
Websites for Reference
http://swayam.gov.in
123
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 123
124
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 124
SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS
Topic No. Time Allotted
(Periods)
Marks Allotted (%)
1 05 10
2 06 10
3 11 20
4 17 30
5 17 30
Total 56 100
125
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 125
4.5 REINFORCED CEMENT CONCRETE STRUCTURES
L T P
6 - -
RATIONALE
This subject is an applied engineering subject. Diploma holders in Civil Engineering will be
required to supervise RC Construction and fabrication. He may also be required to design
simple structural elements, make changes in design depending upon availability of materials
(bars of different diameters. This subject thus deals with elementary design principles as per
IS:456-2000
LEARNING OUTCOMES
After undergoing the subject, students will be able to:
• Explain methods of RCC design i.e.
- Working stress methods
- Limit state methods
• Design singly, doubly reinforced rectangular and T&L beams as per IS Code
• Design one way and two way slab
• Design axially loaded column and their isolated footing
DETAILED CONTENTS
1. Introduction (03 Periods)
1.1 Concept of Reinforced Cement Concrete (RCC)
1.2 Reinforcement Materials:
- Suitability of steel as reinforcing material
- Properties of mild steel, HYSD steel and TMT bars
1.3. Loading on structures as per IS: 875
2. Introduction to following methods of RCC design (04 Periods)
2.1 Working stress method: Definition and basic assumptions
2.2 Limit state method: Definition and basic assumptions
2.3 Problems of singly, doubly and T beam analysis by working stress method
3. Shear and Development Length ( 06 Periods)
Shear as per IS: 456-2000 by working stress method
i) Shear strength of concrete without shear reinforcement
ii) Maximum shear stress
iii) Shear reinforcement
4. Concept of Limit State Method (08 Periods)
126
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 126
4.1. Definitions and assumptions made in limit state of collapse (flexure)
4.2. Partial factor of safety for materials
4.3. Partial factor of safetyfor loads
4.4. Design loads
4.5. Stress block, parameters
5. Singly Reinforced beam (10 Periods)
Theory and design of singly reinforced beam by Limit State Method
6. Doubly Reinforced Beams (10 Periods)
Theory and design of simply supported doubly reinforced rectangular beam by Limit
State Method
7. Behavior of T beam, inverted T beam, isolated T beam and ‘L’ beams. Simple
problems related to moment capacity. (07 Periods)
8. One Way Slab (11 Periods)
Theory and design of simply supported one way slab including sketches showing
reinforcement details (plan and section) by Limit State Method..
9. Two Way Slab (11 Periods)
Theory and design of two-way simply supported slab with corners free to lift, no
provisions for torsional reinforcement by Limit State Method including sketches
showing reinforcement details (plan and two sections)
10. Axially Loaded Column (09 Periods)
10.1 Definition and classification of columns
10.2. Effective length of column,
10.3. Specifications for longitudinal and lateral reinforcement
10.4. Design of axially loaded square, rectangular and circular short columns by Limit
State Method including sketching of reinforcement(sectional elevation and plan)
11 Pre-stressed Concrete (05 periods)
11.1 Concept of pre-stressed concrete
11.2 Methods of pre-stressing: pre-tensioning and post-tensioning
11.3 Advantages and disadvantages of pre-stressing
127
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 127
11.4 Losses in pre-stress
Important Note: Use of BIS: 456-2000 is permitted in the examination.
INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY
Teachers are expected to give simple problems for designing various RCC structural
members. For creating comprehension of the subject, teachers may prepare tutorial sheets,
which may be given to the students for solving. It would be advantageous if students are
taken at construction site to show form work for RCC as well as placement of reinforcement
in various structural members. Commentary on BIS:456 may be referred along with code for
relevant clauses.
MEANS OF ASSESSMENT
− Assignments and quiz/class tests
− Mid-term and end-term written tests
− Presentations
− Viva-Voce
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures by Alok Srivastava
2. Reinforced Concrete Structure Vol I by Punmia, BC; Standard Publishers, Delhi
3. Design and Testing of Reinforced Structures by Ramamurtham, S; Dhanpat Rai
and Sons, Delhi
4. RCC Design and Drawing by Singh, Birinder; Kaption Publishing House, New
Delhi
5. E-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by AICTE/NITTTR,
Chandigarh.
Websites for Reference:
http://swayam.gov.in
128
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 128
SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS
Topic No. Time Allotted
(Periods)
Marks Allotted (%)
1 03 03
2 04 05
3 06 07
4 08 10
5 10 12
6 10 12
7 07 10
8 11 12
9 11 12
10 09 10
11 05 07
Total 84 100
129
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 129
4.6 ENERGY CONSERVATION
L T P
3 - 2
RATIONALE
The requirement of energy has increased manifolds in last two decades due to rapid
urbanization and growth in industrial/service sector. It has become challenging task to meet
ever increasing energy demands with limited conventional fuels and natural resources. Due to
fast depletion of fossil fuels and a tremendous gap between supply and demand of energy, it
is essential to adopt energy conservation techniques in almost every field like industries,
commercial and residential sectors etc. Energy conservation has attained priority as it is
regarded as additional energy resource. Energy saved is energy produced. This course covers
the concepts of energy management and its conservation. It gives the insight to energy
conservation opportunities in general industry and details out energy audit methodology and
energy audit instruments.
LEARNING OUTCOMES
After undergoing this subject, the students will be able to:
• define principles and objectives of energy management and energy audit.
• understand Energy Conservation Act 2001 and its features.
• understand various forms & elements of energy.
• identify electrical and thermal utilities. Understand their basic principle of operation
and assess performance of various equipments.
• identify areas of energy conservation and adopt conservation methods in various
systems.
• evaluate the techno economic feasibility of the energy conservation technique
adopted.
DETAILED CONTENTS
1. Basics of Energy
1.1 Classification of energy- primary and secondary energy, commercial and non-
commercial energy, non-renewable and renewable energy with special reference
to solar energy, Capacity factor of solar and wind power generators.
1.2 Global fuel reserve
1.3 Energy scenario in India and state of U.P. Sector-wise energy consumption
(domestic, industrial, agricultural and other sectors)
1.4 Impact of energy usage on climate
2. Energy Conservation and EC Act 2001
130
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 130
2.1 Introduction to energy management, energy conservation, energy efficiency and
its need
2.2 Salient features of Energy Conservation Act 2001 & The Energy Conservation
(Amendment) Act, 2010 and its importance. Prominent organizations at centre
and state level responsible for its implementation.
2.3 Standards and Labeling: Concept of star rating and its importance, Types of
product available for star rating
3. Electrical Supply System and Motors
3.1 Types of electrical supply system
3.2 Single line diagram
3.3 Losses in electrical power distribution system
3.4 Understanding Electricity Bill: Transformers Tariff structure, Components of
power (kW, kVA and kVAR) and power factor, improvement of power factor,
Concept of sanctioned load, maximum demand, contract demand and monthly
minimum charges (MMC)
3.5 Transformers: Introduction, Losses in transformer, transformer Loading, Tips
for energy savings in transformers
3.6 Electric Motors
Types of motors, Losses in induction motors Features and characteristics of
energy efficient motors, Estimation of motor loading, Variation in efficiency and
power factor with loading, Tips for energy savings in motors
4. Energy Efficiency in Electrical Utilities
4.1 Pumps: Introduction to pump and its applications, Efficient pumping system
operation, Energy efficiency in agriculture pumps, Tips for energy saving in
pumps
4.2 Compressed Air System: Types of air compressor and its applications,
Leakage test, Energy saving opportunities in compressors.
4.3 Energy Conservation in HVAC and Refrigeration System: Introduction,
Concept of Energy Efficiency Ratio (EER), Energy saving opportunities in
Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning (HVAC) and Refrigeration
Systems.
5. Lighting and DG Systems
5.1 Lighting Systems: Basic definitions- Lux, lumen and efficacy, Types of different
lamps and their features, Energy efficient practices in lighting
5.2 DG Systems: Introduction, Energy efficiency opportunities in DG systems,
Loading estimation
6. Energy Efficiency in Thermal Utilities
131
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 131
6.1 Thermal Basics: Thermal energy, Energy content in fuels, Energy Units and its
conversions in terms of Metric Tonne of Oil Equivalent (MTOE)
6.2 Energy Conservation in boilers and furnaces : Introduction and types of boilers,
Energy performance assessment of boilers, Concept of stoichiometric air and
excess air for combustion, Energy conservation in boilers and furnaces, Do’s and
Don’ts for efficient use of boilers and furnaces
6.3 Cooling Towers: Basic concept of cooling towers, Tips for energy savings in
cooling towers
6.4 Efficient Steam Utilization
7. Energy Conservation Building Code (ECBC)
7.1 ECBC and its salient features
7.2 Tips for energy savings in buildings: New Buildings, Existing Buildings
8. Waste Heat Recovery and Co-Generation
8.1 Concept, classification and benefits of waste heat recovery
8.2 Concept and types of co-generation system
9. General Energy Saving Tips
Energy saving tips in:
9.1 Lighting
9.2 Room Air Conditioner
9.3 Refrigerator
9.4 Water Heater
9.5 Computer
9.6 Fan, Heater, Blower and Washing Machine
9.7 Colour Television
9.8 Water Pump
9.9 Cooking
9.10 Transport
10. Energy Audit
10.1 Types and methodology
10.2 Energy audit instruments
10.3 Energy auditing reporting format
PRACTICAL EXERCISES
1. To conduct load survey and power consumption calculations of small building.
132
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 132
2. To check efficacy of different lamps by measuring power consumption and lumens
using lux meter.
3. To measure energy efficiency ratio (EER) of an air conditioner.
4. To measure effect of valve throttling and variable frequency drive (VFD ) on energy
consumption by centrifugal pump.
5. To measure and calculate energy saving by arresting air leakages in compressor.
6. To measure the effect of blower speed on energy consumed by it.
STUDENT ACTIVITIES ON ENERGY CONSERVATION/ENERGY EFFICIENCY
− Presentations of Case Studies
− Debate competitions
− Poster competitions
− Industrial visits
− Visual Aids
INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY
Teachers are expected to lay considerable stress on understanding the basic concepts in
energy conservation, principles and their applications. For this purpose, teachers are
expected to give simple problems in the class room so as to develop necessary knowledge for
comprehending the basic concepts and principles. As far as possible, the teaching of the
subject must be supplemented by demonstrations and practical work in the laboratory. Visits
to industries must be carried out. Expert from industry must be invited to deliver talks on
energy conservation to students and faculty.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Guide book on General Aspects of Energy Management and Energy Audit by Bureau
of Energy Efficiency, Government of India. Edition 2015
2. Guide book on Energy Efficiency in Electrical Utilities, by Bureau of Energy
Efficiency, Government of India. Edition 2015
3. Guide book on Energy Efficiency in Thermal Utilities, by Bureau of Energy
Efficiency, Government of India. Edition 2015
4. Handbook on Energy Audit & Environmental Management by Y P Abbi & Shashank
Jain published by TERI. Latest Edition
Important Links:
(i) Bureau of Energy Efficiency (BEE), Ministry of Power, Government of India.
www.beeindia.gov.in.
(ii) Ministry of New and Renewable Energy (MNRE), Government of India.
www.mnre.gov.in.
133
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 133
(iii)Uttar Pradesh New and Renewable Energy Agency (UPNEDA), Government of Uttar
Pradesh. www.upneda.org.in.
(iv)Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB), Ministry of Environment, Forest and
Climate Change, Government of India. www.cpcb.nic.in.
(v) Energy Efficiency Sevices Limited (EESL). www.eeslindia.org.
(vi)Electrical India, Magazine on power and electrical products industry.
www.electricalindia.in.
134
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 134
4.7 REINFORCED CEMENT CONCRETE (RCC) DRAWING
L T P
- - 4
RATIONALE
Diploma holders in Civil Engineering are required to supervise the construction of RC
structures. Thus one should be able to read and interpret drawings of RC structures. The
competence to read and interpret structural drawings is best learnt by being able to draw these
drawings. Hence there is a need to have a subject devoted to preparation of structural
drawings.
LEARNING OUTCOMES
After undergoing the subject, students will be able to:
• Draw the reinforcement details for various structural elements from the given data
• Calculate reinforcement details from the given drawings
• Draw bar bending schedule from drawing
• Read and interpret R.C.C. drawings
DETAILED CONTENTS
1. RC Drawing:
Reinforcement details from the given data for the following structural elements with
bar bending schedules
(i) General instruction and rules, Drawing 1- lap, joint, development drawing:
length, rings, hook etc.
(ii) Drawing No. 2: RC Slabs - One way slab, Two way slab and Cantilever
Slab.
(iii) Drawing No.3: Beams - Singly and doubly reinforced rectangular beams and
Cantilever beam (All beams with vertical stirrups), T Beam, Tapered Beam.
(iv) Drawing No.4: Columns and Footings – Square, Rectangular and Circular
Columns with lateral ties and their isolated sloped column footings, column
and beam junction
(v) Drawing No. 5: Portal Frame – Three bay two storey RC portal frame with
blow up of column beam junctions.
(vi) Drawing of cantilever retaining wall showing details of all the members and
reinforcement.
(vii) Drawing of Intze type water tank showing details of all the members and
reinforcement.
(viii) Drawing No. 6 : Draw at least one sheet using AutoCAD software
MEANS OF ASSESSMENT
135
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 135
− Assignments and quiz/class tests
− Mid-term and end-term written tests
− Software installation and operation
− Drawing sheets
− Report writing
− Viva-voce
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Civil Engineering Drawing by Layal JS; Satya Parkashan, New Delhi
2. Civil Engineering Drawing by Kumar NS; IPH, New Delhi
3. RCC Design and Drawing by Singh, Birinder; Kaption Publishing House, New Delhi.
4. Steel Structures Design and Drawing by Singh, Birinder; Kaption Publishing House,
New Delhi
5. E-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by AICTE/ NITTTR,
Chandigarh.
Websites for Reference:
http://swayam.gov.in
136
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 136
INDUSTRIAL TRAINING
It is needless to emphasize further the importance of Industrial Training of students during their 3 years
of studies at Polytechnics. It is industrial training, which provides an opportunity to students to
experience the environment and culture of industrial production units and commercial activities
undertaken in field organizations. It prepares student for their future role as diploma engineers in the
world of work and enables them to integrate theory with practice. Polytechnics have been arranging
industrial training of students of various durations to meet the above objectives.
This document includes guided and supervised industrial training of 4 weeks duration
to be organised during the semester break starting after second year i.e. after 4th
semester examinations. The concerned HODs along with other teachers will guide
and help students in arranging appropriate training places relevant to their specific
branch. It is suggested that a training schedule may be drawn for each student before
starting of the training in consultation with the training providers. Students should
also be briefed in advance about the organizational setup, product range,
manufacturing process, important machines and materials used in the training
organization.
Equally important with the guidance is supervision of students training in the
industry/organization by the teachers. Students should be encouraged to write daily
report in their diary to enable them to write final report and its presentation later on.
An external assessment of 50 marks has been provided in the study and evaluation
scheme of 5th
Semester. Evaluation of professional industrial training report through
viva-voce/presentation aims at assessing students understanding of materials,
industrial process, practices in industry/field organization and their ability to engage
in activities related to problem solving in industrial setup as well as understanding of
application of knowledge and skills learnt in real life situations.
Teachers and students are requested to see the footnote below the study and
evaluation scheme of 4th
semester for further details.
The teacher along with field supervisors will conduct performance assessment of
students. The components of evaluation will include the following:
a) Punctuality and regularity 15%
b) Initiative in learning new things 15%
c) Presentation and Viva 15%
d) Industrial training report 55%
137
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 137
5.1 WATER AND WASTE WATER ENGINEERING
L T P
6 - 2
RATIONALE
One of the basic necessities of life is water which is not easily available to a lot of people.
Providing potable water at the first place then collection and disposal of waste solids and
liquids are important activities of civil engineering field. This subject provides basic
knowledge and skills in the field of water supply system and waste disposal system.
Classroom instructions should be supplemented by field visits to show functional details of
water supply and waste disposal systems. It will also be advantageous to invite professionals
from field to deliver extension lectures on specialized operations.
LEARNING OUTCOMES
After undergoing the subject, students will be able to:
• Calculate the water requirement for a particular population
• Check and improve the quality of water by giving required treatment to water
• Calculate the size of different pipes to carry water
• Lay the network of pipes for water supply as well as sewerage in a building
• Draw the location of different appurtenances
• Carry out the disposal of sewage
• Supervise the water supply and waste water schemes
DETAILED CONTENTS
A. WATER SUPPLY
1. Introduction (04 Periods)
1.1 Necessity and brief description of water supply system.
1.2 Sources of water – surface/sub-surface sources
2. Quantity of Water (08 Periods)
2.1 Water requirement
2.2 Rate of demand and variation in rate of demand
2.3 Per capita consumption for domestic, industrial, public and fire fighting uses
as per BIS standards (no numerical problems)
2.4 Population Forecasting
138
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 138
3. Quality of Water (05 Periods)
3.1 Meaning of pure water and methods of analysis of water
3.2 Physical, Chemical and bacteriological tests and their significance
3.3 Standard of potable water as per Indian Standard
3.4 Maintenance of purity of water
4. Water Treatment (brief introduction) (10 Periods)
**4.1 Sedimentation - purpose, types of sedimentation tanks
**4.2 Coagulation/floculation - usual coagulation and their feeding
**4.3 Filtration - significance, types of filters, their suitability
4.4 Necessity of disinfection of water, forms of chlorination, break point
chlorine, residual chlorine, application of chlorine.
4.5 Flow diagram of different treatment units, functions of (i) Areation fountain
(ii) mixer (iii) floculator, (iv) classifier, (v) slow and rapid sand filters (vi)
chlorination chamber.
5. Conveyance of Water (08 Periods)
**5.1 Different types of pipes - cast iron, PVC, steel, asbestos cement, concrete and
lead pipes. Their suitability and uses, types of joints in different types of pipes.
5.2 Appurtenances: Sluice, air, reflux valves, relief valves, scour valves, bib
cocks, stop cocks, fire hydrants, water meters their working and uses
6. Laying of Pipes (05Periods)
6.1 Setting out alignment of pipes
6.2 Excavation for laying of pipes and precautions to be taken
6.3 Handling, lowering and jointing of pipes
6.4 Testing of pipe lines
6.5 Back filling
7. Building Water Supply (02 Periods)
7.1 Connections to water main (practical aspect only)
**7.2 Water supply fittings (with sketches) and terminology related to plumbing
B. WASTE WATER ENGINEERING
8. Introduction (05 Periods)
8.1 Purpose of sanitation
8.2 Necessity of systematic collection and disposal of waste
139
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 139
8.3 Definition of terms in sanitary engineering
8.4 Collection and conveyance of sewage
8.5 Conservancy and water carriage systems, their advantages and
Disadvantages
8.6 (a) Surface drains (only sketches) : various types, suitability
(b) Types of sewage: Domestic, industrial, storm water and its seasonal
variation
9. Sewerage System (05 Periods)
9.1 Types of sewerage systems, materials for sewers, their sizes and joints
9.2 Appurtenance: Location, function and construction features. Manholes, drop
manholes, tank hole, catch basin, inverted siphon, flushing tanks grease and
oil traps, storm regulators, ventilating shafts
10. Laying and Construction of Sewers (07 Periods)
10.1 Setting out/alignment of sewers
10.2 Excavations, checking the gradient with boning rods preparation of bedding,
handling and jointing testing and back filling of sewers/pipes.
10.3 Construction of surface drains and different sections required
11 Sewage Characteristics (05 Periods)
11.1 Properties of sewage and IS standards for analysis of sewage
11.2 Physical, chemical and bacteriological parameters
12. Natural Methods of Sewerage Disposal (05 Periods)
12.1 General composition of sewage and disposal methods
12.2 Disposal by dilution
12.3 Self purification of stream
12.4 Disposal by land treatment
12.5 Nuisance due to disposal
13. Sewage Treatment (10 Periods)
13.1 Meaning and principle of primary and secondary treatment and activated
sludge process their flow diagrams
13.2 Introduction and uses of screens, grit chambers, detritus tanks, skimming
tanks, plainsedimentation tanks, primary clarifers, secondary clarifers, filters,
control beds, intermittent sand filters, trickling filters, sludge treatment and
disposal, oxidation ponds (Visit to a sewage treatment plant) Oxidation ditch,
duckweed pond, Vermin culture
140
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 140
14. Building Drainage (03 Periods)
14.1 Aims of building drainage and its requirements
**14.2 Different sanitary fittings and installations
14.3 Traps
15. Introduction to smart water supply and waste water management (02 Periods)
** A field visit may be planned to explain and show the relevant things.
LIST OF PRACTICALS
1) To determine turbidity of water sample by (i) JTU (ii) NTU
2) To determine dissolved oxygen of given sample
3) To determine pH value of water
4) To perform jar test for coagulation
5) To determine BOD of given sample
6) To determine residual chlorine in water
7) To determine conductivity of water and total dissolved solids
8) To study the installation of following:
a) Water meter
b) Connection of water supply of building with main
c) Pipe valves and bends
d) Water supply and sanitary fittings
9) To study and demonstrate the joining/tPeriodseading of GI Pipes, CI Pipes, SWG
pipes, PVC pipes and copper pipes.
10) To demonstrate the laying of SWG pipes for sewers
11) Study of water purifying process by visiting a field lab.
12) Demonstration of plumbing tools.
13) Testing of pipes (GI, CI, PVC, SWG) as per BJI standards.
INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY
Before imparting the instructions in the class room, visits to water works and sewage treatment plants can go a
long way for increased motivation of students for learning in the class room. As the subject is of practical
nature, lecture work be supplemented by field visits from time to time. Home assignments related to collection
of information, pamphlets and catalogues from hardware shop dealing water supply and sanitary fittings will be
very helpful for the students.
MEANS OF ASSESSMENT
− Assignments and quiz/class tests
− Mid-term and end-term written tests
− Actual Practical Performance
− Report writing of field visit
141
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 141
− Viva-Voce
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Elements of Public Health Engineering by Duggal, KN; S. Chand and Co. New Delhi
2. Water Supply and Sanitary Engineering by Rangwala, SC; Charotar Book Stall,
Anand
3. Water Supply Engineering by Kshirsagar, SR; Roorkee Publishing House, Roorkee
4. Sewage and Sewage Treatment by Kshirsagar, SR; Roorkee Publishing House,
Roorkee
5. Water Supply and Sanitary Engineering by Birdie, GS; Dhanpat Rai and Sons, Delhi
6. Water Supply Engineering by Garg, Santosh Kumar; Khanna Publishers, Delhi
7. Sewage and Waste Water Disposal Engineering by Garg, Santosh Kumar; Khanna
Publishers, Delhi
8. A Laboratory Manual in Public Health Engineering by Duggal, Ajay K and
Sharma, Sanjay; Galgotia Publications, 2006, New Delhi
9. e-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by AICTE/ NITTTR,
Chandigarh.
Websites for Reference:
http://swayam.gov.in
SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS
Topic No. Time Allotted
(Periods)
Marks Allotted
(%)
1 04 05
2 08 10
3 05 06
4 10 12
5 08 10
6 05 06
7 02 20
8 05 06
9 05 06
10 07 07
11 05 06
12 05 06
13 10 12
14 03 06
15 02 02
142
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 142
Total 84 100
143
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 143
5.2 RAILWAYS, BRIDGES AND TUNNELS
L T P
6 - -
RATIONALE
The subject will cater to the needs of those technicians who would like to find employment in the construction
of railway tracks, bridges and tunnels. The subject aims at providing broad based knowledge regarding various
components and construction of railway track, bridges and tunnels
LEARNING OUTCOMES
After undergoing the subject, students will be able to:
• Describe different component parts of permanent way such as rails, sleepers and
ballest
• Distinguish different types of rail gauges used in India
• Use of different types of rail fastenings and fixtures
• Classify bridges and select suitable type of bridge for a particular purpose
• Describe essential components of a ROB and RUB
• Supervise construction of a tunnel
• Carry out ventilation, drainage and lightening of tunnels
DETAILED CONTENTS
PART – I: RAILWAYS (30 Periods)
1. Introduction to Indian Railways
2. Mass Transit System: Metro, Mono-rail, Tube
3. Railway surveys: Factors influencing the railways route, brief description of various types of
railway survey
4. Classification of permanent way describing its component parts
5. Rail Gauge: Definition, types, practice in India (gauges in different countries knowledge salce)
6. Rails – types of rails
7. Rail Welding and its types
8. Rail Fastenings: Rail joints, types of rail joints, fastenings for rails, fish plates, bearing plates
9. Sleepers: Functions of sleepers, types of sleepers, requirements of an ideal material for sleepers.
10. Ballast: Function of ballast, requirements of an ideal material for ballast
11. Points of Crossings and signalling: Brief description regarding different types of crossings/
signalling
12. Maintenance of track: Necessity, maintenance of track, inspection of soil, track and fixtures;
maintenance and boxing of ballast maintenance gauges, tools
144
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 144
13. Earth work and drainage: Features of rail road, bed level, width of formation, side slopes, drains,
methods of construction, requirement of drainage system
14. Station and yards: purpose and types of stations and yards
PART-II: BRIDGES (30 Periods)
13. Introduction
Bridge – its function and component parts, difference between a bridge and a culvert
14. Classification of Bridges
Their structural elements and suitability:
14.1 According to life-permanent and temporary
14.2 According to deck level – Deck, through and semi-through
14.3 According to material –timber, masonry, steel, RCC, pre-stressed
14.4 According to structural form;
- Grade Seperators-Railway Road Over Bridges (ROB), Road Under Bridge (RUB)
- Beam type –RCC, T-Beam, steel girder bridges, plate girder and box girder, balanced
cantilever, Trussed bridges.
- Arch type – open spandrel and filled spandrel barrel and rib type
- Suspension type – unstiffened and stiffened and table (its description with sketches)
- According to the position of highest flood level submersible and non submersible
14.5 IRS, IRC introduction of IRS and IRC
14.6 Concept of Railway ROB and RUB – Precast components of ROB, drainage
problems and solutions of RUB
15. Bridge Foundations: Introduction to open foundation, pile foundation, well foundation
16. Piers, Abutments, Retaining walls, Wing walls and Toe walls
16.1 Piers-definition, parts; types –solid (masonry and RCC), open
16.2 Abutments and wing walls – definition, types of abutments (straight and tee), abutment with
wing walls (straight, splayed, return and curved)
16.3 Toe walls: Importance and Functions
16.4 Retaining Walls: Types, functions, parts, MSE(Mechanically stabilized earth) walls
145
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 145
17. Bridge bearings
Purpose of bearings; types of bearings – fixed plate, rocker and roller and pin bearing, Elastomaric
bearings, PTFE bearing, Sliding bearing.
18. Super structure: Components, features, cross-section and services, footpath, median crash banner, light
pole.
19. Maintenance of Bridges
19.1 Inspection of bridges
19.2 Routine maintenance
PART - III: TUNNELS (24 Periods)
20. Definition and necessity of tunnels, method of tunneling, machinery used in tunneling
21. Typical section of tunnels for a national highway and single and double broad gauge railway track
22. Ventilation –necessity and methods of ventilation, by blowing, exhaust and combination of blowing
and exhaust
23. Drainage method of draining water in tunnels
24. Lighting of tunnels
Notes: i) Field visits may be organized to Bridge construction site or a Bridge/Tunnel construction
site/Railways tracks to explain the various components and a field visit report shall be
prepared by the students, as teamwork
ii) Examiners should set questions from all the parts
INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY
This subject is of practical nature. While imparting instructions, teachers are expected to organize
demonstrations and field visits to show various components and construction of railway track, bridges and
tunnel.
MEANS OF ASSESSMENT
− Assignments and quiz/class tests
− Mid-term and end-term written tests
− Presentations
− Model Making
146
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 146
− Report writing
− Viva-voce
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Railway Engineering by Vaswani, NK; Publishing House, Roorkee
2. Railway Engineering by Rangwala, SC; Anand, Charotar Book Stall
3. A Text Book of Railway Engineering by Deshpande, R; Poonam United Book Corporation
4. Bridge Engineering by Algia, JS; Charotar Book Stall, Anand
5. Essentials of Bridge Engineering by Victor Johnson; Oxford and IBH, Delhi
6. Bridge Engineerin” by Rangwala S.C; Charotar Book Stall, Anand
7. IRC Bridge Codes
8. MoRTH drawings for various types of bridges
9. MoRTH pocket books for bridge Engineers, 2000 (First Revision)
10. Tunnel Engineering by Subhash C Saxena; Dhanpat Rai and Sons, Delhi
11. E-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by AICTE/UBTE/NITTTR, Chandigarh.
Websites for Reference:
http://swayam.gov.in
SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS
Topic No. Time Allotted
(Periods)
Marks Allotted
(%)
1 30 36
2 30 36
3 24 28
Total 84 100
147
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 147
5.3 EARTHQUAKE ENGINEERING
L T P
4 - -
RATIONAL
Diploma holders in civil engineering have to supervise construction of various earthquake
resistant buildings. Therefore, the students should have requisite knowledge regarding
terminology of earthquake and the precautions to be taken while constructing earthquake
resistant buildings
LEARNING OUTCOMES
After undergoing the subject, students will be able to:
• Classify the earthquakes
• Explain seismic behavior of traditionally built constructions
• Supervise construction of earthquake resistant buildings
• Monitor reinforcement detailing in earthquake resistant structures
• Manage all rescue operation caused due to earthquake
• Understand the concept of predicting the earthquakes
• Understand the provisions of IS 1893, IS 13920 & IS 4326 to safeguard new and
existing structures.
DETAILED CONTENTS
1. Elements of Engineering Seismology (08 Periods)
General features of tectonic of seismic regions. Causes of earthquakes, Seismic
waves, earthquake size (magnitude and intensity), Epicentre, Seismograph,
Classification of earthquakes, Plate Tectonics, Elastic Rebound Theory.
2. Seismic Behaviour of Traditionally-Built Constructions of India (08 Periods)
Performance of building during earthquakes and Mode of failure (Out-of-plane
failure, in-plane failure, Diaphragm failure, Connection failure, Non-structural
components failure)single degree of freedom system, fundamental time period, mode
shapes.
3. Special construction method, tips and precautions to be observed while
planning, designing and construction of earthquake resistant building. (08 Periods)
4. Introduction to seismic zone of India provision given by IS: 1893: 2002 (part I) static
and dynamic loading, base shear calculation. (08 Periods)
148
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 148
5. Seismic provision of strengthening and retrofitting measures for traditionally-built
constructions (08 Periods)
6. Provision of reinforcement detailing in masonry and RCC constructions as per IS
13920 and IS 4326. (06 Periods)
7. Introduction to Earthquake early warning system (04 Period)
8. Disaster Management: Disaster rescue, psychology of rescue, rescue workers, rescue
plan, rescue by steps, rescue equipment, safety in rescue operations, debris clearance
and casuality management. (06 Periods)
INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY
The student may be taken for visit to various building construction sites where precautions
related to earthquake resistant construction are being taken so that the students may
appreciate the importance of the subject.
MEANS OF ASSESSMENT
− Assignments and quiz/class tests
− Mid-term and end-term written tests
− Presentation
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Elements of Earthquake Engineering by Jai Krishana and AR Chandersekaran; Sarita
Parkashan, Meerut.
2. Building Construction by BL Gupta and NL Arora; Satya Prakashan, New Delhi
3. Manual Published by Earthquake Engineering department, IIT Roorkee / IIT Kanpur
4. IS 13920, IS: 13827, IS: 13828, IS 1893-2002, IS 4326 (latest edition)
5. Earthquake Resistant Building Construction by Neelam Sharma
6. e-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by
AICTE/UBTE/NITTTR, Chandigarh.
Websites for Reference:
http://swayam.gov.in
149
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 149
SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS
Topic No. Time Allotted
(Periods)
Marks Allotted
(%)
1 08 14
2 08 14
3 08 14
4 08 14
5 08 14
6 06 10
7 04 07
8 06 13
Total 56 100
150
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 150
5.4 SOIL MECHANICS AND FOUNDATION ENGINEERING
L T P
6 - 2
RATIONALE
Civil Engineering diploma engineers are required to supervise the construction of roads,
pavements, dams, embankments, and other Civil Engineering structures. As such the
knowledge of basic soil engineering is the pre-requisite for these engineers for effective
discharge of their duties. This necessitates the introduction of Soil and Foundation
Engineering subject in the curriculum for Diploma Course in Civil Engineering.
The subject covers only such topics which will enable the diploma engineers to identify and
classify the different types of soils, their selection and proper use in the field for various types
of engineering structures.
The emphasis will be more on teaching practical aspect rather than theory.
LEARNING OUTCOMES
After undergoing the subject, students will be able to:
• Identify and classify various types of soils
• Select particular type of foundation according to loading of structure
• Determine shear strength of soil
• Carry out compaction of soils as per density
• Calculate bearing capacity of soil
• Calculate liquid limit and plastic limit of soil
• Calculate maximum dry density of soil and optimum moisture content of soil
• Perform various tests of the soil
• Apply different techniques for improving the engineering properties of soil.
DETAILED CONTENTS
1. Introduction (03 Periods)
1.1 Importance of Soil Studies in Civil Engineering
1.2 Geological origin of soils with special reference to soil profiles in India:
residual and transported soil, alluvial deposits, lake deposits, local soil found
in UP, dunes and loess, glacial deposits, black cotton soils, conditions in
which above deposits are formed and their engineering characteristics.
1.3 Names of organizations dealing with soil engineering work in India, soil map
of India
151
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 151
2. Physical Properties of Soils (06 Periods)
2.1 Constituents of soil and representation by a phase diagram
2.2 Definitions of void ratio, porosity, degree of saturation, water content, specific
gravity, unit weight, bulk density/bulk unit weight, dry unit weight, saturated
unit weight and submerged unit weight of soil grains and correlation between
them
2.3 Simple numerical problems with the help of phase diagrams
3. Classification and Identification of Soils (06 Periods)
3.1. Particle size, shape and their effect on engineering properties of soil,
particle size classification of soils
3.2 Gradation and its influence on engineering properties
3.3 Relative density and its use in describing cohesionless soils
3.4 Behaviour of cohesive soils with change in water content, Atterberg’s limit -
definitions, use and practical significance including numerical problems
3.5 Field identification tests for soils
3.6 Soil classification system as per IS 1498; basis, symbols, major divisions and
sub divisions, groups, plasticity chart; procedure for classification of a given
soil
4. Flow of Water Through Soils (05 Periods)
4.1 Concept of permeability and its importance
4.2 Darcy's law, coefficient of permeability, seepage velocity and factors affecting
permeability
4.3 Comparison of permeability of different soils as per Indian Standards
4.4 Measurement of permeability in the laboratory
4.5 Simple numerical problems
5. Effective Stress (Concept only) (05 Periods)
5.1 Stresses in subsoil
5.2 Definition and meaning of total stress, effective stress and neutral stress
5.3 Principle of effective stress
5.4 Importance of effective stress in engineering problems
6. Deformation of Soils (06 Periods)
6.1 Meaning, conditions/situations of occurrence with emphasis on practical
significance of:
152
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 152
a) Consolidation and settlement
b) Creep
c) Plastic flow
d) Heaving
e) Lateral movement
f) Freeze and thaw of soil
6.2 Definition and practical significance of compression index, coefficient of
consolidation, degree of consolidation.
6.3 Meaning of total settlement, uniform settlement and differential settlement;
rate of settlement and their effects
6.4 Settlement due to construction operations and lowering of water table
6.5 Tolerable settlement for different structures as per IS
6.6 Simple numerical problems
7. Shear Strength of Soil (10 Periods)
7.1 Concept and Significance of shear strength
7.2 Factors contributing to shear strength of cohesive and cohesion less soils,
Coulomb's law
7.3 Determination of shearing strength by direct shear test, unconfined
compression test and vane shear test. Drainage conditions of test and their
significance
7.4 Stress and strain curve, peak strength and ultimate strength, their significance
7.5 Examples of shear failure in soils
7.6 Numerical problems
8. Compaction (06 Periods)
8.1 Definition and necessity of compaction
8.2 Laboratory compaction test (standard and modified proctor test as per IS)
definition and importance of optimum water content, maximum dry density;
moisture dry density relationship for typical soils with different compactive
efforts
8.3. Compaction control; Density control, measurement of field density by core
cutter method and sand replacement method, moisture control, Proctor's
needle and its use, thickness control, jobs of an embankment supervisor in
relation to compaction
9. Soil Exploration
(08 Periods)
9.1 Purpose and necessity of soil exploration
9.2 Reconnaissance, methods of soil exploration, Trial pits, borings (auger, wash,
rotary, percussion to be briefly dealt)
153
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 153
9.3 Sampling; undisturbed, disturbed and representative samples; selection of type
of sample; thin wall and piston samples; area ratio, recovery ratio of samples
and their significance, number and quantity of samples, resetting, sealing and
preservation of samples.
9.4 Presentation of soil investigation results
10 Bearing Capacity of soil (14 Periods)
10.1 Concept of bearing capacity
10.2 Definition and significance of ultimate bearing capacity, net safe bearing
capacity and allowable bearing pressure
10.3 Guidelines of BIS (IS 6403) for estimation of bearing capacity
10.4 Factors affecting bearing capacity
10.5 Concept of vertical stress distribution in soils due to foundation loads, pressure
bulb
10.6 Applications of SPT, unconfined compression test and direct shear test in
estimation of bearing capacity
10.7 Plate load test (no procedure details) and its limitations
10.8 Simple numerical problems on bearing capacity.
11. Foundation Engineering (10 Periods)
Concept of shallow and deep foundation; types of shallow foundations: combined,
isolated, strip, mat, and their suitability. Factors affecting the depth of shallow
foundations, deep foundations, type of piles and their suitability; pile classification on
the basis of material, pile group and pile cap.
12. Ground improvement techniques (05 Periods)
Pre-loading, vibro compaction, stone columns, soil nailing, grouting, sand drain.
PRACTICAL EXERCISES
1. To determine the moisture content of a given sample of soil
2. Auger Boring and Standard Penetration Test
a) Identifying the equipment and accessories
b) Conducting boring and SPT at a given location
c) Collecting soil samples and their identification
d) Preparation of boring log and SPT graphs
e) Interpretation of test results
154
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 154
3. Extraction of Disturbed and Undistrubed Samples
a) Extracting a block sample
b) Extracting a tube sample
c) Extracting a disturbed samples for mechanical analysis.
d) Field identification of samples
4. Field Density Measurement (Sand Replacement and Core Cutter Method)
a) Calibration of sand
b) Conducting field density test at a given location
c) Determination of water content
d) Computation and interpretation of results
5. Liquid Limit and Plastic Limit Determination:
a) Identifying various grooving tools
b) Preparation of sample
c) Conducting the test
d) Observing soil behavior during tests
e) Computation, plotting and interpretation of results
6. Mechanical Analysis
a) Preparation of sample
b) Conducting sieve analysis
c) Computation of results
d) Plotting the grain size distribution curve
e) Interpretation of the curve
7 Laboratory Compaction Tests (Standard Proctor test)
a) Preparation of sample
b) Conducting the test
c) Observing soil behaviour during test
d) Computation of results and plotting
e) Determination of optimum moisture and maximum dry density
8. Direct Shear Test
9. Permeability Test
10. Demonstration of Unconfined Compression Test
a) Specimen preparation
b) Conducting the test
c) Plotting the graph
d) Interpretation of results and finding/bearing capacity
11. Demonstration of Vane shear Test
INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY
155
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 155
The teacher while imparting instructions are expected to lay greater emphasis on the practical
aspects rather than theory and mathematical treatment. To bring clarity regarding concepts
and principles involved, teachers should organize demonstrations in the laboratories and
fields. It is necessary to create understanding that soils fail either under shear or settlement
due to heavy loads. This can be shown by making use of photographs on working models of
such failures. Efforts should be made in the practical classes that students perform practical
exercises individually. Conduct of viva examination at the end of each practical work will
develop clear understanding about the concepts and principles related to this subject.
MEANS OF ASSESSMENT
− Assignments and quiz/class tests
− Mid-term and end-term written tests
− Actual Practical Performance
− Presentation
− Viva-voce
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Soil Mechanics and Foundations by Punmia, BC; Standard Publishers, Delhi
2. Soil Mechanics and Foundations Engineering by Bharat Singh and Shamsher Prakash;
Nem Chand and Bros, Roorkee,
3. Soil Sampling and Testing - A Laboratory Manual by Duggal, AK., Ramana,
TR.,Krishnamurthy, S; Galgotia Publications, Delhi
4. BIS Codes IS 6403 (latest edition) and IS 1498 (latest edition)
5. Shallow Foundations by NITTTR, Chandigarh
6. Video films on Geo-technical Laboratory Practices by Vinod Kumar; NITTTR,
Chandigarh
7. e-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by
AICTE/UBTE/NITTTR, Chandigarh.
Websites for Reference:
http://swayam.gov.in
156
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 156
SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS
Topic No. Time Allotted
(Periods)
Marks Allotted
(%)
1 03 04
2 06 07
3 06 07
4 05 07
5 05 06
6 06 07
7 10 12
8 06 07
9 08 09
10 14 16
11 10 12
12 05 06
Total 84 100
157
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 157
5.5 SURVEYING – II
L T P
4 - 8
RATIONALE
The important functions of a civil engineer includes the jobs of detailed surveying, plotting of
survey data, preparation of survey maps and setting out works. While framing the curriculum
for the subject of surveying, stress has been given to the development of knowledge and skill
in theodolite surveying, tachometry surverying, curves and use of minor and modern
instruments have been included in this subject.
Field work should be a selected one so that student can check his work and have an idea of
the results the extent of error in the work done by him. As far as possible, the surveys done
should be got plotted, as this will also reveal errors in the work and develop skill in plotting.
LEARNING OUTCOMES
After undergoing the subject, students will be able to:
• Interpolate contours on a given sheet of paper
• Align a proposed road
• Draw a contour plan of an area
• Calculate earth work for a road from a contour map
• Prolong a line with theodolite
• Conduct closed traversing
• Measure horizontal and vertical angles
• Set out simple circular curve
• Read Total Station, EDM and Auto level
DETAILED CONTENTS
1. Contouring (08 Periods)
Concept of contours, purpose of contouring, contour interval and horizontal
equivalent, factors effecting contour interval, characteristics of contours, methods of
contouring: Direct and indirect, use of stadia measurements in contour survey,
interpolation of contours; use of contour map, Drawing cross section from a
contour map; marking alignment of a road, railway and a canal on a contour map,
computation of earth work and reservoir capacity from a contour map
158
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 158
2. Theodolite Surveying (14 Periods)
Working of a transit vernier theodolite, axes of a theodolite and their relation;
temporary adjustments of a transit theodolite; concept of transiting, swinging, face
left, face right and changing face; measurement of horizontal and vertical angles.
Prolonging a line (forward and backward) measurement of bearing of a line;
traversing by included angles and deflection angle method; traversing by stadia
measurement, theodolite triangulation, plotting a traverse; concept of coordinate and
solution of omitted measurements (one side affected), errors in theodolite survey and
precautions taken to minimize them; limits of precision in theodolite traversing.
Height of objects – accessible and non-accessible bases
3. Tacho-metric surveying (08 Periods)
Tachometry, Instruments to be used in tachometry, methods of tachometry, stadia
system of tachometry, general principles of stadia tachometry, examples of stadia
tachometry and Numerical problems.
4. Curves (10 Periods)
4.1 Simple Circular Curve
Need and definition of a simple circular curve; Elements of simple circular
curve - Degree of the curve, radius of the curve, tangent length, point of
intersection (Apex point), tangent point, length of curve, long chord
deflection angle, Apex distance and Mid-ordinate. Setting out of simple
circular curve:
a) By linear measurements only:
- Offsets from the tangent
- Successive bisection of arcs
- Offsets from the chord produced
b) By tangential angles using a theodolite
4.2 Transition Curve
Need (centrifugal force and super elevation) and definition of transition curve;
requirements of transition curve; length of transition curve for roads; by cubic
parabola; calculation of offsets for a transition curve; setting out of a transition
curve by tangential offsets only
4.3 Vertical curve
Setting out of a vertical curve
5. Introduction to the use of Modern Surveying equipment and techniques such as
(08 Periods)
a) EDM or Distomat
159
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 159
b) Planimeter (Digital)
c) Total station
d) Introduction to remote sensing and GPS
e) Auto level
f) Digital theodolite
6. Total station- installation, calibration concept of coordinate system (04 Periods)
7. Analysis of dater, plotting, Remote sensing , GIS & GPS concept (04 Periods)
and application in various fields
NOTE: No sketch of the instruments may be asked in the examination
PRACTICAL EXERCISES
I. Contouring
i) Preparing a contour plan by radial line method by the use of a Tangent
Clinometer/Tachometer
ii) Preparing a contour plan by method of squares
iii) Preparing a contour plan of a Road/Railway track/Canal by taking cross
sections.
II. Theodolite
i) Taking out the Theodilite, mounting on the tripod and placing it back in the
box
ii) Study of a transit vernier theodolite; temporary adjustments of theodolite
iii) Reading the vernier and working out the least count, measurement of
horizontal angles by repetition and reiteration methods
iv) Measurement of vertical angles and use of tachometric tables
v) Measurement of magnetic bearing of a line
vi) Running a closed traverse with a theodolite (at least five sides) and its plotting
vii) Height of objects with and without accessible bases
III. Curves
i) Setting out of a simple circular curve with given data by the following
methods
a) Offsets from the chords produced
b) One theodolite method
IV. Minor instruments
i) Demonstration and use of minor instruments like Ceylon Ghat Tracer, Tangent
Clinometer, Pantagraph, Abney level etc.
160
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 160
ii) Use of planimeter for computing areas
V. Demonstration of digital instruments Periodic field visits to Survey of India and other
government agencies.
VI. To plot an area with the help of Total Station
INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY
This is highly practice-oriented course. While imparting theoretical instructions, teachers are
expected to demonstrate the use of various instruments in surveying, stress should be laid on
correct use of various instruments so as to avoid/minimize errors during surveying. It is
further recommended that more emphasis should be laid in conducting practical work by
individual students
MEANS OF ASSESSMENT
− Mid-term and end-term written tests
− Actual Practical Performance
− Viva-Voce
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. A Text Book of Surveying by Kocher, CL; Katson Publishing House Ludhiana,
2. Surveying and Leveling by Kanetkar,TP and Kulkarni, SV; AVG Parkashan, Pune
3. Surveying and Leveling-Vol.2 by Kanetkar, TP and Kulkarni, SV; AVG Prakashan,
Pune
4. Surveying and Leveling by Punima, BC; Standard Publishers Distributors, Delhi
5. Surveying-II by Mahajan, Sanjay; Satya Prakashan, Delhi
6. e-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by
AICTE/UBTE/NITTTR, Chandigarh.
Websites for Reference:
http://swayam.gov.in
SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS
Topic No. Time Allotted
(Periods)
Marks Allotted
(%)
1 08 14
2 14 25
3 08 14
4 10 18
5 08 14
6 04 08
7 04 07
Total 56 100
161
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 161
5.6 WASTE WATER & IRRIGATION ENGINEERING DRAWING
L T P
- - 6
RATIONALE
Diploma holders in Civil Engineering are expected to supervise construction of water supply
and wastewater treatment works and irrigation structures. This subject aims at imparting
skills for preparing water supply and waste water and irrigation engineering drawings to
develop competencies for reading the drawings, and their execution in their field.
LEARNING OUTCOMES
After undergoing the subject, students will be able to:
• Draw the drawings of traps, manholes and inspection chambers
• Draw the drawing of water supply plan of building
• Draw the sewerage plan of buildings
• Draw the drawing of channel (L-section and cross-section)
• Draw and demonstrate cross-section of an earthen dams
• Draw layout plan of a canal head works
• Read and interpret the Public Health and Irrigation Engineering Drawings
DETAILED CONTENTS
Drawings Exercises
PART A
WATER SUPPLY AND WASTE WATER ENGINEERING DRAWING
1. Drains and Sewers
1.1 Cross section of standard types of open drains (circular, V-shaped and
U-shaped) with their foundations
1.2 Cross section of earthen ware and RCC sewer pipes
1.3 Cross sections of masonry sewers (circular and egg shaped)
2. Traps, manholes and inspection chamber
162
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 162
2.1 Detailed section of floor trap and gully trap
2.2 Detailed plan and section of an inspection chamber
2.3 Detailed plan and section of a manhole
3. Septic Tank and Soak Pit
Detailed plan and cross sections of a domestic septic tank for 10 users. Draw detailed
X-section of an empty soak pit and filled soak.
4. Bath room and W.C connections:
4.1 Cross-section through the external wall of lavatories at ground and first floor
showing the one and two pipe system and the connections of the lavatory to
inspection chamber
4.2. Plan of a bathroom showing positions of lavatory, bath tub, wash-basin, taps
and showers
5. Study of drawing of two storeyed building showing details of one pipe and two pipes
systems with sanitation system.
6. Practice of reading water supply and sanitary engineering working drawings
(PWD/urban Development agencies) including hot water and cold water supply
system of a two room set.
PART B
B) IRRIGATION ENGINEERING DRAWING:
1. Typical cross-section of a channel
- L-section of a channel for given data
- Typical cross section of an unlined and lined channel in cutting, partly
cutting and partly filling and fully in filling with given design data.
2. Layout plan of a canal head works
3. Draw the typical L-section of a weir
4. Draw the X-section of an Earthen Dam
i) Homogeneous
ii) Zoned type
iii) Diaphragm type
5. Cross section of a tubewell with pump house.
163
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 163
6. Layout and cross section of rain water harvesting system.
Important Note: i) Use of BIS: 456-2000 is permitted in the examination
ii) Paper should be set from Part A ad Part B of equal marks
INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY
Teachers are expected to develop skills in preparation and interpretation of water supply and
waste water engineering drawings as per BIS codes of practice. Attention must be paid
towards line work, specifications writing, dimensioning, proportioning and accuracy for
industrial unit at different intervals of time. Reading and interpreting actual field drawings
should also be practiced so as to develop necessary competency in the students.
MEANS OF ASSESSMENT
− Assignments and quiz/class tests
− Mid-term and end-term written tests
− Laboratory and practical work
− Drawing sheets
− Model Making
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
4. Civil Engineering Drawing by Layal JS ; Satya Parkashan, New Delhi
5. Civil Engineering Drawings by Chandel RP
6. Civil Engineering Drawing by Kumar NS; IPH, New Delhi
7. Civil Engineering Drawing by Malik RS and Meo GA ; Asian Publishing House,
New Delhi
8. Civil Engineering Drawing by S.K. Garg; Khanna Publishers.
9. e-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by
AICTE/UBTE/NITTTR, Chandigarh.
Websites for Reference:
http://swayam.gov.in
164
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 164
5.7 Universal Human Values
L-T-P
2-0-1
Course Objectives
This introductory course input is intended
1. To help the students appreciate the essential complementarily between 'VALUES' and
'SKILLS' to ensure sustained happiness and prosperity, which are the core aspirations
of all human beings
2. To facilitate the development of a Holistic perspective among students towards life
and profession as well as towards happiness and prosperity based on a correct
understanding of the Human reality and the rest of Existence. Such a holistic
perspective forms the basis of Universal Human Values and movement towards
value-based living in a natural way
3. To highlight plausible implications of such a Holistic understanding in terms of
ethical human conduct, trustful and mutually fulfilling human behavior and mutually
enriching interaction with Nature
Thus, this course is intended to provide a much needed orientational input in value education
to the young enquiring minds.
Course Methodology
1. The methodology of this course is explorational and thus universally adaptable. It
involves a systematic and rational study of the human being vis-à-vis the rest of
existence.
2. It is free from any dogma or value prescriptions.
3. It is a process of self-investigation and self-exploration, and not of giving sermons.
Whatever is found as truth or reality is stated as a proposal and the students are
facilitated to verify it in their own right, based on their Natural Acceptance and
subsequent Experiential Validation.
4. This process of self-exploration takes the form of a dialogue between the teacher and
the students to begin with, and then to continue within the student leading to
continuous self-evolution.
5. This self-exploration also enables them to critically evaluate their pre-conditionings
and present beliefs.
The syllabus for the lectures is given below:
• After every two lectures of one hour each, there is one hour practice session.
• The assessment for this subject is as follows:
• Sessions Marks (Internal): 20
• Practical Marks (External): 30
• Total Marks: 50
UNIT 1: Course Introduction - Need, Basic Guidelines, Content and Process for Value
Education
1. Understanding the need, basic guidelines, content and process for Value Education
2. Self-Exploration–what is it? - its content and process; ‘Natural Acceptance’ and
Experiential Validation- as the mechanism for self-exploration
3. Continuous Happiness and Prosperity- A look at basic Human Aspirations
4. Right understanding, Relationship and Physical Facilities- the basic requirements for
fulfillment of aspirations of every human being with their correct priority
165
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 165
5. Understanding Happiness and Prosperity correctly- A critical appraisal of the current
scenario
6. Method to fulfill the above human aspirations: understanding and living in harmony at
various levels
UNIT 2: Understanding Harmony in the Human Being - Harmony in Myself!
1. Understanding human being as a co-existence of the sentient ‘I’ and the material the
Body’
2. Understanding the needs of Self (‘I’) and ‘Body’ - Sukh and Suvidha
3. Understanding the Body as an instrument of ‘I’ (I being the doer, seer and enjoyer)
4. Understanding the characteristics and activities of ‘I’ and harmony in ‘I’
5. Understanding the harmony of I with the Body: Sanyam and Swasthya; correct
appraisal of Physical needs, meaning of Prosperity in detail
6. Programs to ensure Sanyam and Swasthya
-Practice Exercises and Case Studies will be taken up in Practice Sessions.
UNIT 3: Understanding Harmony in the Family and Society- Harmony in Human-
Human Relationship
1. Understanding Harmony in the family – the basic unit of human interaction
2. Understanding values in human-human relationship; meaning of Nyaya and program for its fulfillment
to ensure Ubhay-tripti;
a. Trust (Vishwas) and Respect (Samman) as the foundational values of relationship
3. Understanding the meaning of Vishwas; Difference between intention and competence
4. Understanding the meaning of Samman, Difference between respect and differentiation; the other
salient values in relationship
5. Understanding the harmony in the society (society being an extension of family): Samadhan, Samridhi,
Abhay, Sah-astitvaas comprehensive Human Goals
6. Visualizing a universal harmonious order in society- Undivided Society (AkhandSamaj), Universal
Order (SarvabhaumVyawastha )- from family to world family!
-Practice Exercises and Case Studies will be taken up in Practice Sessions.
UNIT 4: Understanding Harmony in the Nature and Existence - Whole existence as Co-
existence
1. Understanding the harmony in the Nature
2. Interconnectedness and mutual fulfillment among the four orders of nature-recyclability and self-
regulation in nature
3. Understanding Existence as Co-existence (Sah-astitva) of mutually interacting units in all-pervasive
space
4. Holistic perception of harmony at all levels of existence
-Practice Exercises and Case Studies will be taken up in Practice Sessions.
UNIT 5: Implications of the above Holistic Understanding of Harmony on Professional
Ethics
1. Natural acceptance of human values
2. Definitiveness of Ethical Human Conduct
3. Basis for Humanistic Education, Humanistic Constitution and Humanistic Universal Order
4. Competence in professional ethics:
166
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 166
a)Ability to utilize the professional competence for augmenting universal
human order
b) Ability to identify the scope and characteristics of people-friendly and
eco-friendly production systems,
c) Ability to identify and develop appropriate technologies and
management patterns for above production systems.
5. Case studies of typical holistic technologies, management models and production
systems
6. Strategy for transition from the present state to Universal Human Order:
a) At the level of individual: as socially and ecologically responsible
engineers, technologists and managers
b) At the level of society: as mutually enriching institutions and organizations
7. To inculcate Human Values among Students:The Role of self ,Parents and Teachers
-Practice Exercises and Case Studies will be taken up in Practice Sessions.
Practical Session also Includes Different Yogic Exercises and Meditation Session
INSTRUCTONAL STRATEGY
The content of this course is to be taught on conceptual basis with plenty of real world
examples.
MEANS OF ASSESSMENT
− Assignments and quiz/class tests,
− Mid-term and end-term written tests
− Practical assessment
Reference Material
The primary resource material for teaching this course consists of
a. The text book (Latest Edition)
R.R Gaur, R Asthana, G P Bagaria, A foundation course in Human Values and
professional Ethics, Excel books, New Delhi.
b. The teacher’s manual (Latest Edition)
R.R Gaur, R Asthana, G P Bagaria, A foundation course in Human Values and
professional Ethics – Teachers Manual, Excel books, New Delhi.
In addition, the following reference books may be found useful for supplementary reading in
connection with different parts of the course:
1. B L Bajpai, 2004, Indian Ethos and Modern Management, New Royal Book Co.,
Lucknow. Reprinted 2008.
2. PL Dhar, RR Gaur, 1990, Science and Humanism, Commonwealth Purblishers.
3. Sussan George, 1976, How the Other Half Dies, Penguin Press. Reprinted 1986, 1991
4. Ivan Illich, 1974, Energy & Equity, The Trinity Press, Worcester, and HarperCollins,
USA
5. Donella H. Meadows, Dennis L. Meadows, Jorgen Randers, William W. Behrens III,
1972, limits to Growth, Club of Rome’s Report, Universe Books.
6. Subhas Palekar, 2000, How to practice Natural Farming,Pracheen(Vaidik) Krishi
Tantra Shodh, Amravati.
7. A Nagraj, 1998, Jeevan Vidya ekParichay,Divya Path Sansthan, Amarkantak.
167
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 167
8. E.F. Schumacher, 1973, Small is Beautiful: a study of economics as if peoplemattered,
Blond & Briggs, Britain.
9. A.N. Tripathy, 2003, Human Values, New Age International Publishers.
Relevant websites, movies and documentaries
1. Value Education websites, http://uhv.ac.in, http://www.aktu.ac.in
2. Story of Stuff, http://www.storyofstuff.com
3. Al Gore, An Inconvenient Truth, Paramount Classics, USA
4. Charlie Chaplin, Modern Times, United Artists, USA
5. IIT Delhi, Modern Technology–the Untold Story
6. Case study Hevade Bazar Movie
7. RC Shekhar , Ethical Contradiction ,Trident New Delhi
8. Gandhi A., Right Here Right Now, Cyclewala Production
SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS
SURVEY CAMP
10 Days Duration
PURPOSE
a. To impart intensive training in the use of surveying instruments
b. To train the students to appreciate practical difficulties in surveying on the field
c. Making the students conversant with the camp life
d. Training the students to communicate with the local population
e. Providing an opportunity to the students to develop team spirit
f. To train the students for self management
LEARNING OUTCOMES
After undergoing the survey camp, students will be able to:
• Interpret the contours
• Work in a teamwork
• Mark a road alignment of (L-section, Cross-section) a given gradient connecting any
two stations on the map
• Calculate the earth work
Unit Time Allotted
(Periods)
Marks Allotted
(%)
1 08 20
2 08 20
3 08 20
4 08 20
5 10 20
Total 42 100
168
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 168
• Prepare a topographical plan of a given area
Task:
Preparation of topographical plan of a given area on Auto Cad. The survey camp will be
organized for a duration of 10 days time span.
The students may be assigned an undulated area of about 1.5 to 2.00 sq.km. with level
difference of 15m consisting of good number of physical features such as buildings, roads,
bridges, culverts, railway tracks, electric lines etc. They are required to prepare the
topographic map of above areas showing various features along with contours using a
suitable contour intervals. They will mark a road alignment of given gradient connecting any
two stations on the map consisting some horizontal and vertical curves and will prepare
estimate of earthwork and submit the detailed technical report indicating therein practical
difficulties faced during surveying for the features like ridge, line, valley lines, saddle cliffs
etc.
The students should be divided in the groups consisting of 10-15 in numbers. They are
required to submit the Report of work done, during survey camp, which will be dully
examined, while awarding the internal assessment.
MEANS OF ASSESSMENT
− Practical work
− Report Writing
− Presentation
− Drawing
− Viva-voce
169
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 169
6.1 QUANTITY SURVEYING AND VALUATION
L T P
6 - -
RATIONALE
Diploma holders in Civil Engineering are supposed to prepare material estimates for various
Civil Engineering works namely; buildings, irrigation works, public health works and roads
etc. In addition, they must have basic knowledge regarding analysis of rates, contracting,
principles of valuation. Therefore, this subject has great importance for diploma holders in
Civil Engineering.
LEARNING OUTCOMES
After undergoing the subject, students will be able to:
• Explain different units of measurement for different items
• Calculating quantities of materials and prepare the material chart
• Prepare detailed and abstract of estimates from drawings
• Prepare tender document of different civil engineering items by using C.S.R. rates
with premium
• Use principles of valuation for valuation of a building
DETAILED CONTENTS
1. Introduction to quantity surveying and its importance. Duties of
quantity surveyor (04 Periods)
2. Types of estimates (08 Periods)
2.1 Preliminary estimates
- Plinth area estimate
- Cubic content estimate
2.2 Detailed estimates
170
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 170
- Definition, Type of detailed estimate- Detail estimate you new work,
Revised Estimate, Supplementary estimate, Maintenance and Repair
estimate
- Stages of preparation – details of measurement and calculation of
quantities and abstract
3. Measurement (08 Periods)
3.1 Units of measurement for various items of work as per BIS:1200
3.2 Rules for measurements
3.3 Different methods of taking out quantities – centre line method and long wall
and short wall method
4. Preparation of Detailed and Abstract Estimates from Drawings by following CSR
rates for: (08 Periods)
4.1 A small residential building with a flat roof comprising of
- Two rooms with W.C., bath, kitchen and verandah
4.2 Earthwork for unlined channel
4.3 WBM road and pre-mix carpeting
4.4 Single span RCC slab culvert
4.5 Earthwork for plain and hill roads
4.6 RCC work in beams, slab, column and lintel, foundations
4.7 10 users septic tank
5. Calculation of quantities of materials for ( Periods)
5.1 Cement mortars of different proportion
5.2 Cement concrete of different proportion
5.3 Brick/stone masonry in cement mortar of different proportion
5.4 Plastering, pointing and painting
5.5 D.P.C. and flooring
5.6 Steel in bean, slab, column, foundation
6. Analysis of Rates (08 Periods)
6.1 Steps involved in the analysis of rates. Requirement of material, labour,
sundries, contractor’s profit and overheads
6.2 Analysis of rates for finished items when data regarding labour, rates of
material and labour is given:
171
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 171
- Earthwork in excavation in hard/ordinary soil and filling with a
concept of lead and lift along with lead diagram
- RCC in roof slab/beam/lintels/columns
- Brick masonry in cement mortar
- Cement Plaster
- White washing, painting- RCC foundation
6.3 C.C Flooring
Standard schedule of rates, full rates and labour rates
7 Contractorship (08 Periods)
- Meaning of contract
- Essentials of a contract
- Types of contracts, their advantages, dis-advantages and suitability, system of
payment
- Single and two cover-bids; tender, tender forms and documents, tender notice,
submission of tender and deposit of earnest money, security deposit, retention
money, maintenance period
- Classification and types of contracting firms/construction companies
8 Preparation of Tender Document based on Common Schedule Rates (CSR)
(12 Periods)
- Introduction to CSR and calculation of cost based on premium on CSR
- Exercises on writing detailed specifications of different types of building works
from excavation to foundations, superstructure and finishing operation
- Exercises on preparing tender documents for the following
a) Earth work
b) Construction of a small house as per given drawing
c) RCC works
d) Pointing, plastering and flooring
e) White-washing, distempering and painting
f) Wood work including polishing
g) Sanitary and water supply installations
h) False ceiling, aluminum (glazed) partitioning
i) Tile flooring including base course
j) Preparation of comparative statement for item rate contract.
9. Valuation (06 Periods)
a) Purpose of valuation, principles of valuation
172
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 172
b) Definition of various terms related to valuation like depreciation, sinking fund,
salvage and scrap value, market value, fair rent, year’s purchase etc.
c) Methods of valuation (i) replacement cost method (ii) rental return method
INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY
This is an applied engineering subject. Teachers are expected to provide working drawings
for various Civil Engineering works and students be asked to calculate the quantities of
materials required for execution of such works and use of relevant software for preparing
estimates. Teachers should conceptualize making analysis of rates for different items of
works. It will be advantageous if students are given valuation reports for reading.
MEANS OF ASSESSMENT
− Assignments and quiz/class tests
− Mid-term and end-term written tests
− Viva-voce
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Estimating, Costing and Valuation (Civil) by Pasrija, HD, Arora, CL and S. Inderjit
Singh; New Asian Publishers, Delhi,
2. Estimating and Costing by Rangwala, S.C ;Charotar Book Stall, Anand
3. Estimating and Costing by Dutta, BN
4. Estimating and Costing by Mahajan Sanjay; Satya Parkashan, Delhi
5. e-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by
AICTE/UBTE/NITTTR, Chandigarh.
Websites for Reference:
http://swayam.gov.in
SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS
Topic No. Time Allotted
(Periods)
Marks Allotted
(%)
1 04 05
2 08 10
3 08 10
4 20 24
5 08 10
6 08 10
7 08 10
8 12 14
9 06 07
Total 84 100
173
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 173
174
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 174
6.2 CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT, ACCOUNTS AND
ENTERPRENURESHIP DEVELOPMENT
L T P
5 - -
RATIONALE
This is an applied civil engineering subject. The subject aims at imparting basic knowledge
about construction planning and management, site organisation, construction labour,
control of work progress, inspection and quality control, accidents & safety and accounts.
LEARNING OUTCOME
After undergoing the subject, students will be able to:
• State functions of various aspects of controlling construction job/project
• Explain pre-tender stage and contract stage
• Prepare bar charts for simple construction work
• Prepare scheduling techniques i.e. PERT and CPM
• Prepare job layout of building
• Comply with various labour laws
• Analyze and support in effective functioning of organization
• Inspect quality at various stages of the construction
• Control accidents and safety concerns
• Prepare measurement books and bill of quantities
• Knowledge of scope and benefit of Entrepreneurship
• Know about the various program running in India, state Govt.
• Know about leadership qualities
DETAILED CONTENTS
THEORY
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT
1. Introduction (06 Periods)
1.1 Significance of construction management
1.2 Main objectives of construction management and overview of the subject
1.3 Functions of construction management, planning, organising, staffing,
directing, controlling and coordinating, meaning of each of these with respect
to construction job.
1.4 Classification of construction into light, heavy and industrial construction
175
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 175
1.5 Stages in construction from conception to completion
1.6 The construction team: owner, engineer, architect and contractors, their
functions and inter-relationship
1.7 Resources for construction industry
2. Construction Planning (08 Periods)
2.1 Importance of construction planning
Stages of construction planning
- Pre-tender stage
- Contract stage
Contracts and e-tendering
- Different types of contracts
- Penalties and Arbitration
2.2 Scheduling construction works by bar charts
- Definition of activity, identification of activities though
- Preparation of bar charts for simple construction work
- Preparation of schedules for labour, materials, machinery and finances
for small works
- Limitations of bar charts
2.3 Scheduling by network techniques
- Introduction to network techniques; PERT and CPM, differences
between PERT and CPM terminology
3. Organization (02 Periods)
3.1 Types of organizations: Line, line and staff, functional and their characteristics
4. Site Organization (06 Periods)
4.1 Principle of storing and stacking materials at site
4.2 Location of equipment
4.3 Preparation of actual job layout for a building
4.4 Organizing labour at site
5. Construction Labour (06 Periods)
5.1 Conditions of construction workers in India, wages paid to workers
5.2 Important provisions of the following Acts:
- Labour Welfare Fund Act 1936 (as amended)
- Payment of Wages Act 1936 (as amended)
- Minimum Wages Act 1948 (as amended)
176
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 176
- Acts relating to Labour Safety
6. Control of Progress (08 Periods)
6.1 Methods of recording progress
6.2 Analysis of progress
6.3 Taking corrective actions keeping head office informed
6.4 Cost time optimization for simple jobs - Direct and indirect cost, variation
with time, cost optimization
7. Inspection and Quality Control (07 Periods)
7.1 Need for inspection and quality control
7.2 Principles of inspection
7.3 Stages of inspection and quality control for
- Earth work
- Masonry
- RCC
- Sanitary and water supply services
8. Accidents and Safety in Construction (08 Periods)
8.1 Accidents – causes and remedies
8.2 Safety measures for
- Excavation work
- Drilling and blasting
- Hot bituminous works
- Scaffolding, ladders, form work
- Demolitions
8.3 Safety campaign and safety devices, safety training
8.4 Fire safety
ACCOUNTS
9. Public Work Accounts (10 Periods)
9.1 Introduction, technical sanction, allotment of funds, re-appropriation of funds
bill, contractor ledger, measurement book running and final account bills
complete, preparation of bill of quantities (BOQ), completion certificate &
report, hand receipt, aquittance roll. Muster Roll labour, casual labour roll-
duties and responsibility of different cadres, budget-stores, returns, account of
stock, misc. P.W. advances T & P – verification, survey report, road metal
material charged direct to works, account - expenditure & revenue head,
remittance and deposit head, definition of cash, precaution in custody of cash
177
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 177
book, imprest account, temporary advance, treasury challan, preparation of
final bills. Students must learn to prepare accounts register.
9.2 Filling of PWD accounts forms
10. Entrepreneurship (09 Periods)
Definition and concept , role and significance, risk and awards, Requirement of an
entrepreneur development, Programmes Existing in India, Forms of business
enterprises, sole proprietorship-partnership-private limited- cooperatives.
Industrial legislation and taxes:
- GST
- Income Tax
- Excise duty
- Labourcess
INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY
This is highly practice-based course and efforts should be made to relate process of teaching
with direct experiences at work sites. Participation of students should be encouraged in
imparting knowledge about this subject. To achieve this objective the students should be
taken to different work sites for clear conception of particular topics, such as site
organization, inspection of works at various stages of construction and working of earth
moving equipment
MEANS OF ASSESSMENT
− Assignments and quiz/class tests
− Mid-term and end-term written tests
− Presentations
− Report Writing
− Viva-voce
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Civil Engineering Management by Wakhlo, ON ; Light and Life Publishers, New
Delhi
2. Construction Equipment and its Planning and Application by Verma, Mahesh
3. Management in Construction Industry by Dharwadker, PP; Oxford and IBH
Publishing Company, New Delhi
4. Construction Planning and Management by Gahlot PS; Dhir, BM; Wiley Eastern
Limited, New Delhi
5. MS Project – Microsoft USA
6. Primavera Manual by Sh. Vinod Kumar; NITTTR, Chandigarh.
178
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 178
7. e-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by AICTE/ NITTTR,
Chandigarh.
Websites for Reference:
http://swayam.gov.in
SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS
Topic No. Time Allotted
(Periods)
Marks Allotted (%)
1 06 08
2 08 10
3 02 04
4 06 08
5 06 12
6 08 12
7 07 10
8 08 12
9 10 12
10 09 12
Total 70 100
179
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 179
6.3 DESIGN OF STEEL STRUCTURES
L T P
6 - -
RATIONALE
This subject is an applied engineering subject. Diploma holders in Civil Engineering will be
required to supervise steel construction and fabrication. He may also be required to design
simple structural elements, make changes in design depending upon availability of materials.
This subject thus deals with elementary design principles as per BIS code of practice IS: 800.
LEARNING OUTCOMES
After undergoing the subject, students will be able to:
• Explain structural properties of steel and its designation as per Indian Standards
• Select different types of bolted and welded joints
• Analyze and design single and double angle section struts and I section compression
members
• Explain different types of trusses, their different components and usability
• Analyze and design of simply supported steel beams
• Select various types of plate girders
• Supervise fabrication and erection of steel structure like trusses, columns and girders
DETAILED CONTENTS
1. Structural Steel and Sections: (06 Periods)
1.1 Properties of structural steel
1.2 Designation and classification of structural steel sections as per IS handbook
and IS: 800: 2007
1.3 Tubular Sections
2. Riveted Connections (10 Periods)
Types of Rivet, Permissible stresses in rivets, types of riveted joints, specifications
as per IS800, Failure of riveted joint, strength and efficiency of riveted joint,
Design of Riveted Connection only axially loaded number (No staggered rivetting)
3. Bolt Connections: (10 Periods)
Types of bolt, permissible stresses in bolt, types of bolted joints, specifications for
bolted joints as per IS 800. Failure of a bolted joint. Assumptions in the theory of
bolted joints. Strength and efficiency of a bolted joint. Design of bolted joints for
axially loaded members ( No Staggered bolts).
180
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 180
4. Welded connections: (10Periods)
Types of welds and welded joints, advantages and disadvantages of welded joints
design of fillet and butt weld for axially loaded members
5. Tension Members (10 Periods)
Analysis and design of single and double section tension members and their rivetted
and welded connections with gusset plate as per IS:800-2007. Introduction to Lug
Angle and Tension splice.
6. Compression Members (10 Periods)
Angle struts, type of section used, effective length, radius of gyration, slenderness
ratio and its limits, permissible compressive stress Analysis and design of single and
double angle sections compression members subjected to axial load. Introduction to
analysis and design of axially loaded column. Introduction to lacing and battening
(No numerical problem on lacing and battening)
7. Roof Trusses (08 Periods)
Form of trusses, pitch of roof truss, spacing of trusses, spacing of purlins, connection
between purlin and roof covering. Connection between purlin and principal rafter (no
design, only concept)
8. Column Bases (08 Periods)
Types of column bases i.e. slab base, gusseted base. Design of slais base and concrete
block. Introduction to gusseted base (no numerical problems on gusseted base).
Introduction to beam columns design of simple built up beams (Symmetrical I section
with cover plates only)
9. Beams (08 Periods)
Analysis and design of single section simply supported laterally restrained steel
beams. Introduction to plate girder and functions of various elements of a plate girder
10. Fabrication and erection of steel structures like trusses, columns and girders
(04 Periods)
Important Note:
Use of IS: 800 and Steel Tables are permitted in examination.
INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY
Teachers are expected to give simple problems for designing various steel structural
members. For creating comprehension of the subject, teachers may prepare tutorial sheets,
which may be given to the students for solving. It would be advantageous if students are
181
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 181
taken at construction site to show fabrication and erection of steel structures. IS:800 may be
referred along with code for relevant clauses
MEANS OF ASSESSMENT
− Assignments and quiz/class tests
− Mid-term and end-term written tests`
− Model Making
− Viva-voce
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Design of Steel Structures by Duggal SK; Standard Publishers, Delhi
2. Steel Structures Design and Drawing by BirinderSingh; Kaption Publishing House,
Ludhiana
3. Design of Steel Structures by Ram Chandra; Standard Publishers,Delhi
4. Design of Steel Structures by S Ramamurthan
5. e-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by AICTE/NITTTR,
Chandigarh.
Websites for Reference:
http://swayam.gov.in
SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS
Topic No. Time Allotted
(Periods)
Marks Allotted
(%)
1 06 70
2 10 12
3 10 12
4 10 12
5 10 12
6 10 12
7 08 10
8 08 10
9 08 10
10 04 03
Total 84 100
182
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 182
6.4 STEEL STRUCTURES DRAWINGS
L T P
- - 4
RATIONALE
Diploma holders in Civil Engineering are required to supervise the construction of steel
structures. Thus one should be able to read and interpret structural drawings of steel
structures. The competence to read and interpret structural drawings is best learnt by being
able to draw these drawings. Hence there is a need to have a subject devoted to preparation of
structural drawings.
LEARNING OUTCOMES
After undergoing the subject, students will be able to
• Read and interpret steel structural drawing
• Prepare the detailed drawings of toe joint, ridge joint, details of purlins and roof
sheets
• Prepare and draw slab base connection, gusseted base connection grillage base
connection for single section steel columns
• Draw column beam connections
• Prepare drawings of plate girder from given design data
• Prepare the drawing and demonstrate steel roof truss
• Draw the structural drawing sheets using CAD Software
DETAILED CONTENTS
Steel Structures Drawings:
Structural drawing from given data for following steel structural elements.
(i) Drawing No. 1: Roof Truss – Drawing of Fink Roof Truss with details of
joints, fixing details of purlins and roof sheets.
(ii) Drawing No.2 : Column and Column Bases - Drawing of splicing of steel
columns. Drawings of slab base, gusseted base and grillage base for single
section steel columns.
(iii) Drawing No.3 : Column Beam Connections
(a) Sealed and Framed Beam to Beam Connections
(b) Sealed and Framed Beam o Column Connections
(iv) Drawing No. 4 : Plate Girder (Bolted)
Plan and Elevation of Plate Girder with details at supports and connection of
stiffness, flange angles and cover plate with web highlighting curtailment of
plates.
(v) Drawing No. 5 : Draw atleast one sheet using CAD software
MEANS OF ASSESSMENT
− Assignments and quiz/class tests
183
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 183
− Mid-term and end-term written tests
− Model Making
− Drawing sheets
− Software installation and operation
− Viva-voce
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Civil Engineering Drawing by Layal JS; SatyaParkashan, New Delhi
2. Civil Engineering Drawings by Chandel RP
3. Civil Engineering Drawing by Kumar; NS; IPH, New Delhi
4. Civil Engineering Drawing by Malik RS and Meo GA; Asian Publishing House, New
Delhi
5. Steel Structures Design and Drawing by SinghBirinder; Kaption Publishing House,
New Delhi
6. e-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by AICTE/NITTTR,
Chandigarh.
Websites for Reference:
http://swayam.gov.in
184
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 184
6.5 SOFTWARE APPLICATIONS IN CIVIL ENGINEERING
L T P
- - 8
RATIONALE
Computer applications plays a very vital role in present day life, more so, in the professional
life of engineer. In order to enable the students use the computers effectively in problem
solving, this course offers applications of various computer softwares in Civil Engineering.
LEARNING OUTCOMES
After undergoing the subject, students will be able to:
• Draw 2D drawings on AutoCAD viz. plan, section and elevation of a residential
building
• Use various Civil Engineering software
DETAILED CONTENTS
PRACTICAL EXERCISES
1. Introduction and use of AutoCAD for making 2D Drawings and develop plan, section
and elevation of a residential building
2. Demonstration of various Civil Engineering softwares like STAAD-Pro/Revit/MS
Project Primavera Project Planner, Auto CIVIL or any other equivalent software
Note:
i) Polytechnics may use any other software available with them for performing these
exercises
ii) If the above softwares are not available in the institution, demonstration of the above
said software should be arranged outside the institute.
MEANS OF ASSESSMENT
− Mid-term and end-term written tests
− Presentations
− Software installation and operation
− Viva-voce
185
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 185
6.6.1REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE OF BUILDINGS
L T P
5 - -
RATIONALE
One of the major concerns of a civil engineer is to take care of the building works, already
constructed, in order to keep these buildings in utmost workable conditions. Usually it is
being felt that the buildings deteriorate faster for want of care and proper maintenance. The
buildings usually have a shabby appearance due to cracks, leakage from the roofs and
sanitary/water supply fittings. Thus the need for teaching the subject in proper perspective
has arisen making students aware of importance of maintenance of buildings.
LEARNING OUTCOMES
After undergoing the subject, students will be able to:
• State various factors causing deterioration to buildings
• Investigate/diagnose various defects in buildings
• Explain main causes of defects in buildings
• Select the materials for repair and maintenance of buildings
• Carry out repairs for various types of building defects
DETAILED CONTENTS
1. Need for Maintenance (06 Periods)
1.1 Importance and significance of repair and maintenance of buildings
1.2 Meaning of maintenance
1.3 Objectives of maintenance
1.4 Factors influencing the repair and maintenance
2. Agencies Causing Deterioration (Sources, Causes, Effects) (10 Periods)
2.1 Definition of deterioration/decay
2.2 Factors causing deterioration, their classification
2.2.1 Human factors causing deterioration
2.2.2 Chemical factors causing deterioration
2.2.3 Environmental conditions causing deterioration
2.2.4 Miscellaneous factors
2.3 Effects of various agencies of deterioration on various building materials i.e.
bricks, timber, concrete, paints, metals, plastics, stones
186
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 186
3. Investigation and Diagnosis of Defects (10 Periods)
3.1 Systematic approach/procedure of investigation
3.2 Sequence of detailed steps for diagnosis of building defects/problems
3.3 List non-destructive and others tests on structural elements and materials to
evaluate the condition of the building and study of three most commonly used
tests
4. Defects and their root causes (10 Periods)
4.1 Define defects in buildings
4.2 Classification of defects
4.3 Main causes of building defects in various building elements
4.3.1 Foundations, basements and DPC
4.3.2 Walls
4.3.3 Column and Beams
4.3.4 Roof and Terraces
4.3.5 Joinery
4.3.6 Decorative and protective finishes
4.3.7 Services
4.3.8 Defects caused by dampness
5. Materials for Repair, maintenance and protection (12 Periods)
5.1 Compatibility aspects of repair materials
5.2 State application of following materials in repairs:
5.2.1 Anti corrosion coatings
5.2.2 Adhesives/bonding aids
5.2.3 Repair mortars
5.2.4 Curing compounds
5.2.5 Joints sealants
5.2.6 Waterproofing systems for roofs
5.2.7 Protective coatings
6. Remedial Measures for Building Defects (22 Periods)
6.1 Preventive maintenance considerations
6.2 Surface preparation techniques for repair
6.3 Crack repair methods
6.3.1 Epoxy injection
6.3.2 Grooving and sealing
6.3.3 Stitching
187
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 187
6.3.4 Adding reinforcement and grouting
6.3.5 Flexible sealing by sealant
6.4 Repair of surface defects of concrete
6.4.1 Bug holes
6.4.2 Form tie holes
6.4.3 Honey comb and larger voids
6.5 Repair of corrosion in RCC elements
6.5.1 Steps in repairing
6.5.2 Prevention of corrosion in reinforcement
6.6 Material placement techniques with sketches
6.6.1 Pneumatically applied (The gunite techniques)
6.6.2 Open top placement
6.6.3 Pouring from the top to repair bottom face
6.6.4 Birds mouth
6.6.5 Dry packing
6.6.6 Form and pump
6.6.7 Preplaced – aggregate concrete
6.6.8 Trowel applied method
6.7 Repair of DPC against Rising Dampness
6.7.1 Physical methods
6.7.2 Electrical methods
6.7.3 Chemical methods
6.8 Repair of walls
6.8.1 Repair of mortar joints against leakage
6.8.2 Efflorescence removal
6.9 Waterproofing of wet areas and roofs
6.9.1 Water proofing of wet areas
6.9.2 Water proofing of flat RCC roofs
6.9.3 Various water proofing systems and their characteristics
6.10 Repair of joints in buildings
6.10.1 Types of sealing joints with different types of sealants
6.10.2 Techniques for repair of joints
6.10.3 Repair of overhead and underground water tanks
INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY
This is very important course and efforts should be made to find damaged/defective work
spots and students should be asked to think about rectifying/finding solution to the problem.
Visits to work site, where repair and maintenance activities are in progress can be very useful
to students. The students will also prepare a project report based upon the available water
proofing materials, sealant, special concrete for repair and adhesives and other repair material
available in the market.
188
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 188
MEANS OF ASSESSMENT
− Assignments and quiz/class tests
− Mid-term and end-term written tests
− Presentations
− Report Writing
− Repair work
− Viva-voce
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Building Defects and Maintenance Management by Gahlot P.S. and Sanjay Sharma;
CBS Publishers, New Delhi
2. Maintenance Engineering for Civil Engineers by Nayak, BS; Khanna Publishers,
Delhi
3. Building Failures - Diagnosis and Avoidance by Ransom; WH Publishing
4. e-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by
AICTE/UBTE/NITTTR, Chandigarh.
Websites for Reference:
http://swayam.gov.in
SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS
Topic No. Time Allotted
(Periods)
Marks Allotted
(%)
1 06 05
2 10 07
3 10 07
4 10 07
5 12 10
6 22 14
Total 70 50
189
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 189
6.6.2 PLUMBING SERVICES
L T P
5 - -
RATIONALE
Plumbing is said to be the system of pipes, tanks, fittings, and other apparatus required for
water supply, heating, and sanitation in a building. Plumbers install, repair, and maintain
piping systems in residential, commercial and industrial buildings. These systems
traditionally included water distribution and wastewater disposal, but because of new
technology that combines water and gas pipes, plumbers can work with vent, residential fire,
irrigation, and chemical systems as well. The duties of a plumber include: installing, repairing
and maintaining pipes, fixtures, and other plumbing equipment; opening walls and floors to
accommodate pipes and pipe fittings; welding, connecting, and testing pipes for leaks;
preparing cost estimates; interpreting blueprints and designs. Plumbers must also be aware of
safety procedures and follow them at all times.
Diploma holders in Civil Engineering who normally work in supervisory positions, must not
only be well versed with plumbing procedures, processes, equipment, safety requirements
etc. but also be able to demonstrate all practical aspects of plumbing to as to effectively lead
team of plumbers and ensure execution of quality work and excellent end results.
This subject is therefore, aimed at instilling theoretical and practical knowledge among
students studying civil engineering at diploma level.
LEARNING OUTCOMES
After undergoing this course, the students will be able to:
• Identify and select proper tools and use them for the given plumbing work
• Select appropriate pipes and carry out pipe fitting after carrying out operations like
cutting, bending, threading, joining, aligning and other necessary operations
• Erect simple water supply system. Trace leakage and repair water supply system
• Plan, prepare and inspect domestic drainage system
• Select and install sanitary appliances
• Install heating appliances like geyser, etc.
190
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 190
DETAILED CONTENTS
1. Plumber’s Tools (10 Periods)
Selection, use and care of tools required for plumbing work, such as threading die, bit
brace, ratchet brace, pipe wrench, spanner set, pipe cutter, pipe vice, hacksaw, chisel,
files and other common hand tools, bench drilling machine, soldering iron
2. Pipes and Pipe Fitting (15 Periods)
Selection and use of different pipes like GI Pipes, Plastic pipes, PVC pipes, HDPE
pipes, Cast iron pipes, Plumbing symbols; Bends, Elbows, Sockets, Tees, Unions,
Pipe cutting, Pipe bending, Pipe Threading, Pipe joints, Pipe fitting, Alignment of
pipes, Branching of pipes, Safety precautions, relevant IS codes are to be taught.
3. Water Supply System (10 Periods)
Sources of water; Rainwater harvesting; Water supply systems in a town; Water
distribution systems; Distribution reservoirs; Pumps; Valves; Fire hydrants; Storage
of water in buildings; Types of tanks; Laying water supply pipe lines
4. Domestic Drainage (15 periods)
Drainage system (two pipe, one pipe, single stack and other systems), Trap, Cesspool,
Sceptic tank, Cleaning blocked pipes and drains, Laying sanitary and sewer pipes,
Manholes, Inspection and testing (pressure & leakage test, testing straightness of
pipes, ball test etc.); Fixing accessories, Problems in drainage and their solution
5. Sanitary Appliances (10 Periods)
Flush toilet, Squat toilet, Wash basin, Sink, Floor traps, Urinal, Bathtub, Shower,
Bidet, Mixing tap, Popup waste, water efficient appliance.
6. Heating System (10 Periods)
Heat transfer, Water heater, Geyser, Domestic hot water supply system, Central
heating, Solar water heater
The teacher will ensure demonstration of following during teaching session:
1. Practice cutting, threading and bending of metal pipes; cutting and shaping of PVC
pipes
191
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 191
2. Carry out simple pipe connections requiring use of bends, tees, elbows etc.
3. Test drainage lines by using different testing methods as per IS codes
4. Practice fixing of different valves
5. Install sanitary fittings like washbasin, Sink, Floor traps, Urinal, Bathtub and heating
appliance like geyser
INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY
During instructions, teacher should explain the use of various plumbing tools and
demonstrate how to handle them properly. Liberal use of audio-visual aids may be made.
Students may be asked to prepare models of different piping systems. Visit may be arranged
for students to see how town water supply is arranged and managed. Detailed explanation
with the help of actual sanitary appliances may be given about their use and method of
installing them.
MEANS OF ASSESSMENT
− Assignments and quiz/class tests
− Mid-term and end-term written tests
− Laboratory and Practical work
− Drawing
− Report Writing
− Viva-voce
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Plumber by G. S. Sethi; Computech Publications Ltd, New Delhi (Available in English
and Hindi)
2. e-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by
AICTE/UBTE/NITTTR, Chandigarh.
Websites for Reference:
http://swayam.gov.in
SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS
Topic No. Time Allotted (Periods) Marks Allotted
(%)
1 10 15
2 15 20
3 10 15
4 15 20
5 10 15
6 10 15
192
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 192
Total 70 100
6.6.3 ANALYSIS OF STRUCTURES
L T P
5 - -
RATIONALE
Analysis of structures is the core subject of Civil Engineering knowledge of this subject is
essential for a Civil Engineer to understand the behaviour of structure under various forces.
Study of subjects will help the students to understand clearly the need of reinforcement in
various structural elements made or reinforce concrete. Knowledge of the subject will be very
useful while operating structural analysis software.
LEARNING OUTCOME
After understanding the subject student will be able to:
• Calculate various forces and moments used in design of structures
• Calculate shear force and bending moment in redundant beams and frames
• Calculate design moments and shear force in framed structures with different support conditions
• Design of elementary profile of dam by firing the base width
• Understand the effect of wind force on vertical structures like chimneys
• Use structural analysis softwares
DETAIL CONTENT
1. Fixed and continuous Beams (08 Periods)
Calculation of fixed end moments using moment theorem and to draw bending moment and shear force
diagrams. Three moment theorem (no derivation) for continuous beams and to draw shear force and
bending moment diagrams.
2. Principal stress and strain (08 Periods)
Stress on inclined planes, principal plane and principal stress in elements subjected to direct and shear
stress and their combinations. Mohr Circle for calculation of stress on inclined planes and principal
strain for above cases
3. Combined Direct and Bending stress (08 Periods)
Eccentric loading middle third rule columns subjected to uni-axial and bi-axial eccentric leading.
Dams- application of middle third rule for firing the base width calculation of stresses at the base of
dam and stability of dam against overturning and sliding vertical structures like chimney subjected to
movement due to wind forces.
4. Strain Energy (14 Periods)
193
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 193
Strain energy stored in a member due to axial loading and vinding. Strain energy stored by a beam due
to uniform vending moment. Work done by a force on a member law of reciprocal deflection, Betti’s
law. The first thorem of castigliano. Deflection of truss joints.
5. Redundant frames (10 Periods)
Statically indeterminate structures. The second theorem of castigliano redundant
trusses Degree of redundancy. Portal frames further application of principle of least
work.
6. Moment Distribution Method (12 Periods)
Basic proposition relative stiffness, continuous beams with and without fixed ends. Sinking of support
portal frames with and without sway (simple problem only)
7. Slope Deflection Method (10 Periods)
Basic concepts, stiffness of members with far end fixed or linged. Development of slope deflection
equations and their application to beam and frames.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
− Analysis of structures by Rama murtham
− Analysis of structures by R.S Khurmi
− Analysis of structures by Vazirani&Ratwani Vol I & II
MEANS OF ASSESSMENT
− Assignments
− Subject Quiz
− Presentation
− Viva-voce
− Midterm and Semester exam
SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS
Topic No. Time Allotted
(Periods)
Marks Allotted
(%)
1 08 12
2 08 12
3 08 10
4 14 20
5 10 14
194
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 194
6 12 18
7 10 14
Total 70 100
195
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 195
6.7 PROJECT WORK
L T P
- - 10
RATIONALE
Project Work aims at developing innovative skills in the students whereby they apply in
totality the knowledge and skills gained through the course work in the solution of particular
problem or by undertaking a project. In addition, the project work is intended to place
students for project oriented practical training in actual work situation for the stipulated
period.
LEARNING OUTCOMES
After undergoing the project work, students will be able to:
Apply in totality the knowledge and skills gained through the course work in the
solution of particular problem or by undertaking a project. In addition, the project work is
intended to place the learner for project oriented practical training in actual work situation for
the stipulated period with a view to:
• Develop understanding regarding the size and scale of operations and nature of field-
work in which students are going to play their role after completing the courses of
study
• Develop understanding of subject based knowledge given in the classroom in the
context of its application at work places.
• Develop firsthand experience and confidence amongst the students to enable them to
use and apply polytechnic/institute based knowledge and skills to solve practical
problems related to the world of work.
• Develop abilities like interpersonal skills, communication skills, positive attitudes and
values etc.
General Guidelines
The individual students have different aptitudes and strengths. Project work, therefore,
should match the strengths of students. For this purpose, students should be asked to identify
the type of project work, they would like to execute. The activity of problem identification
should begin well in advance (say at the end of second year). Students should be allotted a
problem of interest to him/her as a major project work. It is also essential that the faculty of
the respective department may have a brainstorming session to identify suitable project
assignments for their students. The project assignment can be individual assignment or a
group assignment. There should not be more than 3 students if the project work is given to a
group. The project work identified in collaboration with industry should be preferred.
This practical training cum project work should not be considered as merely conventional
industrial training in which students are sent at work places with either minimal or no
supervision. This experience is required to be planned in advance and supervised on regular
196
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 196
basis by the polytechnic faculty. For the fulfillment of above objectives, polytechnics may
establish close linkage with 8-10 relevant organization for providing such an experience to
students. It is necessary that each organization is visited well in advance and activities to be
performed by students are well defined. The chosen activities should be such that it matches
with the curricular interest to students and of professional value to industrial/ field
organizations. Each teacher is expected to supervise and guide 5-6 students.
Some of the projects are listed below for the benefit of the students:
1. Study and detailed estimate of different component of modern residential and commercial building
2. Preparation of detailed estimate for low cost two room set residential building
3. Review/ and existing for various parameters as per green building, Raling system building
4. Design of rain water harvesting for a given building
5. Analysis of accidents prone area in your city and remedial measure for them
6. Case study of safety practices in a multi-storied buildings under constructions
7. Concrete Mix Design
8. Case study of repair and maintenance of a given building
9. Preparation of DNIT of a given building for Civil Engineering works
10. Detailed estimate for installing plumbing fixtures
11. Preparing a standard measurement book of a given building
12. Construction of concrete road by using latest techniques
13. Water supply scheme for a govt approved colony
14. Construction estimates of shopping complex
15. Analysis and design of Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP) for an industry
16. Design of soak pit with septic tank for 100 users
17. Design and estimate of two room set building
18. Design of concrete mix by using flyash
19. Study of setting up of an interlocking pavers fabrication plant
20. Preparation of different Civil Engineering models e.g. beam, one way, two way slab, column etc.
21. Reinforcement detailing as per IS:13920
22. Design of car parking in your polytechnic
23. To prepare analysis of rates for non -schedule items e.g. aluminium door, windows, work stations etc.
24. Study of retrofitting of a given Civil Engineering works.
25. Survey of your polytechnic by using total station.
26. Traffic volume study and analysis on different roads in a city
27. Case study of a flyover with regard to its various construction components
28. Study and preparation of detailed project report of ready mix concrete (RMC) unit
29. Study and preparation of detailed project report of prefabricated/prestressed concrete components unit
31. Construction of a small concrete road consisting of following activities
- Survey and preparation of site plan
- Preparation of drawings i.e. L-Section and X-Section
- Estimating earth work
- Preparation of sub grade with stone ballast
- Laying of concrete
- Testing of slump, casting of cubes and testing
- Material estimating and costing with specifications
- Technical report writing
197
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 197
32. Water Supply system for a locality
- Surveying
- Design of water requirements and water distribution system
- Preparation of drawing of overhead tank
- Material estimating and costing
- Specifications
- Technical report writing
33. Construction of shopping complex by detailing of RCC drawings, estimating and
costing of material
34. Design of small residential building including structural members, specifications,
estimating and costing of materials, report writing and municipal drawings for water
supply and sewerage system
There is no binding to take up the above projects as it is only a suggestive list of projects.
A suggestive criterion for assessing student performance by the external (person from
industry) and internal (teacher) examiner is given in table below:
The overall grading of the practical training shall be made as per following table.
In order to qualify for the diploma, students must get “Overall Good grade” failing which the
students may be given one more chance to improve and re-evaluate before being disqualified
and declared “not eligible to receive diploma ”. It is also important to note that the students
must get more than six “goods” or above “good” grade in different performance criteria items
in order to get “Overall Good” grade.
Range of maximum marks Overall grade
i) More than 80 Excellent
ii) 79 <> 65 Very good
iii) 64 <> 50 Good
iv) 49 <> 40 Fair
v) Less than 40 Poor
Important Notes
1. This criteria must be followed by the internal and external examiner and they should see the daily,
weekly and monthly reports while awarding marks as per the above criteria.
2. The criteria for evaluation of the students have been worked out for 200 maximum
marks. The internal and external examiners will evaluate students separately and
give marks as per the study and evaluation scheme of examination.
198
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 198
3. The external examiner, preferably, a person from industry/organization, who has
been associated with the project-oriented professional training of the students,
should evaluate the students performance as per the above criteria.
4. It is also proposed that two students or two projects which are rated best be given
merit certificate at the time of annual day of the institute. It would be better if
specific nearby industries are approached for instituting such awards.
The teachers are free to evolve other criteria of assessment, depending upon the type of project work.
It is proposed that the institute may organize an annual exhibition of the project work
10. RESOURCE REQUIREMENT
10.1 PHYSICAL RESOURCES
(A) Space requirement
Norms and standards laid down by All India Council for Technical Education
(AICTE) are to be followed to work out space requirement in respect of class rooms,
tutorial rooms, drawing halls, laboratories, space required for faculty, student
amenities and residential area for staff and students.
(B) Equipment requirement:
Following Laboratories are required for Diploma Programme in Civil Engineering:
− Communication Laboratory
− Applied Physics Laboratory
− Applied Chemistry Laboratory
− Engineering Drawing
− Electrical Engineering Laboratory
− Applied Mechanics Laboratory
− Basics of IT/Computer Laboratory
− Carpentry Shop
− Painting and Polishing Shop
− Electrical Shop
− Welding Shop
− Fitting and Plumbing Shop
199
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 199
− Sheet Metal Shop
− Mason Shop
− Machine Shop
− Construction Material Testing
a. Concreter Laboratory
b. Roads and Solids Laboratory
− Survey Equipment and Stores
− Fluid Mechanics and Irrigation Laboratory
− Civil Engineering Fabrication and Erection Shop
− Environmental Engineering Laboratory , Energy Conservation Lab
EQUIPMENT REQUIRED FOR CIVIL ENGINEERING
Sr.
No.
Description
Qty Total Price
(Rs)
COMMUNICATION LABORATORY
1. Stools 40 10,000
2. Display Board/Screen 2 6,000
3. Sound recording and playing system 1 6,000
4. Audio cassettes 60 2,000
5. Overhead Projector 1 5,000
6. Transparencies slides 100 500
7. TV, VCR and camera for video recording 1 each 20,000
8. English spoken course 1 2,000
9. A Quiz room equipped with two way audio system, back
projection system and slide projector
1 30,000
10.
Miscellaneous LS 1,500
APPLIED PHYSICS LABORATORY
1. Vernier calipers
Working length 160 mm, Internal and external dia with
locking arrangement
12 2,000
2. Screw Gauges
Working length 15 mm, pitch 0.5 mm, least count .005
mm
12 2,000
3. Spherometers
Distance between legs 2.5 mm, pitch 0.5 mm, least count
.005 mm.
12 2,000
4. Mirrors (convex, concave) 5 Each 1,500
5. Pendulum Setup 02 4,000
200
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 200
6. Gravesand’s Apparatus 02 3,000
7. Inclined Plane Setup 02 2,000
8. Flywheel Setup 02 4,000
9. Prism 05 1,500
10. Spectrometer 02 25,000
11. DC Ammeters
Moving coil weston-type ammeter with ebonite stand
10 3,500
12. DC Miliammeters 2 1,000
13. DC Microammeters 2 700
14. DC voltmeters 10 700
15. DC Millivoltmeters 10 2,000
Sr.
No.
Description
Qty Total Price
(Rs)
16. Sensitivity Galvanometer 2 800
17 Student Galvanometers 10 4,000
18. Demonstration type DC Ammeters
Range; 0 to 1 Amp.
2 1,000
19. D type DC Voltmeter
Range : 0 to 1 Volt
2 1,000
20. D type Galvanometers
Sensitivity : 20 microamperes per scale division,
8 8,000
21. Resistance boxes (dial type) assorted 8 8,000
22. Rheostats 10 4.000
23. Miscellaneous items (Spring, Pan, Glycerine, Optic
fibre, Ferromagnetic material)
LS 2,000
24. Fortin’s Barometer (Wall type) 2 20,000
25. Stoke’s Apparatus 2 10,000
26. Gumther’s Apparatus 2 16,000
27. Resonance Tube Apparatus with accessories and
Tuning fork set
2 14,000
28. Sodium Lamp setup with Biprism 2 10,000
29. Ohmic resistance coil 10 5,00
30. Slide wire bridge 2 8,000
31. PN Junction diode Apparatus 2 10,000
32. Laser (as per requirement) 1 1,00,000
33. Numerical aperture setup 1 25,000
34.
Miscellaneous LS
3,000
201
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 201
APPLIED CHEMISTRY LABORATORY
1.
Digital Balance 1 80,000
2. Burette 50ml 30 3,000
3. Pipette 25ml 60 4,000
4. Beakers 100ml 60 4,000
5. Burette stand 30 30,000
6. Glazed tile 30 1,000
7. Conical flask 50ml (Titration flask)
60 4,000
8.
Standard (Measuring) flask
(to prepare standard
solution) 250ml/100ml
30 6,000
9. Able’s Flash Point apparatus 2 10,000
10. (1/10)°C thermometer 06 6,000
Sr.
No.
Description
Qty Total Price
(Rs)
11. Candles 20 100
12. Crucible with lid 06 2,000
13. Muffle furnace 1 18,000
14. Decicators 06 8,000
15. Pair of tongue (small and big) 24 (small)
2 (big)
2,000
16. Chemicals
- EDTA-1 kg
- Eriochrome Black-T(solochrome black T)-
200g
- Buffer solution (NH3 - 2.5 ltr, NH4Cl – 1 kg)
- Zinc sulphate- 500g
- H2SO4- 2.5 ltr
- Phenolphthalein indicator (as per requirement)
- Methyl orange indicator (as per requirement)
- Charcoal (as per requirement)
- Kerosene- 1 ltr
LS 20,000
202
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 202
17.
Miscellaneous LS
2,000
ENGINEERING DRAWING
1. Drawing Boards (700 x
500mm)
60 25,000
2. Draughtsman Tables 60 1,80,000
3. Draughtsman Stools 60 40,000
4. Computer Aided Drawing
(CAD) Software
30
Use
r
5,00,000
5. Model of different wooder
joints
1 1,000
6. Model of different screw
threads
1 1,000
7. Model of various locking
devices
1 1,000
8. Model of various joints 1 1,000
9. Cut section Model of
various couplings
1 3,000
1
0.
Miscellaneous LS
5,000
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING LABORTORY
1. Voltmeter 5 7,500
203
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 203
2. Ammeter 5 10,000
3. CRO 1 15,000
4. Wattmeter 5 10,000
5. Multimeter 1 4,000
Sr.
No.
Description
Qty Total Price
(Rs)
6. Resistive load 1 4,000
7. Regulated supply 1 8,000
8. Signal generator 1 5,000
9. Rheostat 2 2,500
10. Lead acid battery 1 4,000
11. Cables, Coils, Lamp (as per requirements) LS 1,500
12. Resistance, Inductor, Capacitor (as per requirements) LS 1,500
13.
Miscellaneous LS
1,500
APPLIED MECHANICS LABORATORY
1. Polygon law of forces
apparatus
1 2,000
2. Jib crane 1 4,000
3. Apparatus for reaction at
supports
1 5,000
4. Inclined plane and friction
apparatus
1 2,500
5. Screw jack 1 1,000
6. Worm and worm wheel 1 3,500
7. Single Purchase Winch
Crab
1
4,000
8. Miscellaneous LS
1,000
BASICS OF IT LABORATORY/COMPUTER LABORATORY
1. Computer System with latest configuration 30 8,00,000
204
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 204
2. Printer (MFP) 1 25,000
3. Printer (Laser) 1 35,000
4. Plotter 1 75,000
5. Digitiser 1 50,000
6. Antivirus Software LS 10,000
7. Internet Facility on Computers LS 2,00,000
8. LCD Projector 1 35,000
9. UPS 60 1,20,000
10. Software (latest windows, latest MS Office) 1 1,00,000
11. Scanner 1 10,000
12. Auto CAD L.S.
13. Auto Civil L.S.
14. STAAD Pro L.S.
15. Primavera/MS Project L.S.
16. Revit L.S.
17. BIM L.S.
18.
Miscellaneous LS
5,000
CARPENTRY SHOP
1 Work benches fitted with carpenter vices 5 20,000
2. Circular saw grinder 1 6,000
Sr.
No.
Description
Qty Total Price
(Rs)
3. Wood cutting band saw-vertical 1 10,000
4. Bench grinder 1 5,000
5. Drilling machine 1 8,000
6. Wood turning lathe 1 40,000
7. Wood Planner 1 20,000
8. Tool accessories measuring and marking Instruments 25 25,000
9. Band saw blade brazing unit 1 10,000
10.
Miscellaneous LS 1,500
205
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 205
PAINTING AND POLISHING SHOP
1. Spray gun with hose pipe 1
1,000
2. Paint brushes 20
2,000
3. Paint/Varnish LS
2,000
4. Air Compressor with 2 hp
motor
1
set 10,000
5. Miscellaneous LS
2,000
ELECTRICAL SHOP
1. Tool kit (Plier, Srew driver, Knife, Steel rule, hammer,
sciber, pincer steel tape etc.)
20 20,000
2. Fuses, Switches, Plugs, Sockets, Ceiling rose, Wires,
cleats, Clamps, Test lamp, Tester.( as per requirement)
8,000
3. Electric Iron 1 1,500
4. Electric kettle 1 1,500
5. Ceiling fan/table fan 1 2,500
6. Desert cooler 1 5,000
7. Lead acid battery 2 8,000
8. Battery Charger 1 6,000
9. Miscellaneous 3,000
WELDING SHOP
1. Electrical welding transformer set with accessories 3 30,000
206
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 206
2. Gas Cutting Unit 1 3,000
3. Work benches with vices 3 5,000
4. Welding generator set 1 10,000
5. Oxy acetylene welding set with accessories 1 7,000
6. Acetylene generating set 1 6,000
7. Electric welder tool kit 10 10,000
8. Projection welding machine 1 15,000
9. Brazing equipment with accessories 1 10,000
10. Soldering irons 3 1,000
11. Pedestal grinder 1 10,000
Sr.
No.
Description
Qty Total Price
(Rs)
12. Metal spraying gun 1 10,000
13. Spot welder 1 25,000
14. TIG welding set 1 1,00,000
15. MIG welding set 1 1,00,000
16. Welding Partition Screen 5 2,500
17.
Miscellaneous LS
3,000
FITTING AND PLUMBING SHOP
1. Work benches with vices (4 vices on each bench) 5 30,000
2. Marking tables with scribers 4 24,000
3. Surface plates 5 20,000
4. Accessories like calipers, V blocks, height, gauges steel
rules and scribers
25 50,000
5. Tool kits – taps, dies, drills 25 40,000
6. Tool kits – chiesels, hammers, files, hacksaw 25 25,000
7. Drilling machine 2 12,000
8. Pipe vice 4 1,000
9. Chain wrenches 5 1,250
10. Ring spanner set 5 600
11. Pipe die set 2” 2 set 1,000
12. Pipe bending device 1 5,000
13. Various plumbing fittings LS 2,000
14.
Miscellaneous LS
1,500
207
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 207
SHEET METAL SHOP
1. Hammers 8 3,000
2. Mallets (Hard & Soft) 5 2,000
3. Sheet and wire Ganges LS 8,00
4. Shearing Machine 1 20,000
5. Bar folding Machine 1 20,000
6. Burring machine 1 10,000
7. Various sheet (black plain, galvanized iron, corrugated,
Aluminium)
1 Each 1,000
8. Hand Shears/Snippers 4 2,000
9. Nuts, Bolts, Rivets, Screw LS 5,00
10.
Miscellaneous LS
1,000
Sr.
No.
Description
Qty Total Price
(Rs)
MASON SHOP
1.
Mason Trowel 10 1,000
2.
Concrete Finishing Trowel 10 1,000
3.
Gauging Trowel 10 1,000
4.
Margin Trowel 10 1,000
5.
Pointing Trowel 10 1,000
6.
Round Trowel 10 1,000
7.
Mason/Brick Hammer 10 3,000
8.
Comb hammer
10 3,000
9.
Blocking chisel
10 1,000
10.
Plumb bob
10 500
11.
Spirit level
10 1,000
12.
Straight Edge
10 1,000
208
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 208
13.
Jointer
10 1,000
14.
Masonry Pan
10 1,500
15.
Steel Measuring Tape
10 500
16.
Miscellaneous (Bricks, Blocks, Stones, Sand, Cement)
10 3,000
MACHINE SHOP
1. Centre lathes 10 6,00,000
2. Grinder 1 10,000
3. Universal milling machine 1 1,25,000
4. Shaper 2 1,20,000
5. Plainer 2 1,20,000
6. Work bench 3 10,000
7. Precision instruments 1 10,000
8. Hand tools and accessories 2 8,000
9. CNC trainer lathe 1 4,00,000
10.
Miscellaneous LS
5,000
209
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 209
Sr.
No.
Description
Qty
CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS TESTING
A. CONCRETE LABORATORY
1. Compression testing machine (100 T. Capacity) 1
2. Vibration machine 1
3. Electrically heated oven (Thermostatically controlled) 1
4. Blaine Air permeability Apparatus (for testing fineness of cement) 2
5. Vicat's Apparatus 4
6. Le Chatelier's soundness apparatus (to determine quantity of free
lime in cement)
2
7. Slump Cone (to determine the workability of concrete) 2
8. Compactation factor apparatus
(to determine the workability of concrete)
1
9. Vee-Bee apparatus (to determine the workability of concrete) 1
10. Plateform weighing machine 1
11. Concrete cube moulds 12 each
12. Concrete mixers 1
13. Sieve shaker 1
14. Set of sieves 2 Set
15. Beam mould 2
16. Impact testing machine 2
17. Needle vibrator 1Each
18. Flakiness index apparatus 2
19. Elongation index apparatus 2
20. Bar bending and cutter apparatus 2 Set
21. Bulk density apparatus 2
22. Wire basket 4
23. Riffle sampler 2
24. Table vibrator 2
25. Concrete test hammer 1
26. Ultrasonic pulse velocity apparatus 1
B. ROADS AND SOILS LABORATORY
1. Ring and Ball apparatus (with heating mantle) 1
2. CBR apparatus with loading machine 1
3. Flash point and fire point apparatus (Cleaveland type) 1
4. Los angles Abrasion testing machine apparatus 1
210
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 210
Sr.
No.
Description
Qty
5. Water bath (Thermostatically controlled) 1
6. Aggregate impact value testing apparatus with automatic
blow counter
2
7. Penetration value apparatus with timer 1
8. Viscometer Capillary type 1
9. Ductility machine 1
10. Direct shear test apparatus 1
11. Drying oven(Thermostatically controlled) 1
12. Electronic balance 1
13. Standard penetration test equipment 1
14. Soil exploration equipment (Augers etc) 1
15. Sand replacement method apparatus 2
16. Liquid limit and plastic limit apparatus 2 Each
17. Compaction apparatus using light compaction (Proctor Test) 2
18. Grain size distribution test apparatus (sieve set) 2 Set
19. Sieve shaker 2
20. Permeability apparatus 1
21. Proctor penetrometer 1
22. Core cutter apparatus 2
23. Rapid moisture meter 2
24. Pycnometer with burrette 6
25. Liquid limit apparatus (Cone penetrometer method) 2
SURVEY EQUIPMENT AND STORES
1. Plane Table with stand and accessories 16
2. Dumpy level, quick setting level and engineers level
i) Dumpy level - 8
ii) Quick setting level - 8
iii) Engineer' level - 1
17
3. Transit theodolite (Vernier type) 12
4. Prismatic compass 15
5. Planimeter 5
6. Lavelling staves (All aluminimum) 5
7. Total Station 2
8. Ranging rods 60
9. Pantagraph 2
10. Optical square 5
11. Abney level 5
Sr.
No.
Description
Qty
211
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 211
12. Tangent clinometer (Indian Pattern) 5
13. Mirror stereoscope 1
14. Telescopic Alidade 2
15.
Prismatic binoculers
1
16. Metric chain/non-metrics 10
17. Metallic taps/Fibre glass/Invertape 20
18. Tentage, camp equipment and other misc. items and instruments L.S
19. Modern survey equipment L.S
20. Theodolite (Digital) Distomat 1
21. Electronics Distance Measurement (EDM) 1
22. Total Station 1
23. GPS Hands Instrument 1
FLUID MECHANICS AND IRRIGATION LABORATORY
1. Hydraulic Bench 2
2. Impact of Jet apparatus 1
3. Flow measurement apparatus by Venturimeter and Orificemeter 1
4. Pipe Friction apparatus 1
5. Orifice and Mouthpiece apparatus 1
6. Bernoulli's Theorem apparatus 1
7. Flow over a notch apparatus 1
8. Losses in pipe bends apparatus 1
9. Reyonold's apparatus 1
10. Working models of:
- Pelton wheel Turbine
- Francis
- Reciprocating
- Centrifugal pump
- Hydraulic Ram
- Kaplan turbine
1 Each
212
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 212
Sr.
No.
Description
Qty
11. Manometers of different types and pressure gauges like:
- Piezometer - 6
- Differential Manometers (Double column
type manometer) - 10
- Universal manometers (Single column type
manometer) -2
- Inclined tube manometer - 2
- Bourden pressure gauges - 2
- Compound Gauges(Vacuum and pressure
gauge combined) - 2
These apparatus should be purchased alongwith hydraulic bench as
the design of these apparatus depend upon the design of Hydraulic
bench
24
12. Current meter 1
13. Centrifugal pump test Rig. 1
14. Submergible pump set apparatus 1
15. Misc.tools etc. L.S
CIVIL ENGINEERING FABRICATION AND ERECTION SHOP
1. Masonry erection tools, such as iron pans, trowels, plumb bobs,
showels, sets pick axes, corner squares etc.
10
2. Carpenter's tool such as tenonsaw, planes screw drivers, chisel
sets, sets marking guages, pliers, hammers, augers,bevel
squares, files, drills etc.
10
3. Plumber tools, plumbing vice, die and tap sets, pipe wrenches of
different sets sizes, pipe cutters, spanner sets, hammer plier.
5
4. Centering, shuttering and scaffolding
(for an ordinary residential building)
1 Set
5. Pipes and pipe fittings, valves, gulley traps, GI grating, manhole,
covertraps, WC pan with foot rest, flushing cistern, urinal pan
with cistern, taps, wash basin, water meter etc.
L.S
6. Hoisting and conveying equipment tripod, hoist, pulleys, ladders,
ballis etc.
Compressed air equipment with accessories - 1
L.S
7. Steel fabrication equipment with fabricating small trusses,
reinforcement cages, small girder, column beam connections,
column truss connection
1 Set
8. Floor grinding/polishing machine, spray guns etc L.S
Sr.
No.
Description
Qty
ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING LABORATORY
213
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 213
1. Lovibond comparator (for colour determination 1
2. Colorimeter (for colour determination) 1
3. Centrifuge 1
4. Turbiditimeter 1
5. pH meter 1
6. Jar test apparatus (Flocculator) 1
7. Dissolved oxygen meter 1
8. B.O.D incubator 1
9. Water bath with digital controller 1
10. Hot air oven 1
11. Hot plate 2
12. Bacteriological incubator 1
13. Colony counter 1
14. Water sampler 1
15. Water analysis kit 1
16. Water distill 1
17.
Conductivity meter
1
18. Electronic balance 1
19. Chemical Balance 1
20. Inverted microscope 1
21. Model of oxidation ditch 1
22. Working model of Trickling Filter 1
23. Misc. items like noise measurement apparatus etc. L.S
ENERGY CONSERVATION LABORATORY
1
Clamp meter 02 5000
2
Multimeter 02 2000
3
Power Analyser 01 20000
4 Different types of lamps (LS)
− 60 W lamp, 230 V , 100 V
− 200 W lamp
− 500 W lamp
− 100 W lamp, 110 V, 150 V
10 500
5
Lux meter 02 5000
6
Centrifugal pump, 1 kW 1 15,000
7
Standard window A.C. 01 20000
214
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 214
8
Anemometer 02 5000
9
Thermometer 03 2000
10
Flow meter 02 10000
11
Pumping set with at least
two pumps of different
capacity.
1 set 10000
12
Pressure gauge fitted on
discharge lines
1 set 2000
13
Variable Frequency Drive 02 50000
14
A small compressor with a
small network of pipe line
fitted with suitable
pipeline, pressure gauge,
safety valve and loading /
unloading pressure switch.
1 3000
15
Stop watch 2 1000
16
Small blower (1.5 kW
motor) with inlet and outlet
ducts of approximately one
meter length on both sides
1 10000
17
Black Box (for checking
lamp efficacy including
stand and luxmeter)
1 25000
NOTE:
In addition to the above, laboratories in respect of physics, chemistry, Computer Centre etc
will be required for effective implementation of the course. Provision for photocopiers, PC
facilities along with LCD Projection System etc. has also to be made.
215
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 215
(C) Furniture Requirement
Norms and standards laid down by AICTE be followed for working out furniture requirement
for this course.
10.2 Human Resources Development:
Weekly work schedule, annual work schedule, student teacher ratio for various group
and class size, staffing pattern, work load norms, qualifications, experience and job
description of teaching staff workshop staff and other administrative and supporting
staff be worked out as per norms and standards laid down by the AICTE.
11. EVALUATION STRATEGY
11.1 INTRODUCTION
Evaluation plays an important role in the teaching-learning process. The major objective of any teaching-
learning endeavor is to ensure the quality of the product which can be assessed through learner’s evaluation.
The purpose of student evaluation is to determine the extent to which the general and
the specific objectives of curriculum have been achieved. Student evaluation is also
important from the point of view of ascertaining the quality of instructional processes
and to get feedback for curriculum improvement. It helps the teachers in determining
the level of appropriateness of teaching experiences provided to learners to meet their
individual and professional needs. Evaluation also helps in diagnosing learning
difficulties of the students. Evaluation is of two types: Formative and Summative
(Internal and External Evaluation)
Formative Evaluation
It is an on-going evaluation process. Its purpose is to provide continuous and
comprehensive feedback to students and teachers concerning teaching-learning process.
It provides corrective steps to be taken to account for curricular as well as co-curricular
aspects.
Summative Evaluation
It is carried out at the end of a unit of instruction like topic, subject, semester or year.
The main purpose of summative evaluation is to measure achievement for assigning
course grades, certification of students and ascertaining accountability of instructional
process. The student evaluation has to be done in a comprehensive and systematic
manner since any mistake or lacuna is likely to affect the future of students.
216
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 216
In the present educational scenario in India, where summative evaluation plays an
important role in educational process, there is a need to improve the standard of
summative evaluation with a view to bring validity and reliability in the end-term
examination system for achieving objectivity and efficiency in evaluation.
11.2 STUDENTS’ EVALUATION AREAS
The student evaluation is carried out for the following areas:
- Theory
- Practical Work (Laboratory, Workshop, Field Exercises)
- Project Work
- Professional Industrial Training
A. Theory
Evaluation in theory aims at assessing students’ understanding of concepts,
principles and procedures related to a course/subject, and their ability to apply
learnt principles and solve problems. The formative evaluation for theory
subjects may be caused through sessional /class-tests, home-assignments,
tutorial-work, seminars, and group discussions etc. For end-term evaluation of
theory, the question paper may comprise of three sections.
Section-I
It should contain objective type items e.g. multiple choice, matching and completion type.
Total weightage to Section-1 should be of the order of 20 percent of the total marks and no
choice should be given in this section. The objective type items should be used to evaluate
students’ performance in knowledge, comprehension and at the most application domains
only.
Section-II
It should contain short answer/completion items. The weightage to this
section should be of the order of 40 percent of the total marks. Again, no
choice should be given in section-II
Section-III
It may contain two to three essay type questions. Total weightage to this
section should be of the order of 40 percent of the total marks. Some built-in,
internal choice of about 50 percent of the questions set, can be given in this
section
Table II : Suggested Weightage to be given to different ability levels
Abilities Weightage to be assigned
Knowledge 10-30 percent
Comprehension 40-60 percent
217
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 217
Application 20-30 percent
Higher than application i.e. Analysis,
Synthesis and Evaluation
Upto 10 percent
B. Practical Work
Evaluation of students performance in practical work (Laboratory
experiments, Workshop practicals/field exercises) aims at assessing students
ability to apply or practice learnt concepts, principles and procedures,
manipulative skills, ability to observe and record, ability to interpret and draw
conclusions and work related attitudes. Formative and summative evaluation
may comprise of weightages to performance on task, quality of product,
general behaviour and it should be followed by viva-voce.
C. Project Work
The purpose of evaluation of project work is to assess students ability to apply,
in an integrated manner, learnt knowledge and skills in solving real life
problems, manipulative skills, ability to observe, record, creativity and
communication skills. The formative and summative evaluation may
comprise of weightage to nature of project, quality of product, quality of
report and quality of presentation followed by viva-voce.
D. Professional Industrial Training
Evaluation of professional industrial training report and viva-voce/
presentation aims at assessing students’ understanding of materials, industrial
processes, practices in the industry/field and their ability to engage in activities
related to problem-solving in industrial setting as well as understanding of
application of learnt knowledge and skills in real life situation. The formative
and summative evaluation may comprise of weightages to performance in
testing, general behaviour, quality of report and presentation during viva-voce.
218
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 218
12. RECOMMENDATIONS FOR EFFECTIVE CURRICULUM
IMPLEMENTATION
This curriculum document is a Plan of Action and has been prepared based on exhaustive
exercise of curriculum planning and design. The representative sample comprising selected
senior personnel (lecturers and HODs) from various institutions and experts from
industry/field have been involved in curriculum design process.
The document so prepared is now ready for its implementation. It is the faculty of
polytechnics who have to play a vital role in planning instructional experiences for the
courses in four different environments viz. class-room, laboratory, library and field and
execute them in right perspective. It is emphasized that a proper mix of different teaching
methods in all these places of instruction only can bring the changes in stipulated students
behaviour as in the curriculum document. It is important for the teachers to understand
curriculum document holistically and further be aware of intricacies of teaching-learning
process (T-L) for achieving curriculum objectives. Given below are certain suggestions
which may help the teachers in planning and designing learning experiences effectively.
These are indicative in nature and teachers using their creativity can further develop/refine
them. The designers of the programme suggest every teacher to read them carefully,
comprehend and start using them.
(A) Broad Suggestions:
1. Curriculum implementation takes place at programme, course and class-room level
respectively and synchronization among them is required for its success. The first
step towards achieving synchronization is to read curriculum document holistically
and understand its rationale and philosophy.
2. An academic plan needs to be prepared and made available to all polytechnics well in
advance. The Principals have a great role to play in its dissemination and, percolation
upto grass-root level. Polytechnics, in turn are supposed to prepare institutional
academic plan.
3. HOD of every Programme Department along with HODs and incharges of other
departments are required to prepare academic plan at department level referring to
institutional academic plan.
4. All lecturers/Senior lecturers are required to prepare course level and class level
lesson plans referring departmental academic plan.
(B) Course Level Suggestions
219
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 219
Teachers are educational managers at class room level and their success in achieving
course level objectives lies in using course plan and their judicious execution which is
very important for the success of programme by achieving its objectives.
Polytechnic teachers are required to plan various instructional experiences viz. theory
lecture, expert lectures, lab/workshop practicals, guided library exercises, field visits,
study tours, camps etc. In addition, they have to carry out progressive assessment of
theory, assignments, library, practicals and field experiences. Teachers are also
required to do all these activities within a stipulated period of time. It is essential for
them to use the given time judiciously by planning all above activities properly and
ensure execution of the plan effectively.
Following is the gist of suggestions for subject teachers to carry out T-L process
effectively:
1. Teachers are required to prepare a course plan, taking into account departmental
academic plan, number of weeks available and courses to be taught.
2. Teachers are required to prepare lesson plan for every theory class. This plan may
comprise of contents to be covered, learning material for execution of a lesson plan.
They may follow steps for preparing lesson plan e.g. drawing attention, state
instructional objectives, help in recalling pre-requisite knowledge, deliver planned
subject content, check desired learning outcomes and reinforce learning etc.
3. Teachers are required to plan for expert lectures from field/industry. Necessary steps
are to plan in advance, identify field experts, make correspondence to invite them,
take necessary budgetary approval etc.
4. Teachers are required to plan for guided library exercises by identification of course
specific experience requirement, setting time, assessment, etc. The assignments and
seminars can be thought of as terminal outcome of library experiences.
5. Concept and content based field visits may be planned and executed for such content
of course which is abstract in nature and no other requisite resources are readily
available in institute to impart them effectively.
6. There is a dire need for planning practical experiences in right perspective. These
slots in a course are the avenues to use problem based learning/activity learning/
experiential learning approach effectively. The development of lab instruction sheets
for the course is a good beginning to provide lab experiences effectively.
7. Planning of progressive assessment encompasses periodical assessment in a
semester, preparation of proper quality question paper, assessment of answer
sheets immediately and giving constructive feed back to every student
8. The student centred activities may be used to develop generic skills like task
management, problem solving, managing self, collaborating with others etc.
220
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 220
9. Where ever possible, it is essential to use activity based learning rather than
relying on delivery based conventional teaching all the time.
10. Teachers may take initiative in establishing liaison with industries and field
organizations for imparting field experiences to their students.
11. Students be made aware about issues related to ecology and environment, safety,
concern for wastage of energy and other resources etc.
12. Students may be given relevant and well thought out project assignments, which are
purposeful and develop practical skills. This will help students in developing
creativity and confidence for their gainful employment.
13. A Project bank may be developed by the concerned department of the polytechnics in
consultation with related Industry, research institutes and other relevant field
organizations in the state.
13. LIST OF PARTICIPANTS
The following experts have participated in workshop for Developing the Curricula
Structure and Contents of various Diploma Programmes for UP State on 5-6 April,
2018 at NITTTR, Chandigarh:
1. Sh. Pankaj Yadav, Assistant Director, Directorate of Technical Education, Kanpur
2. Sh. Lal Ji Patel, Text Book Officer/CDC Officer, IRDT, Kanpur
3. Mohd. Qamruzzaman, Lecturer English, Government Polytechnic, Kanpur
4. Sh. Anjani Kumar Sharma, HOD, Chemical Engg. Government Polytechnic, Chandari
5. Dr. Balram, Lecturer Maths, Government Polytechnic, Lucknow
6. Sh. Sanjay Kumar Singh, Lecturer, Electrnics, Government Polytechnic, Aurai, Bhadohi,
UP.
7. Sh. Nirdosh Kumar, Lecturer, Electrical Engg. Government Polytechnic, Naraini, Banda
8. Sh. Vinod Sonthwal, Lecturer, Civil Engg. NITTTR, Chandigarh
9. Sh. Vikas Choudhary, Lecturer, Civil Engg. Government Polytechnic, Changipur, Bijnor
10.Sh. Ashish Kumar, Head, Mechanical Engg. Government Polytechnic, Narwana Khurd,
Meerut
11.Sh. Gopal Chandra Nayak, Assistant Professor, Regional Institute of English, Sector 32-C,
Chandigarh.
12. Sh. Amit Doegar, Assistant Professor, Computer Science and Engg. NITTTR,
Chandigarh
13. Dr. Kanika Sharma, Assistant Professor, ECE, NITTTR, Chandigarh
14. Mrs. Shano Solanki, Assistant Professor, Computer Science and Engg. NITTTR,
Chandigarh
15. Dr. Lini Mathew, Associate Professor, Electrical Engg. NITTTR, Chandigarh
16. Dr. KC Lachhwani, Assistant Professor, Applied Science, NITTTR, Chandigarh
17. Mrs. Rama Chhabra, Associate Professor, CDC, NITTTR, Chandigarh
18. Dr. AB Gupta, HOD, CDC, NITTTR, Chandigarh
19. Sh. Roshan Lal, Sr. Lecturer, Kalpana Chawla Govt. Polytechnic for Women, Ambala
City
20. Dr. P. Sudhakar Rao, Assistant Professor, Mechanical Engg. NITTTR, Chandigarh
21. Sh. Kamal Kumar, Lecturer, Computer, Government Girls Polytechnic, Lucknow
22. Sh. Pravesh Verma, Deputy Secretary, Board of Technical Education, Lucknow
221
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 221
23. Dr. Dinesh Yadav, Lecturer, Physics, Government Polytechnic, Bareilly
24. Dr. Yogendra Singh, Lecturer, Chemistry, Government Polytechnic, Ghaziabad
25. Professor Seema Kapoor, Dr. SSBUICET, Panjab University, Chandigarh
26.Sh. Navdeep Singh, Sr. Lecturer, Computer Sc. Engg. Government Polytechnic,
KhuniMajra, Mohali
27. Sh. Gurmail Singh, Sr. Lecturer, ECE, Government Polytechnic, KhuniMajra, Mohali
28. Dr. Shimi S.L., Assistant Professor, Electrical Engg. NITTTR, Chandigarh
222
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 222
The following experts have participated in workshop for Developing the Curricula
Structure and Contents of various Diploma Programmes for UP State on 18-19 April,
2018 at NITTTR, Chandigarh:
1. Sh. Ram Partap Singh, Instructor, Drawings, Government Polytechnic, Kanpur
2. Sh. Narendra Kumar, Workshop Superintendent, Government Polytechnic, Kanpur
3. Sh. Rajeev Kumar, Workshop Superintendent, Government Polytechnic, Jaunpur
4.. Vikas Choudhary, Lecturer, Civil Engg. Government Polytechnic, Changipur, Noorpur
Bijnor
5. Sh. Rahul Singh, Lecturer, Civil Engg. Government Polytechnic, Changipur, Noorpur
Bijnor
6. Sh. Lal Ji Patel, Text Book Officer/CDC Officer, IRDT, Kanpur
7. Sh. Kamal Kumar, Lecturer, Computer, Government Girls Polytechnic, Lucknow
8. Sh. Sheetanshu Krishna, Government Polytechnic, Amethi
9. Sh. Amit Doegar, Assistant Professor, Computer Science and Engg. NITTTR, Chandigarh
10. Sh. Shirish Tripathi, Government Polytechnic, Unnao
11. Sh. Sanjay Kumar Singh, Government Polytechnic, Aurai, Bhadohi, UP
12. Dr. Kanika Sharma, Assistant Professor, ECE, NITTTR, Chandigarh
13. Mrs. Himmi Gupta, Assistant Professor, Civil Engg. NITTTR, Chandigarh
14. Ms. VarshreeGangwar, Lecturer, Chemical Engg. Government Polytechnic, Budaun
15. Dr. Poonam Syal, Associate Professor, Electrical Engg. NITTTR, Chandigarh
16. Dr. P. Sudhakar Rao, Assistant Professor, Mechanical Engg. NITTTR, Chandigarh
17. Sh. PK Singla, Associate Professor, CDC, NITTTR, Chandigarh
18. Mrs. Rama Chhabra, Associate Professor, CDC, NITTTR, Chandigarh
19. Mohd. Rizwanullah Siddiqui, HOD, Electrical Engg. Government Polytechnic, Lucknow
20. Sh. O.P. Choudhary, Lecturer, Electrical Engg. Government Polytechnic, Lucknow
21. Sh. Tushar Kiran, Lecturer, Mechanical Engg. Government Polytechnic, Lucknow
22. Sh. HeeraSiddiqui, Lecturer, Chemical Engg. Government Polytechnic, Lakhiurpur
23. Sh. R.P. Bhardwaj, Workshop Superintendent, Aryabhat Institute of Technology, Delhi-
33.
24. Dr. AB Gupta, HOD, CDC, NITTTR, Chandigarh
223
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 223
The following experts have participated in workshop for Developing Curriculum
Contents for 1st
year of 6 diploma programmes for UP State on 4th
May, 2018 at State
Board of Technical Education, Lucknow:
1. Sh. S.K. Govil, Ex Secretary, SIMT, JEEC
2. Dr. Amrita Mishra, Lecturer, Chemistry, Government Polytechnic, Lucknow
3. Sh. Ashok Kushwaha, Head, Computer, Government Polytechnic, Lucknow
4. Sh. Faizan Ahmad, Lecturer, Chemical Engg., Sanjay Gandhi Polytechnic, Jagdishpur,
Amethi
5. Dr. Kalpana Singh, Lecturer, Physics, Government Polytechnic, Lucknow
6. Sh. Alok Srivastava, HOD, Civil Engg. Government Polytechnic, Shahjahanpur
7. Dr. Vinod Kashyap, Lecturer, English, Government Polytechnic, Lucknow
8. Sh. Rakesh Kumar, Lecturer, Electronics, Government Polytechnic, Barabanki
9. Sh. Subhash Chandra Misra, Retired Sr. DDG, BSNL, DOT, GOI
10. Sh. Brijesh Mishra, Softpro India
11. Sh. Ajay Choudhary, ,Softpro India
12. Sh. FR Khan, JEEC, UP
13. Sh. K. Ram, Joint Director, (CZ)
14. Sh. Manish Kumar, Lecturer, Government Polytechnic, Unnao
15.Sh. Prabhakar Tiwari, HOD, Electrical Engg. Government Polytechnic, Premdharpatti,
Pratapgarh
16. Sh. RK Singh, HOD, Electronics, Government Polytechnic, Pratapgarh
17. Ms. Rashmi Sonkar, HOD, IT, Government Girls Polytechnic, Faizabad
18. Sh. Ankit Gupta, Lecturer, Mechanical Engg. Government Polytechnic, Lucknow
19. Ms. Meenu Dwivedi, Lecturer, Mechanical Engg. Government Polytechnic, Lucknow
20. Sh. Sanjay Kumar Srivastava, Tata Motors Ltd., Lucknow
21. Sh. Kamal Kumar, Lecturer, Computer, Government Girls Polytechnic, Lucknow
22. Sh. Manoj Kumar, Director, IRDT, Technical Education, Kanpur
23. Sh. RC Rajput, Director, Technical Education, Kanpur
24. Sh. Sanjeeva Kumar Singh, Secretary, Board of Technical Education, Lucknow
25. Sh. Pravesh Verma, Electrical Engg. Board of Technical Education, Lucknow
26. Sh. Lal Ji Patel, Text Book Officer/CDC Officer, IRDT, Kanpur
27. Sh,.Ashrapal, Principal, Government Polytechnic, Tundla, Firozabad
28. Sh. Sandeep Kumar, Lecturer, Computer, Government Polytechnic, Allahabad
29. Sh. Umesh Chand Yadav, Government Polytechnic, Lucknow
30. Sh. OP Chaudhari, Lecturer, Government Polytechnic, Lucknow
224
CORRECTED AND APPROVED BY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD
ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR
Page 224
The following experts have participated in workshop for Developing Curriculum
Contents of 2nd
year and 3rd
year subjects of diploma courses in Civil Engineering for
UP State on 6-7 September, 2018 at NITTTR, Chandigarh:
1. Sh. Vikas Choudhary, Lecturer, Civil Engg. Government Polytechnic, Changipur,
Noorpur Bijnor
2. Sh. Rahul Singh, Lecturer, Civil Engg. Government Polytechnic, Ghaziabad
3. Sh. Lokendra Narayan Tripathi, Lecturer, Civil Engg., Government Polytechnic, Orai
(Jalaun)
4. Sh. Sahil Sharma, HOD, Civil Engg., Government Polytechnic, Mawana (running at
G.Ply, Bijnor)
5. Sh. Alok Srivastava, HOD, Civil Engg. Government Polytechnic, Shahjahanpur
6. Sh. Ashok Kushwaha, Head, Computer, Government Polytechnic, Lucknow
7. Mrs. Himmi Gupta, Assistant Professor, Civil Engg. NITTTR, Chandigarh
8. Sh. Rabinder Singh, Principal, Guru Nanak Dev Polytechnic College, Ludhiana
9. Sh. Guralam Singh, SDO, Irrigation Department, Punjab(now on deputation with
vigilance bureau, Punjab)
10. Sh. Jasbir Singh Kalra, Head Draftsman, UT, Chandigarh Engg. Deptt.
11. Sh. Jagdish Lal Gogna, President, National Human Rights Committee, Chandigarh.

322 civil engineering compiled syllabus.pdf

  • 1.
    1 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 1 C Cu ur rr ri ic cu ul lu um m f fo or r D Di ip pl lo om ma a P Pr ro og gr ra am mm me e i in n C CI IV VI IL L E EN NG GI IN NE EE ER RI IN NG G F Fo or r t th he e S St ta at te e o of f U Ut tt ta ar r P Pr ra ad de es sh h P Pr re ep pa ar re ed d b by y: : C Cu ur rr ri ic cu ul lu um m D De ev ve el lo op pm me en nt t C Ce en nt tr re e N Na at ti io on na al l I In ns st ti it tu ut te e o of f T Te ec ch hn ni ic ca al l T Te ea ac ch he er rs s T Tr ra ai in ni in ng g a an nd d R Re es se ea ar rc ch h S Se ec ct to or r 2 26 6, , C Ch ha an nd di ig ga ar rh h - - 1 16 60 0 0 01 19 9 F Fe eb br ru ua ar ry y, , 2 20 01 19 9 Approved and Implemented by B.T.E,U.P (Effective from session 2019-20)
  • 2.
    2 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 2 CONTENTS Sr. No Particulars Page No. - Preface (i) - Acknowledgement (ii) 1. Salient Features of the Diploma Programme 1 2. Employment Opportunities 3 3. Learning Outcomes of the Programme 5 4. Deriving Curriculum Areas from Learning Outcomes of the Programme 7 5. Abstract of Curriculum Areas 10 6. Horizontal and Vertical Organization of the Subjects 12 7. Study and Evaluation Scheme 13 8. Guidelines (for Assessment of Student Centered Activities and Internal Assessment) 19 9. Detailed Contents of various Subjects 20-182
  • 3.
    3 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 3 FIRST SEMESTER 1.1 Communication Skills-I 20 1.2 Applied Mathematics - I 23 1.3 Applied Physics – I 26 1.4 Applied Chemistry 32 1.5 Engineering Drawing-I 37 1.6 Construction Materials 41 1.7 General Workshop Practice - I 45 SECOND SEMESTER 2.1 Applied Mathematics - II 49 2.2 Computer Aided Drawing 51 2.3 Applied Mechanics 53 2.4 Basics of Mechanical and Electrical Engg. 57 2.5 Basics of Information Technology 63 2.6 General Workshop Practice -II 68 THIRD SEMESTER 3.1 Hydraulics and Hydraulic Machines 71 3.2 Concrete Technology 75 3.3 Environmental Studies 81 3.4 Structural Mechanics 84 3.5 Building Construction 88 3.6 Building Drawings 95 FOURTH SEMESTER 4.1 Communication Skill-II 98 4.2 Highway Engineering 101 4.3 Irrigation Engineering 107 4.4 Surveying - I 111 4.5 Reinforced Cement Concrete Structures (RCC Structures) 116
  • 4.
    4 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 4 4.6 Energy Conservation 120 4.7 RCC Drawing 125 Industrial Training 127 FIFTH SEMESTER 5.1 Water and Waste Water Engineering 128 5.2 Railways, Bridges and Tunnels 134 5.3 Earthquake Engineering 138 5.4 Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering 141 5.5 Surveying-II 148 5.6 Waste Water and Irrigation Engineering Drawing 152 5.7 Universal Human Values 155 SIXTH SEMESTER - Survey Camp 159 6.1 Quantity Surveying and Valuation 160 6.2 Construction Management, Accounts and Entrepreneurship Development 164 6.3 Design of Steel Structure 169 6.4 Steel Structure Drawing 172 6.5 Software Application in Civil Engineering 174 6.6 Elective 175 6.7 Project Work 185 10. Resource Requirement 189 11. Evaluation Strategy 203 12. Recommendations for Effective Implementation of Curriculum 206 13. List of Participants 209
  • 5.
    5 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 5 PREFACE An important issue generally debated amongst the planners and educators world over is how technical education can contribute to sustainable development of the societies struggling hard to come in the same bracket as that of the developed nations. The rapid industrialization and globalization has created an environment for free flow of information and technology through fast and efficient means. This has led to shrinking of the world, bringing people from different culture and environment together and giving rise to the concept of world turning into a global village. In India, a shift has taken place from the forgettable years of closed economy to knowledge based and open economy in the last few decades. In order to cope with the challenges of handling new technologies, materials and methods, we have to develop human resources having appropriate professional knowledge, skills and attitude. Technical education system is one of the significant components of the human resource development and has grown phenomenally during all these years. Now it is time to consolidate and infuse quality aspect through developing human resources, in the delivery system. Polytechnics play an important role in meeting the requirements of trained technical manpower for industries and field organizations. The initiatives being taken by the State Board of Technical Education, UP to revise the existing curricula of 6 diploma programmes as per the needs of the industry and making them NSQF compliant,are laudable. In order to meet the requirements of future technical manpower, we will have to revamp our existing technical education system and one of the most important requirements is to develop outcome-based curricula of diploma programmes. The curricula for diploma programmes have been revised by adopting time-tested and nationally acclaimed scientific method, laying emphasis on the identification of learning outcomes of diploma programme. The real success of the diploma programme depends upon its effective implementation. However best the curriculum document is designed, if that is not implemented properly, the output will not be as expected. In addition to acquisition of appropriate physical resources, the availability of motivated, competent and qualified faculty is essential for effective implementation of the curricula. It is expected of the polytechnics to carry out job market research on a continuous basis to identify the new skill requirements, reduce or remove outdated and redundant courses, develop innovative methods of course offering and thereby infuse the much needed dynamism in the system. Dr. SS Pattnaik Director National Institute of Technical Teachers Training & Research Chandigarh
  • 6.
    6 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 6 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS We gratefully acknowledge the guidance and contribution received from the following persons: i) Sh. Bhuvnesh Kumar , IAS, Secretary Govt. of UP, Technical Education Department, Secretariat Lucknow. ii) Sh.R.C. Rajput,Director, Technical Education, UP for taking keen interest in the review of this curriculum. iii) Sh.ManojKumar, Director, I.R.D.T.,Kanpur for entrusting this project of Curriculum revision to NITTTR, Chandigarh. iv) Secretary, Board of Technical Education, UP for keen interest for this project of review curriculum. v) Director, National Institute of Technical Teachers’ Training and Research, Chandigarh for his support and academic freedom provided to Curriculum Development Centre. vi) All the participants from industry/field organizations, engineering colleges, polytechnics and other technical institutions for their professional inputs during curriculum workshops. vii) Sh. AshokKushwaha,TextBookOfficer/CDCOfficer,IRDT,Kanpur viii) Faculty/SubjectExperts from U.P. Government polytechnics ix) Faculty from different departments of NITTTR, Chandigarh for content updation. x) Ramesh Gupta, UDC for her support and secretarial assistance in the conduct of Curriculum workshops at Chandigarh xi) Amit Kumar Sachdeva, LDC, Curriculum Development Centre for word processing this document Coordinator
  • 7.
    7 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 7 1. SALIENT FEATURES OF DIPLOMA PROGRAMME IN CIVIL ENGINEERING 1) Name of the Programme : Diploma Programme in Civil Engineering 2) Duration of the Programme : Three years (Six Semesters) 3) Entry Qualification : Matriculation or equivalent NSQF Level as Prescribed by State Board of Technical Education, UP 4) Intake : 60 (or as prescribed by the Board) 5) Pattern of the Programme : Semester Pattern 6) NSQF Level : Level - 5 7) Ratio between theory and : 45 : 55 (Approx.) Practical 8) Industrial Training: Four weeks of industrial training is included after IV semester during summer vacation. Total marks allotted to industrial training will be 50. 9) Ecology and Environment : As per Govt. of India directives, a subject on Environmental Studies has been incorporated in the curriculum. 10) Energy Conservation: A subject on Energy Conservation has been incorporated in the curriculum. 11) Entrepreneurship Development: A full subject on Construction Management Accounts and Entrepreneurship Development has been incorporated in the curriculum. 12) Student Centred Activities: A provision of 3-6 hrs per week has been made for organizing Student Centred Activities for overall personality development of students. Such activities will comprise of co–curricular activities such as expert lectures, self study, games, hobby classes like photography, painting, singing etc. seminars, declamation contests, educational field visits, NCC, NSS and other cultural activities, disaster management and safety etc. 13) Project work A project work has been included in the curriculum to enable the student get familiarize with the practices and procedures being followed in the industries and provide an opportunity to work on some live projects in the industry.
  • 8.
    8 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 8 2. EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIES FOR DIPLOMA HOLDERS IN CIVIL ENGINEERING Keeping in view, the present scenario of activities in the field of Civil Engineering, following employment opportunities are visualized for diploma holders in Civil Engineering: a) Wage Employment in: i) Government Departments/Public sector / /Boards/ Corporations/ private construction companies ii) Service sector i.e. Estate Offices of Business organizations/ Universities/Colleges, Hotels , Hospitals etc. specially for repair and maintenance of buildings and their upkeep. iii) Military Engineering Services/BRO/Defence/Railways/ Power Projects/Banks/ Municipal Corporations and Committees/Airport Authority and Harbours etc. iv) Installation of communication towers and framed structure. v) Testing laboratories vi) Technical institutions. b) Self employment opportunities: i) Small building contractors/Licensed contractors (Class B) ii) Approved building planner and valuer iii) Plumbing and water supply fitting contracts iv) White washing, distempering, repair and maintenance of buildings, renovations, POP work, texture work, false ceiling, specialized flooring etc.Anti - termite treatment Erection job v) Construction material suppliers/marketing vi) Preparation of computer aided design and drafting jobs vii) Estimating and costing jobs/bill maker viii) Surveyor/loss assessment/valuation of buildings etc ix) Water proofing of existing and new building
  • 9.
    9 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 9 x) A small enterprise like precast elements/hume pipes/water proofing chemicals, RCC pipes, hollow blocks, shuttering etc. xi) Rain water harvesting system installation xii) Sanitary Installation 3. LEARNING OUTCOMES OF DIPLOMA PROGRAMME IN CIVIL ENGINEERING At the end of the programme, a diploma holder in Civil Engineering will be able to: 1. Communicate effectively in English with others 2. Apply basic principles of Mathematics and Science to solve engineering problems 3. Prepare computerized reports, presentations using IT tools and computer application software 4. Use cutting tools and tooling for fabrication of jobs by following safe practices during work 5. Use appropriate procedures for preventing environmental pollution and energy conservation 6. Use basic concepts and principles of fluid mechanics as applied to civil engineering practices. 7. Apply concepts of mechanics to solve Engineering problems 8. Carry out various types of surveying like levelling, plane tabling, theodolite surveying, and tachometry and contouring; and use modern surveying techniques like total station, remote sensing, GIS and GPS. 9. Select, Use and carry our testing of construction materials including eco friendly and advanced materials as per their suitability and availability 10. Supervise various building construction works from substructure to superstructure and their finishing operations. 11. Prepare, read and interpret, component drawing, building drawings and layout 12. Supervise production, placement and quality control of concrete operations. 13. Supervise construction of pre cast elements. 14. Carry out layout plan of water supply, sewerage and sanitary systems and monitor quality of water and waste water 15. Supervise constructional aspects pertaining to irrigation structures 16. Prepare, read and interpret public health and irrigation engineering drawings 17. Analyse and design simple structural elements of R.C.C.
  • 10.
    10 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 10 18. Supervise constructional aspects pertaining to highway engineering 19. Prepare, read and interpret R.C.C. drawings 20. Prepare topographical plan of an area 21. Use various computer softwares in the field of Civil Engineering 22. Supervise constructional aspects pertaining to railways, bridges and tunnels 23. Analyse, use and treat various types of soils for foundation purpose 24. Plan and execute given task/projects as a team member/ leader 25. Analyse and design simple structural elements of steel 26. Prepare material estimates as per CSR, Specifications, costing, valuation and tender documents as per given drawings and prepare bill of quantity of construction. 27. Apply basic principles of construction management techniques and accounts in Civil Engineering 28. Carry out repair, maintenance and retrofitting of buildings as per requirement 29. Use various advanced constructional techniques for construction of high rise and earthquake resistant structures keeping safety aspects in mind. 30. Plan and execute activities related to disaster management. 31. Apply the knowledge and skills gained through various courses in solving live problems/projects in the field 32. Demonstrate appropriate values and attitude.
  • 11.
    11 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 11 4. DERIVING CURRICULUM AREAS FROM LEARNING OUTCOMES OF THE PROGRAMME The following curriculum area subjects have been derived from learning outcomes: Sr. No. Learning Outcomes Curriculum Areas/Subjects 1. Communicate effectively in English with others − Communication Skills − Student Centred Activities (SCA) 2. Apply basic principles of Mathematics and Science to solve engineering problems − Applied Mathematics − Applied Physics − Applied Chemistry 3. Prepare computerized reports, presentations using IT tools and computer application software − Basics of Information Technology 4. Use cutting tools and tooling for fabrication of jobs by following safe practices during work − General Workshop Practice − Basics of Mechanical and Electrical Engg. 5. Use appropriate procedures for preventing environmental pollution and energy conservation − Environmental Studies − Energy Conservation 6. Use basic concepts and principles of fluid mechanics as applied to civil engineering practices. − Hydraulics and Hydraulic Machines 7. Apply concepts of mechanics to solve Engineering problems − Applied Mechanics − Structural Mechanics 8. Carry out various types of surveying like levelling, plane tabling, theodolite surveying, and tachometry and contouring; and use modern surveying techniques like total station, remote sensing, GIS and GPS. − Quantity Surveying and Valuation 9. Select, Use and carry our testing of construction materials including eco friendly and advanced materials as per their suitability and availability − Construction Materials 10. Supervise various building construction works from substructure to superstructure and their finishing operations. − Building Construction − Building Drawings 11. Prepare, read and interpret, component drawing, building drawings and layout − Engineering Drawing 12. Supervise production, placement and quality control of concrete operations. − Concrete Technology
  • 12.
    12 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 12 13. Supervise construction of pre cast elements. − Reinforced Cement Concrete Structures (RCC Structures) 14. Carry out layout plan of water supply, sewerage and sanitary systems and monitor quality of water and waste water − Water and Waste water Engineering 15. Supervise constructional aspects pertaining to irrigation structures − Irrigation Engineering 16. Prepare, read and interpret public health and irrigation engineering drawings − Waste Water and Irrigation Engineering Drawing 17. Analyse and design simple structural elements of R.C.C. − Reinforced Cement Concrete Structures (RCC Structures) 18. Supervise constructional aspects pertaining to highway engineering − Highway Engineering 19. Prepare, read and interpret R.C.C. drawings − RCC Drawing 20. Prepare topographical plan of an area − Surveying 21. Use various computer softwares in the field of Civil Engineering − Computer Aided Drawing − Software Application in Civil Engineering 22. Supervise constructional aspects pertaining to railways, bridges and tunnels − Railways, Bridges and Tunnels 23. Analyse, use and treat various types of soils for foundation purpose − Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering 24. Plan and execute given task/projects as a team member/ leader − Project Work 25. Analyse and design simple structural elements of steel − Design of Steel Structure − Steel Structure Drawing 26. Prepare material estimates as per CSR, Specifications, costing, valuation and tender documents as per given drawings and prepare bill of quantity of construction. − Quantity Surveying and Valuation 27. Apply basic principles of construction management techniques and accounts in Civil Engineering − Construction Management, Accounts and Entrepreneurship Development 28. Carry out repair, maintenance and retrofitting of buildings as per requirement − Repair and Maintenance of Buildings 29. Use various advanced constructional techniques for construction of high rise and earthquake resistant structures keeping safety aspects in mind. − Earthquake Engineering
  • 13.
    13 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 13 30. Plan and execute activities related to disaster management. − Analysis of Structures 31. Apply the knowledge and skills gained through various courses in solving live problems/projects in the field − Project Work 32. Demonstrate appropriate values and attitude. − Student Centred Activities
  • 14.
    14 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 14 5. ABSTRACT OF CURRICULUM AREAS a) General Studies 1. Communication Skills 2. Environmental Studies 3. Energy Conservation b) Applied Sciences 4. Applied Mathematics 5. Applied Physics 6. Applied Chemistry c) Basic Courses in Engineering/Technology 7. Engineering Drawing 8. General Workshop Practice 9. Basics of Mechanical and Electrical Engg. 10. Basics of Information Technology d) Applied Courses in Engineering/Technology 11. Construction Materials 12. Computer Aided Drawing 13. Applied Mechanics 14. Hydraulics and Hydraulic Machines 15. Concrete Technology 16. Structural Mechanics 17. Building Construction 18. Building Drawings 19. Construction Materials 20. Computer Aided Drawing 21. Applied Mechanics 22. Hydraulics and Hydraulic Machines 23. Concrete Technology 24. RCC Drawing 25. Water and Waste water Engineering 26. Railways, Bridges and Tunnels 27. Earthquake Engineering
  • 15.
    15 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 15 28. Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering 29. Waste Water and Irrigation Engineering Drawing 30. Quantity Surveying and Valuation 31. Construction Management, Accounts and Entrepreneurship Development 32. Design of Steel Structure 33. Steel Structure Drawing 34. Software Applications in Civil Engineering e) Industrial Training 35. Project Work f) Elective 36. Repair and Maintenance of Buildings 37. Plumbing Services 38. Analysis of Structures
  • 16.
    16 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 16 6. HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL ORGANISATION OF THE SUBJECTS Sr. No. Subjects Distribution in Periods per week in Various Semesters I II III IV V VI 1. Communication Skills 6 - - 6 - - 2. Applied Mathematics 5 5 - - - - 3. Applied Physics 7 - - - - - 4. Applied Chemistry 7 - - - - - 5. Engineering Drawing 8 - - - - - 6. Construction Materials 5 - - - - - 7. General Workshop Practice 8 8 - - - - 8. Computer Aided Drawing - 8 - - - - 9. Applied Mechanics - 7 - - - - 10. Basics of Mechanical and Electrical Engg. - 8 - - - - 11. Basics of Information Technology - 6 - - - - 12. Hydraulics and Hydraulic Machines - - 8 - - - 13. Concrete Technology - - 8 - - - 14. Environmental Studies - - 3 - - - 15. Structural Mechanics - - 8 - - - 16. Building Construction - - 9 - - - 17. Building Drawings - - 8 - - - 18. Highway Engineering - - - 8 - - 19. Irrigation Engineering - - - 5 - - 20. Surveying - I - - - 12 12 - 21. Reinforced Cement Concrete Structures (RCC Structures) - - - 6 - - 22. Energy Conservation - - - 5 - - 23. RCC Drawing - - - 4 - - 24. Water and Waste water Engineering - - - - 8 - 25. Railways, Bridges and Tunnels - - - - 6 - 26. Earthquake Engineering - - - - 4 - 27. Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering - - - - 8 - 28. Waste Water and Irrigation Engineering Drawing - - - - 6 - 29. Universal Human Values 3 30. Quantity Surveying and Valuation - - - - - 6 31. Construction Management, Accounts and Entrepreneurship Development - - - - - 5 32. Design of Steel Structure - - - - - 6 33. Steel Structure Drawing - - - - - 4 34. Software Applications in Civil Engineering - - - - - 8 35. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT - - - - - 5 36. Project Work - - - - - 10 37. Student Centred Activities (SCA) 2 6 4 2 1 4
  • 17.
    17 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 17 Total 48 48 48 48 48 48 7. STUDY AND EVALUATION SCHEME FOR DIPLOMA PROGRAMME IN CIVIL ENGINEERING FIRST SEMESTER Sr. No. SUBJECTS STUDY SCHEME Periods/Week Credi ts MARKS IN EVALUATION SCHEME Total Marks of Internal & External INTERNAL ASSESSMENT EXTERNAL ASSESSMENT L T P Th Pr Tot Th Hrs Pr Hrs Tot 1. 1 *Communication Skills-I 4 - 2 4 20 10 30 50 2 ½ 20 3 70 100 1. 2 *Applied Mathematics - I 5 - - 4 20 - 20 50 2 ½ - - 50 70 1. 3 *Applied Physics – I 5 - 2 5 20 10 30 50 2 ½ 20 3 70 100 1. 4 *Applied Chemistry 5 - 2 5 20 10 30 50 2 ½ 20 3 70 100 1. 5 *Engineering Drawing-I - - 8 2 40 - 40 60 3 - - 60 100 1. 6 Construction Materials 3 - 2 3 20 10 30 50 2 ½ 20 3 70 100 1. 7 General Workshop Practice - I - - 8 2 - 40 40 - - 60 4 60 100 #Student Centred Activities (SCA) - - 2 1 - 30 30 - - - - - 30 Total 22 - 26 26 140 110 250 310 - 140 - 450 700 * Common with other diploma programmes # Student Centred Activities will comprise of co-curricular activities like extension lectures, games, hobby clubs e.g. photography etc., seminars, declamation contests, educational field visits, N.C.C., NSS, Cultural Activities and self study etc.
  • 18.
    18 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 18 SECOND SEMESTER (CIVIL ENGINEERING) Sr. No. SUBJECTS STUDY SCHEME Periods/Week Credits MARKS IN EVALUATION SCHEME Total Marks of Internal & External INTERNAL ASSESSMENT EXTERNAL ASSESSMENT L T P Th Pr Tot Th Hrs Pr Hrs Tot 2.1 *Applied Mathematics - II 5 - - 4 20 - 20 50 2 ½ - - 50 70 2.2 Computer Aided Drawing - - 8 3 - 40 40 - - 60 3 60 100 2.3 + Applied Mechanics 5 - 2 5 20 10 30 50 2 ½ 20 3 70 100 2.4 Basics of Mechanical and Electrical Engg. 6 - 2 5 20 10 30 50 2 ½ 20 3 70 100 2.5 *Basics of Information Technology - - 6 2 - 40 40 - - 60 3 60 100 2.6 General Workshop Practice -II - - 8 2 - 40 40 - - 60 4 60 100 #Student Centred Activities (SCA) - - 6 1 - 30 30 - - - - - 30 Total 16 - 32 22 60 170 230 150 - 220 - 370 600 * Common with other diploma programmes + Common with diploma in Mechanical Engg. and Chemical Engg # Student Centred Activities will comprise of co-curricular activities like extension lectures, games, hobby clubs e.g. photography etc., seminars, declamation contests, educational field visits, N.C.C., NSS, Cultural Activities and self study etc. .
  • 19.
    19 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 19 THIRD SEMESTER (CIVIL ENGINEERING) Sr. No. SUBJECTS STUDY SCHEME Periods/Week Credits MARKS IN EVALUATION SCHEME Total Marks of Internal & External INTERNAL ASSESSMENT EXTERNAL ASSESSMENT L T P Th Pr Tot Th Hrs Pr Hrs Tot 3.1 Hydraulics and Hydraulic Machines 6 - 2 5 20 10 30 50 2 ½ 20 3 70 100 3.2 Concrete Technology 6 - 2 5 20 10 30 50 2 ½ 20 3 70 100 3.3 *Environmental Studies 3 - 2 3 20 10 30 50 2 ½ 20 3 70 100 3.4 Structural Mechanics 6 - 2 5 20 10 30 50 2 ½ 20 3 70 100 3.5 Building Construction 6 - 3 6 20 10 30 50 2 ½ 20 3 70 100 3.6 Building Drawings - - 8 3 - 40 40 60 3 - - 60 100 #Student Centred Activities (SCA) - - 2 1 - 30 30 - - - - - 30 Total 27 - 21 28 100 120 220 310 - 100 - 410 630 * Common with other diploma programmes # Student Centred Activities will comprise of co-curricular activities like extension lectures, self study, games, hobby clubs e.g. photography etc., seminars, declamation contests, educational field visits, N.C.C., NSS, Cultural Activities, disaster management and safety etc. .
  • 20.
    20 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 20 FOURTH SEMESTER (CIVIL ENGINEERING) * Common with other diploma programmes - 4 weeks industrial training will be organised after 4th Semester exam. The evaluation of industrial training will be done in 5th semester. # Student Centred Activities will comprise of co-curricular activities like extension lectures, self study, games, hobby clubs e.g. photography etc., seminars, declamation contests, educational field visits, N.C.C., NSS, Cultural Activities, disaster management and safety etc. Sr. No. SUBJECTS STUDY SCHEME Periods/Week Credits MARKS IN EVALUATION SCHEME Total Marks of Internal & External INTERNAL ASSESSMENT EXTERNAL ASSESSMENT L T P Th Pr Tot Th Hrs Pr Hrs Tot 4.1 *Communication Skill-II 4 - 2 4 20 10 30 50 2 ½ 20 3 70 100 4.2 Highway Engineering 6 - 2 5 20 10 30 50 2 ½ 20 3 70 100 4.3 Irrigation Engineering 5 - - 4 20 - 20 50 2 ½ - - 50 70 4.4 Surveying - I 4 - 8 6 20 10 30 50 2 ½ 20 3 70 100 4.5 Reinforced Cement Concrete Structures (RCC Structures) 6 - - 5 20 - 20 50 2 ½ - - 50 70 4.6 *Energy Conservation 3 - 2 3 20 10 30 50 2 ½ 20 3 70 100 4.7 RCC Drawing - - 4 2 - 20 20 50 3 - - 50 70 #Student Centred Activities (SCA) - - 2 1 - 30 30 - - - - - 30 Total 28 - 20 30 120 90 210 350 - 80 - 430 640
  • 21.
    21 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 21 FIFTH SEMESTER (CIVIL ENGINEERING) # Student Centred Activities will comprise of co-curricular activities like extension lectures, self study, games, hobby clubs e.g. photography etc., seminars, declamation contests, educational field visits, N.C.C., NSS, Cultural Activities, disaster management and safety etc. Survey Camp of 2 weeks duration to be organized after 5th semester exam. Sr. No. SUBJECTS STUDY SCHEME Periods/Week Credits MARKS IN EVALUATION SCHEME Total Marks of Internal & External INTERNAL ASSESSMENT EXTERNAL ASSESSMENT L T P Th Pr Tot Th Hrs Pr Hrs Tot - Industrial Training - - - 2 - - - - - 50 3 50 50 5.1 Water and Waste water Engineering 6 - 2 5 20 10 30 50 2 ½ 20 3 70 100 5.2 Railways, Bridges and Tunnels 6 - - 5 20 - 20 50 2 ½ - - 50 70 5.3 Earthquake Engineering 4 - - 3 20 - 20 50 2 ½ - - 50 70 5.4 Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering 6 - 2 5 20 10 30 50 2 ½ 20 3 70 100 5.5 Surveying-II 4 - 8 6 20 10 30 50 2 ½ 20 3 70 100 5.6 Waste Water and Irrigation Engineering Drawing - - 6 2 - 20 20 50 3 - - 50 70 5.7 Universal Human Values 2 - 1 1 - 20 20 - - 30 3 30 50 #Student Centred Activities (SCA) - - 1 1 - 30 30 - - - - - 30 Total 28 - 20 30 100 100 200 300 - 140 - 440 640
  • 22.
    22 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 22 SIXTH SEMESTER (CIVIL ENGINEERING) **Elective :- Any one of the following: 6.6.1 Repair and Maintenance of Buildings 6.6.2 Plumbing Services 6.6.3 Analysis of Structures # Student Centred Activities will comprise of co-curricular activities like extension lectures, self study, games, hobby clubs e.g. photography etc., seminars, declamation contests, educational field visits, N.C.C., NSS, Cultural Activities, disaster management and safety etc. Sr. No. SUBJECTS STUDY SCHEME Periods/Week Credits MARKS IN EVALUATION SCHEME Total Marks of Internal & External INTERNAL ASSESSMENT EXTERNAL ASSESSMENT L T P Th Pr Tot Th Hrs Pr Hrs Tot - Survey Camp - - - 2 - 40 40 - - 60 - 60 100 6.1 Quantity Surveying and Valuation 6 - - 5 20 - 20 50 2 ½ - - 50 70 6.2 Construction Management, Accounts and Entrepreneurship Development 5 - - 4 20 - 20 50 2 ½ - - 50 70 6.3 Design of Steel Structure 6 - - 5 20 - 20 50 2 ½ - - 50 70 6.4 Steel Structure Drawing - - 4 2 - 20 20 50 3 - - 50 70 6.5 Software Applications in Civil Engineering - - 8 3 - 40 40 - - 60 3 60 100 6.6 **Elective: 5 - - 4 20 - 20 50 2 ½ - - 50 70 6.7 Project Work - - 10 4 - 40 40 - - 60 - 60 100 #Student Centred Activities (SCA) - - 4 1 - 30 30 - - - - - 30 Total 22 - 26 30 80 170 250 250 - 180 - 430 680
  • 23.
    23 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 23 8. GUIDELINES FOR ASSESSMENT OF STUDENT CENTRED ACTIVITIES (SCA) It was discussed and decided that the maximum marks for SCA should be 30 as it involves a lot of subjectivity in the evaluation. The marks may be distributed as follows: i. 10 Marks for general behavior and discipline (by HODs in consultation with all the teachers of the department) ii. 5 Marks for attendance as per following: (by HODs in consultation with all the teachers of the department) a) 75 - 80% 2 Marks b) 80 - 85% 4 Marks c) Above 85% 5 Marks iii. 15 Marks maximum for Sports/NCC/Cultural/Co-curricular/ NSS activities as per following: (by In-charge Sports/NCC/Cultural/Co-curricular/NSS) a) 15 - State/National Level participation b) 10 - Participation in two of above activities c) 5 - Inter-Polytechnic level participation Note: There should be no marks for attendance in the internal sessional of different subjects.
  • 24.
    24 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 24 1.1 COMMUNICATION SKILLS – I L T P 4 - 2 RATIONALE Knowledge of English Language plays an important role in career development. This subject aims at introducing basic concepts of communication besides laying emphasis on developing listening, speaking, reading and writing skills as parts of Communication Skill. LEARNING OUTCOMES After undergoing the subject, the students will be able to: . • Understand the importance of effective communication • Describe the process of communication • Communicate effectively in different contexts • Identify parts of speech • Write correct sentences using appropriate vocabulary • Reproduce and match words and sentences in a paragraph • Write various types of paragraphs, notices for different purposes and composition on picture with appropriate format • Read unseen texts with comprehension . DETAILED CONTENTS 1 Basics of Communication (13 periods) 1.1 Definition and process of communication 1.2 Types of communication - formal and informal, oral and written, verbal and non-verbal 1.3 Communications barriers and how to overcome them 1.4 Barriers to Communication, Tools of Communication 2 Application of Grammer (18 periods) 2.1 Parts of Speech (Noun, verb, adjective, adverb) and modals 2.2 Sentences and its types 2.3 Tenses 2.4 Active and Passive Voice 2.5 Punctuation 2.6 Direct and Indirect Speech
  • 25.
    25 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 25 3 Reading Skill (10 periods) Unseen passage for comprehension (one word substitution, prefixes, suffixes, antonyms, synonyms etc. based upon the passage to be covered under this topic) 4 Writing Skill (15 periods) 4.1 Picture composition 4.2 Writing paragraph 4.3 Notice writing LIST OF PRACTICALS Note: Teaching Learning Process should be focused on the use of the language in writing reports and making presentations. Topics such as Effective listening, effective note taking, group discussions and regular presentations by the students need to be taught in a project oriented manner where the learning happens as a byproduct. Listening and Speaking Exercises 1. Self and peer introduction 2. Newspaper reading 3. Just a minute session-Extempore 4. Greeting and starting a conversation 5. Leave taking 6. Thanking 7. Wishing well 8. Talking about likes and dislikes 9. Group Discussion 10. Listening Exercises. INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY Student should be encouraged to participate in role play and other student centred activities in class room and actively participate in listening exercises MEANS OF ASSESSMENT − Assignments and quiz/class tests, mid-semester and end-semester written tests − Actual practical work, exercises and viva-voce − Presentation and viva-voce RECOMMENDED BOOKS
  • 26.
    26 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 26 1. Communicating Effectively in English, Book-I by RevathiSrinivas; Abhishek Publications, Chandigarh. 2. Communication Techniques and Skills by R. K. Chadha; DhanpatRai Publications, New Delhi. 3. High School English Grammar and Composition by Wren & Martin; S. Chand & Company Ltd., Delhi. 4. Excellent General English-R.B.Varshnay, R.K. Bansal, Mittal Book Depot, Malhotra 5. The Functional aspects of Communication Skills – Dr. P. Prsad, S.K. Katria & Sons, New Delhi 6. Q. Skills for success – Level & Margaret Books, Oxford University Press. 7. e-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by AICTE/UBTE/NITTTR. Websites for Reference: 1. http://www.mindtools.com/ page 8.html – 99k 2. http://www.letstalk.com.in 3. http://www.englishlearning.com 4. http://learnenglish.britishcouncil.org/en/ 5. http://swayam.gov.in SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS Topic No. Time Allotted (Periods) Marks Allotted (%) 1 13 24 2 18 32 3 10 16 4 15 28 Total 56 100
  • 27.
    27 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 27 1.2 APPLIED MATHEMATICS - I L T P 5 - - RATIONALE Contents of this course provide fundamental base for understanding elementary mathematics and their uses in solving engineering problems. Contents of this course will enable students to use basic mathematical function like logarithms, partial fractions, matrices and basic 2D, curves in solving various engineering problems of all fields. LEARNING OUTCOMES After undergoing this course, the students will be able to: • Apply Binomial theorem to solve engineering problems • Apply determinants properties and Crammer’s rule to solve engineering problems • Apply dot & cross product of vectors to find the solution of engineering problems • Use complex numbers in various engineering problems • Apply differential calculus and higher order to solve engineering problems • Find velocity, acceleration, errors and approximation in engineering problems with application of derivatives. DETAILED CONTENTS 1. Algebra -I (12 Periods) 1.1 Series : AP and GP; Sum, nth term, Mean 1.2 Binomial theorem for positive, negative and fractional index (without proof). Application of Binomial theorem. 1.3 Determinants : Elementary properties of determinant of order 2 and 3, Multiplication system of algebraic equation, Consistency of equation, Crammer's rule 2. Algebra- II (12 Periods ) 2.1 Vector algebra : Dot and Cross product, Scaler and vector triple product. 2.2 Complex number. Complex numbers, Representation, Modulus and amplitude Demoivre theorem, its application in solving algebraic equations, Mod. function and its properties.. 3. Trigonometry (10 Periods )
  • 28.
    28 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 28 3.1 Relation between sides and angles of a triangle : Statement of various formulae showing relationship between sides and angle of a triangle. 3.2 Inverse circular functions : Simple case only 4. Differential Calculus - I (18 Periods) 4.1 Functions, limits, continuity, - functions and their graphs, range and domain, elementary methods of finding limits (right and left), elementary test for continuity and differentiability. 4.2 Methods of finding derivative, Trigonometric functions, exponential function, Function of a function, Logaritimic differentiation, Differentiation of Inverse trigonometric function, Differentiation of implicit functions. 5. Differential Calculus - II (18 Periods) 5.1 Higher order derivatives, Leibnitz theorem (without proof). Simple applications. 5.2 Application - Finding Tangents, Normal, Points of Maxima/Minima, Increasing/Decreasing functions, Rate, Measure, velocity, Acceleration, Errors and approximation. INSTRUCTONAL STRATEGY The basic instructional strategy to teach basic mathematics, Binomial theorem, trigonometry, differential equations etc. should be conceptual with real world applications of relevant branch. More numerical and theory examples can be used for clear understanding of the content. MEANS OF ASSESSMENT - Assignments and Quiz/Class Tests - Mid-term and End-term Written Tests - Model/Prototype Making RECOMMENDED BOOKS 1. Elementary Engineering Mathematics by BS Grewal, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi 2. Engineering Mathematics, Vol I & II by SS Sastry, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 3 Applied Mathematics-I by Chauhan and Chauhan, Krishna Publications, Meerut. 4. Applied Mathematics-I (A) by Kailash Sinha and Varun Kumar; Aarti Publication, Meerut
  • 29.
    29 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 29 SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS Topic Time Allotted (Periods) Marks Allotted (%) 1. 12 20 2. 12 20 3. 10 12 4 18 24 5 18 24 Total 70 100
  • 30.
    30 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 30 1.3 APPLIED PHYSICS – I L T P 5 - 2 RATIONALE Applied physics includes the study of a diversified topics related to the world around us. It aims to give an understanding of this world both by observation and by prediction of the way in which objects behave. Concrete knowledge of physical laws, analysis and applications in various fields of engineering and technology are given prominence in this course content. Note: Teachers should give examples of engineering/technology applications of various concepts and principles in each topic so that students are able to learn and appreciate these concepts and principles. In all contents, SI units should be followed. LEARNING OUTCOMES After undergoing this course, the students must be able to: • Identify the use of S.I. system of measurement with accuracy and how it is used in engineering • Represent physical quantities as scalars and vectors, applying the physical laws and concepts of linear and circular motion in everyday life. • Solve difficult problems (walking of man, horse and cart problem, flying of bird/ aircraft, etc.) • Analyse and design banking of roads/railway tracks and apply conservation of momentum principle to Explain rocket propulsion, recoil of gun etc. • Derive work, power and energy relationship and solve problems about work and power. • Define work, energy and power and their units. • Describe conservation of energy and its applications • Understand the concept of rotational motion of a rigid body and its applications • Apply the physical laws and concepts of gravity, its variation with longitude and latitude and its uses in space satellite etc. . • Understand the concept of elasticity, surface tension, pressure and the laws governing movement of fluids. • Express physical work in term of heat and temperature; Measure temperature in various processes on different scales (Celsius, Kelvin, Fahrenheit etc.) • Distinguish between conduction, convection and radiation, identify the different methods for reducing heat losses • Understand the laws of thermodynamics, Carnot cycle and their applications.
  • 31.
    31 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 31 DETAILED CONTENTS 1. Units and Dimensions (10 Periods) 1.1 Need of Measurement in engineering and science, unit of a physical quantities - fundamental and derived units, systems of units (FPS, CGS and SI units) 1.2 Dimensions and dimensional formulae of physical quantities. 1.3 Principle of homogeneity of dimensions 1.4 Dimensional equations and their applications, conversion of numerical values of physical quantities from one system of units into another, checking the correctness of physical equations and deriving relations among various physical quantities 1.5 Limitations of dimensional analysis 1.6 Error in measurement, accuracy and precision of instruments, random and systematic errors, absolute error, relative error, and percentage error, Estimation of probable errors in the results of measurement (combination of errors in addition, subtraction, multiplication, division and powers), rules for representing significant figures in calculation. 1.7 Application of units and dimensions in measuring length, diameter, circumference, volume, surface area etc. of metallic and non metallic blocks, wires, pipes etc (at least two each). 2. Force and Motion (10 periods) 2.1 Scalar and vector quantities – examples, representation of vector, types of vectors 2.2 Addition and Subtraction of Vectors, Triangle and Parallelogram law (Statement only), Scalar and Vector Product. 2.3 Resolution of Vectors and its application to lawn roller. 2.4 Force, Momentum, Statement and Derivation of Conservation of linear momentum, its applications such as recoil of gun. 2.5 Impulse and its Applications 2.6 Circular motion (Uniform and Non-uniform), definition of angular displacement, angular velocity, angular acceleration, frequency, time period. 2.7 Relation between linear and angular velocity, linear acceleration and angular acceleration (related numerical) 2.8 Central force, Expression and Applications of Centripetal and centrifugal forces with examples such as banking of roads and bending of cyclist, Principle of centrifuge. 2.9 Application of various forces in lifts, cranes, large steam engines and turbines
  • 32.
    32 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 32 3. Work, Power and Energy (10 periods) 3.1 Work: and its units, examples of zero work, positive work and negative work, conservative and non-conservative force, 3.2 Friction: modern concept, types, laws of limiting friction, Coefficient of friction and its Engineering Applications. 3.3 Work done in moving an object on horizontal and inclined plane for rough and plane surfaces with its applications 3.4 Energy and its units: Kinetic energy and potential energy with examples and their derivation, work energy theorem. 3.5 Principle of conservation of mechanical energy for freely falling bodies, examples of transformation of energy. 3.6 Power and its units, calculation of power in numerical problems 3.7 Application of Friction in brake system of moving vehicles, bicycle, scooter, car trains etc. 4 Rotational Motion (10 periods) 4.1 Concept of translatory and rotatory motions with examples 4.2 Definition of torque with examples 4.3 Angular momentum, Conservation of angular momentum (quantitative) and its examples 4.4 Moment of inertia and its physical significance, radius of gyration for rigid body, Theorems of parallel and perpendicular axes (statements only), Moment of inertia of rod, disc, ring and sphere (hollow and solid) (Formulae only). Concept of Fly wheel. 4.5 Rotational kinetic energy, Rolling of sphere on the slant plane, 4.6 Comparison of linear motion and rotational motion. 4.7 Application of rotational motions in transport vehicles, and machines. 5 Motion of planets and satellites (08 periods) 5.1 Gravitational force, Kepler’s law of planetary motion, 5.2 Acceleration due gravity and its variation, 5.3 Gravitational Potential and Gravitational potential energy, 5.4 Motion of satellite, orbital velocity and time period of satellite, Total energy and Binding energy of a satellite, Escape energy and escape velocity, 5.5 Types of satellites, Geo-stationary satellite, semi-synchronous, polar satellite (concept only) and their uses in science and technology, 5.6 Concept of Black Holes 6. Properties of Matter (12 periods) 6.1 Elasticity: definition of stress and strain, different types of modulii of elasticity, Hooke’s law, significance of stress strain curve
  • 33.
    33 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 33 6.2 Pressure: definition, its units, atmospheric pressure, gauge pressure, absolute pressure, Fortin’s Barometer and its applications 6.3 Surface tension: concept, its units, angle of contact, Capillary action and determination of surface tension from capillary rise method, applications of surface tension, effect of temperature and impurity on surface tension 6.4 Viscosity and coefficient of viscosity: Terminal velocity, Stoke’s law and effect of temperature on viscosity, application in hydraulic systems. 6.5 Concept of fluid motion, stream line and turbulent flow, Reynold’s number Equation of continuity, Bernoulli’s Theorem and their applications. 7. Heat and Thermodynamics (10 periods) 7.1 Difference between heat and temperature 7.2 Modes of transfer of heat (Conduction, convection and radiation with examples) 7.3 Different scales of temperature and their relationship 7.4 Expansion of solids, liquids and gases, coefficient of linear, surface and cubical expansions and relation amongst them 7.5 Heat conduction in a metal rod, Temperature gradient, Concept of Co-efficient of thermal conductivity, Uses and effects of Heat conduction in Daily life. 7.6 Isothermal and Adibatic process 7.7 Zeroth, First and second law of thermodynamics, Heat engine (concept Only), Carnot cycle. 7.8 Application of various systems of thermometry in refrigeration and air- conditioning etc. LIST OF PRACTICALS (to perform minimum six experiments) 1 To find radius of wire and its volume and the maximum permissible error in these quantities by using both vernier calipers and screw gauge. 2 To find the value of acceleration due to gravity on the surface of earth by using a simple pendulum. 3 To determine the Radius of curvature of (i) convex mirror, (ii) concave mirror by spherometer 4 To verify parallelogram law of forces 5 To study conservation of energy of a ball or cylinder rolling down an inclined plane. 6 To find the Moment of Inertia of a flywheel about its axis of rotation 7 To determine the atmospheric pressure at a place using Fortin’s Barometer 8 To determine the viscosity of glycerin by Stoke’s method 9 To determine the coefficient of linear expansion of a metal rod 10 To determine force constant of spring using Hooks law INSTRUCTIONAL STATREGY Teacher may use various teaching aids like live models, charts, graphs and experimental kits etc. for imparting effective instructions in the subject. The teacher should explain about field applications before teaching the basics to develop proper understanding of the physical phenomenon. Use of demonstration and animations can make the subject interesting and may
  • 34.
    34 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 34 develop scientific temper in the students. Teacher must plan a tour of Science Park/planetarium available in nearby areas in order to enhance the interest in this course. MEANS OF ASSEMENTS − Assignment & Quiz, − Mid-Term and End-Term written test, − Model Making, − Actual Lab & Practical Work, − Viva Voce RECOMMENDED BOOKS 1 Text Book of Physics for Class XI (Part-I, Part-II); N.C.E.R.T., Delhi 2 Concepts in Physics by HC Verma, Vol. I & II, Bharti Bhawan Ltd. New Delhi 3 Comprehensive Practical Physics, Vol, I & II, JN Jaiswal, Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd., New Delhi 4 B.Sc.Practical Physics by C L Arora, S. Chand Publication.. 5 Engineering Physics by PV Naik, Pearson Education Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi 6 Engineering Physics by DK Bhhatacharya & Poonam Tandan; Oxford University Press, New Delhi 7 Modern Engineering Physics by SL Gupta, Sanjeev Gupta, Dhanpat Rai Publications 8 V. Rajendran,physics-I, Tata McGraw-Hill raw Hill publication, New Delhi 9 Arthur Beiser, Applied Physics, Tata McGraw-Hill raw Hill publication, New Delhi 10 Physics Volume 1, 5th edition, Haliday Resnick and Krane, Wiley publication
  • 35.
    35 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 35 TOPIC WISE DISTRIBUTION OF PERIODS AND MARKS Topic No. Time Allotted (Periods) Marks Allotted (%) 1 10 15 2 10 15 3 10 15 4 10 15 5 08 10 6 12 16 7 10 14 Total 70 100
  • 36.
    36 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 36 1.4 APPLIED CHEMISTRY L T P 5 - 2 RATIONALE The use of various chemicals and chemical products in diverse technical and engineering fields have repeatedly proved the importance of Applied Chemistry, which enhances its role to a new peak. On the other hand, ever increasing use of such materials will compel engineers, technocrats to acquire essential applied chemistry knowledge in order to select engineering materials, which not only suit them but also provide more environmental compatibility. This situation demands principles of Applied Chemistry in diploma- engineering courses. Principles of Applied Chemistry will enable budding engineers and technocrats to develop scientific temper and appreciate physical, chemical and engineering properties of materials. Hence the subject of Applied Chemistry. LEARNING OUTCOMES After undergoing this subject, the student will be able to: • Classify various substances based on state of aggregation • Substantiate the laws and principles on which structure of atom is established. • Explain and predict properties of substances. • Explain sources of water and various characteristics of water (quantitatively). • Explain cause and factors which can adversely affecting natural water quality and remedial measures available for water purification • Think critically, develop and adapt water conservation techniques. • Explain corrosion of metal and their preventive measures. • explain chemical nature and causes of corrosion • apply correct and efficient methods of corrosion prevention. • explain chemistry of fuels and their relative advantages. • select most efficient fuel for the engine and engineering applications. • suggest how to subside air pollution caused by the use of fossil fuels • explain the chemistry of various polymers and plastics • verify suitability and select polymer/rubber/plastic materials for engineering applications. DETAILED CONTENTS 1. Atomic Structure, Periodic Table and Chemical Bonding (14 periods) 1.1 Fundamental particles- mass and charges of electrons, protons and neutrons with names of the scientists who discovered these fundamental particles. 1.2 Bohr’s model of atom and successes and limitations of atomic theory (qualitative treatment only). 1.3 Atomic number, atomic mass number isotopes and isobars.
  • 37.
    37 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 37 1.4 Definition of orbit and orbitals, shapes of s and p orbitals only, quantum numbers and their significance, 1.5 Aufbau’s principle, Pauli’s exclusion principle and Hund’s rule electronic configuration of elements with atomic number (Z) = 30 only. (Electronic configurations of elements with atomic number greater than 30 are excluded). 1.6 Modern periodic law and periodic table, groups and periods, classification of elements into s, p, d and f blocks (periodicity in properties - excluded) 1.7 Chemical bonding and cause of bonding and types such as ionic bond in NaCl sigma (σ) and pi (π) covalent bonds in H2, HCl, Cl2, elementary idea of hybridization in BeCl2, BF3, CH4, NH3 and H2O, VSEPR, Molecular orbital Theory 1.8 States of Matter: Solid, Liquid & Gas, Metallic bonding- explanation with the help of electron gas (sea) model. 2. Fuelsand Lubricants (18 periods) 2.1 Definition of fuel, classification of fuels, characteristics of good fuel, relative merits of gaseous, liquid and solid fuels 2.2 Calorific value-higher calorific value, lower calorific value, determination of calorific value of solid or liquid fuel using Bomb calorimeter and numerical examples. 2.3 Coal - types of coal and proximate analysis of coal 2.4 Fuel rating – Octane number and Cetane number, fuel-structural influence on Octane and Cetane numbers 2.5 Gaseous fuels – chemical composition, calorific value and applications of natural gas (CNG), LPG, producer gas, water gas and biogas. 2.6 Elementary ideal on – hydrogen as future fuels, nuclear fuels. 2.7 Lubricants: Definition and properties, mechanism, industrial application and its function in bearings. 2.8 Synthetic lubricants and cutting fluids. 3. Water (14 periods) 3.1 Demonstration of water resources on Earth using pie chart. 3.2 Classification of water – soft water and hard water, action of soap on hard water, types of hardness, causes of hardness, units of hardness – mg per liter (mgL-1 ) and part per million (ppm) and simple numerical, pH and buffer solutions and their applications. 3.3 Disadvantages caused by the use of hard water in domestic and boiler feed water. Primming and foaming and caustic embrittlement in boilers. 3.4 Removal of hardness -Permutit process and Ion-exchange process. 3.5 Physico-Chemical methods for Water Quality Testing a) Determination of pH using pH meter, total dissolved solids (TDS) b) Testing and Estimation of- alkalinity, indicator their types and application total hardness by EDTA method and O’Hener’s Method. (chemical reaction of EDTA method are excluded). c) Understanding of Indian Water Quality standards as per WHO 3.6 Natural water sterilization by chlorine and UV radiation and reverse osmosis. 3.7 Municipality waste water treatment. Definition of B.O.D and C.O.D.
  • 38.
    38 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 38 4. Electrochemistry (4 periods) Redox Reaction, Electrode Potential, Nernst equation, Electrochemical cell (Galvanic and Electrobytes); Nernst equation. 5. Corrosion and its Control (10 periods) 5.1 Definition of corrosion and factors affecting corrosion rate. 5.2 Theories of a) Dry (chemical) corrosion- Pilling Bedworth rule b) Wet corrosion in acidic atmosphere by hydrogen evolution mechanism 5.3 Definition of passivity and galvanic series 5.4 Corrosion control: a) Metal coatings – Cathodic protection, Cementation on Base Metal Steel –Application of Metal Zn (Sheradizing),Cr (Chromozing) and Al (Calorizing), Sacrificial protection and impressed current voltage b) Inorganic coatings – Anodizing and phosphating, c) Organic coatings - use of paints varnishes and enamels d) Internal corrosion preventive measures- alloying (with reference to passivating, neutralizing and inhibition) and heat treatment (quenching, annealing) 6. Organic compounds, Polymers and Plastics (10 periods) 6.1 Classification of organic compounds and IUPAC Nomenclature 6.2 Definition of polymer, monomer and degree of polymerization 6.3 Brief introduction to addition and condensation polymers with suitable examples (PE, PS, PVC, Teflon, Nylon -66 and Bakelite) 6.4 Definition of plastics, thermo plastics and thermo setting plastics with suitable examples, distinctions between thermo and thermo setting plastics 6.5 Applications of polymers in industry and daily life LIST OF PRACTICALS 1. Estimation of total hardness of water using standard EDTA solution 2. Estimation of total alkalinity of given water sample by titrating it against standard sulfuric acid solution 3. Proximate analysis of solid fuel) 4. Estimation of temporary hardness of water sample by O’ Hener’s Method. 5. Determination of flash and fire point of given lubricating oil using Able’s flash point apparatus INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY
  • 39.
    39 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 39 Teachers may take help of various models and charts while imparting instructions to make the concept clear. More emphasis should be laid on discussing and explaining practical applications of various chemical process and reactions. In addition, students should be encouraged or motivated to study those processes in more details, which may find practical application in their future professional career. MEANS OF ASSEMENTS − Assignment & Quiz, − Mid-Term and End-Term written test, − Model Making, − Actual Lab & Practical Work, − VivaVoce RECOMMENDED BOOKS 1. Chemistry in Engineering by J.C. Kuricose & J. Rajaram, Tata McGraw Hill, Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi. 2. Engineering Chemistry by P.C. Jain & Monika Jain, Dhanapat Rai Publishing Company, New Delhi. 3. Eagle’s Applied Chemistry - I by S. C. Ahuja & G. H. Hugar, Eagle Prakashan, Jalandhar. 4. Engineering Chemistry – A Text Book by H. K. Chopra & A. Parmar, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi. 5. Applied Chemistry - I by Dr. P. K Vij & Shiksha Vij, Lords Publications, Jalandhar. 6. Engineering Chemistry by Dr. Himanshu Pandey, Goel Publishing House, Meerut, India SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS Topics Time Allotted (hrs) Marks Allotted (%) 1. 14 20 2. 18 24 3. 14 20
  • 40.
    40 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 40 4. 4 6 5. 10 15 6. 10 15 Total 70 100
  • 41.
    41 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 41 1.5 ENGINEERING DRAWING - I L T P - - 8 RATIONALE Drawing is the language of engineers and technicians. Reading and interpreting engineering drawing is their day to day responsibility. The subject is aimed at developing basic graphic skills in the students so as to enable them to use these skills in preparation of engineering drawings, their reading and interpretation. The emphasis, while imparting instructions, should be to develop conceptual skills in the students following BIS SP 46 – 1988. Note: i) First angle projection is to be followed ii) Minimum of 18 sheets to be prepared and atleast 2 sheets on AutoCAD iii) Instructions relevant to various drawings may be given along with appropriate demonstrations, before assigning drawing practice to students LEARNING OUTCOMES After undergoing the subject, the students will be able to: • Identify and use of different grades of pencils and other drafting instruments which are used in engineering field • Draw free hand sketches of various kinds of objects. • Utilize various types of lines used in engineering drawing. • Read and apply different dimensioning methods on drawing of objects. • Use different types of scales and their utilization in reading and reproducing drawings of objects and maps. • Draw 2 - dimensional view of different objects viewed from different angles (orthographic views) • Draw and interpret complete inner hidden details of an object which are otherwise not visible in normal view • To make projections of Solid • Generate isometric (3D) drawing from different 2D (orthographic) views/sketches • Identify conventions for different engineering materials, symbols, sections of regular objects and general fittings used in Civil and Electrical household appliances • Use basic commands of AutoCAD.
  • 42.
    42 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 42 DETAILED CONTENTS 1. Introduction to Engineering Drawing (03 sheets) 1.1 Introduction to drawing instruments, materials, layout and sizes of drawing sheets and drawing boards. 1.2 Different types of lines in Engineering drawing as per BIS specifications 1.3 Practice of vertical, horizontal and inclined lines, geometrical figures such as triangles, rectangles, circles, ellipses and curves, hexagonal, pentagon with the help of drawing instruments. 1.4 Free hand and instrumental lettering (Alphabet and numerals) – upper case (Capital Letter), single stroke, vertical and inclined at 75 degree, series of 5,8,12 mm of free hand and instrumental lettering of height 25 to 35 mm in the ratio of 7:4 2. Dimensioning Technique (01 sheet) 2.1 Necessity of dimensioning, method and principles of dimensioning (mainly theoretical instructions) 2.2 Dimensioning of overall sizes, circles, threaded holes, chamfered surfaces, angles, tapered surfaces, holes, equally spaced on P.C.D., counter sunk holes, counter bored holes, cylindrical parts, narrow spaces and gaps, radii, curves and arches 3. Scales (02 sheets) 3.1 Scales –their needs and importance (theoretical instructions), type of scales, definition of R.F. and length of scale 3.2 Drawing of plain and diagonal scales 4. Orthographic Projections (06 sheets) 4.1 Theory of orthographic projections (Elaborate theoretical instructions) 4.2 Projection of Points in different quadrant 4.3 Projection of Straight Line (1st and 3rd angle) 4.3.1. Line parallel to both the planes 4.3.2. Line perpendicular to any one of the reference plane 4.3.3. Line inclined to any one of the reference plane. 4.4 Projection of Plane – Different lamina like square, rectangular, triangular and circle inclined to one plane, parallel and perpendicular to another plane in 1st angle only 4.5 Three views of orthographic projection of different objects. (At least one sheet in 3rd angle) 4.6 Identification of surfaces 5 Projection of Solid (02 sheets) 5.1. Definition and salient features of Solid 5.2. Types of Solid (Polyhedron and Solid of revolution)
  • 43.
    43 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 43 5.3 To make projections, sources, Top view, Front view and Side view of various types of Solid. 6. Sections (02 sheets) 6.1 Importance and salient features 6.2 Drawing of full section, half section, partial or broken out sections, Offset sections, revolved sections and removed sections. 6.3 Convention sectional representation of various materials, conventional breaks for shafts, pipes, rectangular, square, angle, channel, rolled sections 6.4 Orthographic sectional views of different objects. 7. Isometric Views (02 sheets) 7.1 Fundamentals of isometric projections and isometric scale. 7.2 Isometric views of combination of regular solids like cylinder, cone, cube and prism. 8. Common Symbols and Conventions used in Engineering (02 sheets) 8.1 Civil Engineering sanitary fitting symbols 8.2 Electrical fitting symbols for domestic interior installations *9. Introduction to AutoCAD (02 sheets) Basic introduction and operational instructions of various commands in AutoCAD. At least two sheets on AutoCAD of cube, cuboid, cone, pyramid, truncated cone and pyramid, sphere and combination of above solids. * Auto CAD drawing will be evaluated internally by sessional marks and not by final theory paper. INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY Teacher should show model of realia of the component/part whose drawing is to be made. Emphasis should be given on cleanliness, dimensioning and layout of sheet. Focus should be on proper selection of drawing instruments and their proper use. The institute should procure AutoCAD or other engineering graphics software for practice in engineering drawings. Teachers should undergo training in AutoCAD/Engineering Graphic. Separate labs for practice on AutoCAD should be established. MEANS OF ASSESSMENT − Sketches − Drawing − Use of software
  • 44.
    44 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 44 RECOMMENDED BOOKS 1. A Text Book of Engineering Drawing by Surjit Singh; Dhanpat Rai & Co., Delhi 2. Engineering Drawing by PS Gill; SK Kataria & Sons, New Delhi 3. Elementary Engineering Drawing in First Angle Projection by ND Bhatt; Charotar Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., Anand 4. Engineering Drawing I & II by JS Layall; Eagle Parkashan, Jalandhar 5. Engineering Drawing I by DK Goel, GBD Publication.
  • 45.
    45 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 45 1.6 CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS L T P 3 - 2 RATIONALE Civil Engineering diploma holders have to supervise construction of various types of civil works involving use of various materials like stones, bricks and tiles, cement and cement based products, lime, timber and wood based products, paints and varnishes, metals and other miscellaneous materials. The students should have requisite knowledge regarding characteristics, uses and availability of various building materials and skills in conducting tests to determine suitability of materials for various construction purposes. In addition, specifications of various materials should also be known (PWD/BIS) for effective quality control. LEARNING OUTCOME After undergoing the subject, the students will be able to: • Classify rocks and identify particular type of stones • Classify different types of bricks and BLOCKS • Perform laboratory tests of cement to determine properties of cement • Identify types of defects of timber • Select paints/varnishes for various types of surfaces • Identify and use different types of metals/alloys • Select different materials used for wall paneling and false ceiling, such PVC, POP etc. • Select other materials commonly used for contemporary buildings. DETAILED CONTENTS THEORY 1. Building Stones: (06 periods) 1.1 Classification of Rocks: (General Review) 1.1.1 Geological classification: Igneous, sedimentary and metamorphic rocks 1.1.2 Chemical classification; Calcareous, argillaceous and siliceous rocks 1.1.3 Physical classification: Unstratified, startified and foliated rocks 1.2 General characteristics of stones – Marble, Kota stone, Granite, Sand, Trap, Basalt stone, Lime stone and Slate 1.3 Requirements of good building stones **1.4 Identification of common building stones
  • 46.
    46 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 46 1.5 Various uses of stones in construction 1.6 Quarrying of stones by blasting and its effect on environment 2. Bricks and Tiles (12 periods) 2.1 Introduction to bricks 2.2 Raw materials for brick manufacturing and properties of good brick making earth 2.3 Manufacturing of bricks 2.3.1 Preparation of clay (manual/mechanically) **2.3.2 Moulding: hand moulding and machine moulding brick table; drying of bricks, burning of bricks, types of kilns (Bull's Trench Kiln and Hoffman's Kiln), process of burning, size and weight of standard brick; traditional brick, refractory brick, CLC, AAC, Paver blocks, clay-flyash bricks, sun dried bricks, only line diagram of kilns 2.4 Classification and specifications of bricks as per BIS: 1077 2.5 Testing of common building bricks as per BIS: 3495 Compressive strength, water absorption – hot and cold water test, efflorescence, Dimensional tolerance, soundness 2.6 Tiles 2.6.1 Building tiles; Types of tiles-wall, ceiling, roofing and flooring tiles 2.6.2 Ceramic, terrazo and PVC tiles, : their properties and uses, 2.6.3 Vitrified tiles, Paver blocks, interlocking tiles 2.7 Stacking of bricks and tiles at site 3. Cement (16 periods) **3.1 Introduction, raw materials, flow diagram of manufacturing of cement 3.2 Various types of Cements, their uses and testing: Ordinary portland cement, rapid hardening cement, low heat cement, white and coloured cement, portland pozzolana cement 3.3 Properties of cement 4. Timber and Wood Based Products (06 periods) 4.1 Identification and uses of different types of timber: Teak, Deodar, Shisham, Sal, Mango, Kail, Chir, Fir, Hollock, Champ **4.2 Market forms of converted timber as per BIS Code 4.3 Seasoning of timber: Purpose, methods of seasoning as per BIS Code 4.4 Properties of timber and specifications of structural timber 4.5 Defects in timber, decay in timber 4.6 Preservation of timber and methods of treatment as per BIS
  • 47.
    47 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 47 4.7 Other wood based products, their brief description of manufacture and uses: laminated board, gypsum board, block board, fibre board, hard board, sunmica, plywood, veneers, nu-wood and study of the brand name and cost of the wood based products available in the market, Cement Panel Board, Moulded Doors. 5. Paints and Varnishes (03 periods) 5.1 Introduction, purpose and use of paints 5.2 Types, ingredients, properties and uses of oil paints, water paints and cement paints** 5.3 Covering capacity of various paints 5.4 Types, properties and uses of varnishes 5.5 Trade name of different products. 6. Metals (03 periods) 6.1 Ferrous metals: Composition, properties and uses of cast iron, mild steel, HYSD steel, high tension steel as per BIS. 6.2 Commercial forms of ferrous, metals. 6.3 Aluminium & Stainless Steel. 7. Miscellaneous Materials (06 periods) 7.1 Plastics – Introduction and uses of various plastic products in buildings such as doors, water tanks and PVC pipes 7.2 Fibre Sheets and their size and uses 7.3 Types and uses of insulating materials for sound and thermal insulation 7.4 Construction chemicals like water proofing compound, epoxies, polymers 7.5 Water proofing, termite proofing and fire resistance materials – types and uses 7.6 Materials used in interior decoration works like POP, methods of doing POP, PVC panelling NOTE: **A field visit may be planned to explain and show the relevant things PRACTICAL EXERCISES 1. To identify the stones used in building works by visual examination 2. To determine the crushing strength of bricks, CLC, AAC and Paver Blocks. 3. To determine the water absorption of bricks and efflorescence of bricks 4. To identify various types of timbers such as: Teak, Sal, Chir, Shisham, Deodar, Kail & Hollock by visual examination only
  • 48.
    48 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 48 5. The students should submit a report work on the construction materials, covering water proofing material, cements, steel, paints and timber products available in the local market. They will also show the competitive study based upon the cost, brand name, sizes available in the local market. INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY Teachers are expected to physically show various materials while imparting instructions. Field-visits should also be organized to show manufacturing processes and use of various materials in Civil engineering works. Students should be encouraged to collect sample of various building materials so as to create a museum of materials in the polytechnic. The emphasis should be one selection and application of materials as per the need of environment. MEANS OF ASSESSMENT − Assignments and quiz/class tests − Mid and end-term written tests − Model/prototype making. RECOMMENDED BOOKS 1. Sharma, SK; and Mathur, GC; "Engineering Materials;" Delhi-Jalandhar, S. Chand and Co. 2. Surendra Singh; "Engineering Materials;" New Delhi, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd. 3. Bahl, SK; "Engineering Materials;" Delhi, Rainbow Book Co. 4. TTTI, Chandigarh "Civil Engineering Materials:” New Delhi Tata McGraw Hill Publication 5. Gurcharan Singh; “Engineering materials”, Delhi Standard Publishers Distributors 6. SC Rangawala, ”Construction Materials”, Charotar Publishers 7. Alam Singh, “Constrution Materials” SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS Topic No. Time Allotted (Hrs) Marks Allotted (%) 1 06 14 2 12 30 3 06 14 4 06 14 5 03 07 6 03 07
  • 49.
    49 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 49 7 06 14 Total 42 100
  • 50.
    50 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 50 1.7 GENERAL WORKSHOP PRACTICE – I (Common for Civil Engineering, Electrical Engineering and Chemical Engineering ) L T P - - 8 RATIONALE In order to have a balanced overall development of diploma engineers, it is necessary to integrate theory with practice. General workshop practices are included in the curriculum in order to provide hands-on experience about use of different tools and basic manufacturing practices. This subject aims at developing general manual and machining skills in the students. In addition, the development of dignity of labour, safety at work place, team working and development of right attitude are the other objectives. LEARNING OUTCOMES After completing the course, the students will be able to: • Identify tools and equipment used and their respective functions. • Identify different types of materials and their basic properties. • Use and take measurements with the help of basic measuring tools/equipment. • Select proper tools for a particular operation. • Select materials, tools, and sequence of operations to make a job as per given specification/drawing. • Prepare simple jobs independently and inspect the same. • Follow safety procedures and precautionary measures. • Use safety equipment and Personal Protection Equipment. DETAILED CONTENTS (PRACTICAL EXERCISES) Note: The students are supposed to come in proper workshop dress prescribed by the institute. Wearing shoes in the workshop(s) is compulsory. Importance of safety and cleanliness, safety measures and upkeep of tools, equipment and environment in each of the following shops should be explained and practiced. The students should prepare sketches of various tools/jobs in their practical Notebook. The following shops are included in the syllabus: 1. Carpentry Shop 2. Painting and Polishing Shop 3. Electrical Shop 4. Welding Shop 5. Plumbing Shop 1. CARPENTRY SHOP 1.1 General Shop Talk
  • 51.
    51 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 51 1.1.1 Name and use of raw materials used in carpentry shop : wood & alternative materials 1.1.2 Names, uses, care and maintenance of hand tools such as different types of Saws, C-Clamp, Chisels, Mallets, Carpenter's vices, Marking gauges, Try-squares, Rulers and other commonly used tools and materials used in carpentry shop by segregating as cutting tools, supporting tools, holding tools , measuring tools etc. 1.1.3 Specification of tools used in carpentry shop. 1.1.4 Different types of Timbers, their properties, uses & defects. 1.1.5 Seasoning of wood. 1.2. Practice 1.2.1 Practices for Basic Carpentry Work 1.2.2 Sawing practice using different types of saws 1.2.3 Assembling jack plane — Planning practice including sharpening of jack plane cutter 1.2.4 Chiselling practice using different types of chisels including sharpening of chisel 1.2.5 Making of different types of wooden pin and fixing methods. Marking measuring and inspection of jobs. 1.3 Job Practice Job 1 Marking, sawing, planning and chiselling and their practice Job II Half Lap Joint (cross, L or T – any one) Job III Mortise and Tenon joint (T-Joint) Job IV Dove tail Joint (Lap or Bridle Joint) 1.4. Demonstration of job showing use of Rip Saw, Bow saw and Tenon saw, method of sharpening various saws. 2. PAINTING AND POLISHING SHOP 2.1. Introduction of paints, varnishes, Reason for surface preparation, Advantages of Painting, other method of surface coating ie. Electroplating etc. 2.2. Job Practice Job 1: To prepare a wooden surface for painting apply primer on one side and to paint the same side. To prepare french polish for wooden surface and polish the other side. Job II: To prepare metal surface for painting, apply primer and paint the same. Job III: To prepare a metal surface for spray painting, first spray primer and paint the same by spray painting gun and compressor system. The sequence of polishing will be as follows: i) Abrasive cutting by leather wheel ii) Polishing with hard cotton wheel and with polishing material
  • 52.
    52 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 52 iii) Buffing with cotton wheel or buff wheel. 3. ELECTRICAL SHOP 3.1 Study, demonstration and identification of common electrical materials with standard ratings and specifications such as wires, cables, switches, fuses, cleats, clamps and allied items, tools and accessories. 3.2 Study of electrical safety measures and protective devices. Job I Identification of phase, Neutral and Earth wires for connection to domestic electrical appliances and their connections to three pin plugs. Job II Carrying out house wiring circuits using fuse, switches, sockets, ceiling rose etc. in batten or P.V.C. casing-caping. 3.3 Study of common electrical appliances such as auto electric iron, electric kettle, ceiling/table fan, desert cooler etc. 3.4 Introduction to the construction of lead acid battery and its working. Job III Installation of battery and connecting two or three batteries in series and parallel. 3.5 Introduction to battery charger and its functioning. Job IV Charging a battery and testing with hydrometer and cell tester 4. WELDING SHOP 4.1 Introduction and importance of welding as compared to other material joining processes. Specifications and type of welding machines, classification and coding of electrodes, welding parameters, welding joints and welding positions. Materials to be welded, safety precautions. 4.2 Job Practice Job I Practice of striking arc (Minimum 4 beads on 100 mm long M.S. flat). Job II Practice of depositing beads on plate at different current levels. (Minimum 4 beads on M.S. plate at four setting of current level). Job III Preparation of lap joint using arc welding process. Job IV Preparation of T-joint using gas welding or arc welding on 100 mm x 6 mm MS Flat 5. PLUMBING SHOP 5.1. Use of personal protective equipments, safety precautions while working and cleaning of shop. 5.2. Introduction and demonstration of tools, equipment and machines used in plumbing shop. 5.3. Introduction of various pipes and pipe fittings of elbow, nipple, socket, union etc. 5.4. Job Practice Job 1 : Preparation of job using elbow, bend and nipple
  • 53.
    53 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 53 Job II: Preparation of job using Union, Tap, Plug and Socket. Job III: Threading practice on pipe with die MEANS OF ASSESSMENT − Workshop jobs − Report writing, presentation and viva voce RECOMMENDED BOOKS 1. Workshop Technology I,II,III, by SK Hajra, Choudhary and AK Choudhary; Media Promoters and Publishers Pvt. Ltd. Mumbai. 2. Workshop Technology Vol. I, II, III by Manchanda; India Publishing House, Jalandhar. 3. Workshop Training Manual Vol. I, II by S.S. Ubhi; Katson Publishers, Ludhiana. 4. Manual on Workshop Practice by K Venkata Reddy; MacMillan India Ltd., New Delhi 5. Basic Workshop Practice Manual by T Jeyapoovan; Vikas Publishing House (P) Ltd., New Delhi 6. Workshop Technology by B.S. Raghuwanshi; Dhanpat Rai and Co., New Delhi 7. Workshop Technology by HS Bawa; Tata McGraw Hill Publishers, New Delhi.
  • 54.
    54 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 54 2.1 APPLIED MATHEMATICS - II L T P 5 - - RATIONALE Basic elements of integral calculus, differential calculus, numerical methods, differential m equations included in this course will play a vital role in understanding engineering problem mathematically. This will also develop analytical as well as conceptual abilities among students. LEARNING OUTCOMES After undergoing this course, the students will be able to: • Calculate simple integration by methods of integration • Evaluate the area under curves, surface by using definite integrals. • Calculate the area and volume under a curve along areas • Solve the engineering problems with numerical methods. • Understand the geometric shapes used in engineering problems by co-ordinate geometry. DETAILED CONTENTS 1. Integral Calculus - I (20 Periods) Methods of Indefinite Integration :- 1.1 Integration by substitution. 1.2 Integration by rational function. 1.3 Integration by partial fraction. 1.4 Integration by parts. 1.5 Integration of special function 2. Integral Calculus - II: (20 Periods) 2.1 Meaning and properties of definite integrals, Evaluation of definite integrals.. 2.2 Application : Length of simple curves, Finding areas bounded by simple curves Volume of solids of revolution, centre of mean of plane areas. 2.3 Simposns 1/3rd and Simposns3/8th rule and Trapezoidal Rule : their application in simple cases. Numerical solutions of algebraic equations; Bisections method, Regula-Falsi method, Newton-Raphson’s method(without proof), Numerical solutions of simultaneous equations; Gauss elimination method(without proof) 3. Co-ordinate Geometry (2 Dimension) (18 Periods)
  • 55.
    55 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 55 3.1 Circle Equation of circle in standard form. Centre - Radius form, Diameter form, Two intercept form. 4. Co-ordinate Geometry (3 Dimension) (12 Periods) 4.1 Straight lines and planes in space Distance between two points in space, direction cosine and direction ratios, Finding equation of a straight line (without proof) INSTRUCTONAL STRATEGY Basic elements of Differential Calculus, Integral Calculus and differential equations can be taught conceptually along with real engineering applications in which particular algorithm and theory can be applied. Numerical examples will be helpful in understanding the content of the subject. MEANS OF ASSESSMENT - Assignments and Quiz/Class Tests - Mid-term and End-term Written Tests - Model/Prototype Making RECOMMENDED BOOKS 1. Elementary Engineering Mathematics by BS Grewal, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi 2. Engineering Mathematics, Vol I & II by SS Sastry, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 3 Applied Mathematics-II by Chauhan and Chauhan, Krishna Publications, Meerut. 4. Applied Mathematics-I (B) by Kailash Sinha and Varun Kumar; Aarti Publication, Meerut SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS Topic Time Allotted (Periods) Marks Allotted (%) 1. 20 28 2. 20 28 3. 18 24 4 12 20 Total 70 100
  • 56.
    56 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 56 2.2 COMPUTER AIDED DRAWING L T P - -8 RATIONALE A diploma holder is expected to prepare and interpret CAD Drawings. Hence this subject. LEARNING OUTCOMES On completion of this course, students will be able to : • Know the advantages of using CAD in comparison with conventional method. • Draw and interpret CAD drawings using drawing, editing and viewing in CAD software. • Create 2D plans of building • Create 3 D views from given 2D plans DETAILED CONTENTS 1. Introduction to Computer Aided Drafting (2D) commands of any one software (Auto CAD, ProE, Solid works, Unigraphics etc. (6 drawing sheets) 1.1 Concept of AutoCAD, Tool bars in CAD software, coordinate system, snap, grid, and ortho mode (Absolute, Relative and Polar), setting of units and layout. 1.2 Drawing commands – point, line, arc, circle, ellipse, 1.3 Editing commands – scale, erase, copy, stretch, lengthen and explode. 1.4 Dimensioning and placing text in drawing area 1.5 Sectioning and hatching 1.6 Inquiry for different parameters of drawing entity 1.7 Create layers within a drawing 1.8 Specifying Geometrical Dimensioning & tolerancing (GD&T) parameters in drawing 2. 2-D Plan of a 2-Room Building 3. Isometric Drawing by CAD using any part modeling Software (3D) (one sheet) Drawings of following on computer: - Cone - Cylinder - Cube - Spring - Isometric view of objects 4. Introduction to any part modeling software(ProE, Solid works, AutoCAD, Unigraphic , Catia etc.) Introduction to Sketcher: Sketch Entities, Sketch Tools, Blocks, Dimensioning
  • 57.
    57 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 57 4.1 Part modeling (4 models) Part Modeling Tools:- 4.1.1 Creating reference planes 4.1.2 Creating Extrude features Creating Revolve Creating Swept features 4.1.3 Creating Loft features 4.1.4 Creating Reference - points, axis, coordinates 4.1.5 Creating curves 4.1.6 Creating Fillet features 4.1.7 Inserting Hole types 4.1.8 Creating Chamfer 4.1.9 Creating Shell 4.1.10 Creating Rib 4.1.11 Environment& Utilities - Working with views and manipulating views. 4.2. Preparing 3-D view of existing 2-D plan. INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY 1. Teachers should show model or realia of the component/part whose drawing is to be made. 2. Emphasis should be given on cleanliness, dimensioning, & layout of sheet. 3. Teachers should ensure use of IS codes related to drawing. MEANS OF ASSESSMENT - Drawings - Assignments and quiz/class tests, mid-term and end-term written tests, model/prototype making - Software installation, operation, and viva-voce LIST OF RECOMMENDED BOOKS 1. Engineering Drawing with AutoCAD 2000 by T. Jeyapooran; Vikas PublishingHouse, Delhi. 2. AutoCAD for Engineering Drawing Made Easy by P. NageswaraRao; Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi. 3. AutoCAD 2000 for you by UmeshShettigar and Abdul Khader; JanathaPublishers, Udupi. 4. Auto CAD 2000 by Ajit Singh, TMH, New Delhi. 5. Instruction Manual of the software used (AutoCAD, ProE, Solidwors, Unigraphic etc.) 6 E-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by AICTE/UBTE/NITTTR, Chandigarh. Websites for Reference http://swayam.gov.in
  • 58.
    58 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 58 2.3 APPLIED MECHANICS L T P 5 - 2 RATIONALE The subject Applied Mechanics deals with basic concepts of mechanics like laws of forces, moments, friction, centre of gravity, laws of motion and simple machines which are required by the students for further understanding of other allied subjects. The subject enhances the analytical ability of the students. LEARNING OUTCOMES After undergoing this course, the students will be able to: • Interpret various types of units and their conversion from one to another. • Analyze different types of forces acting on a body and draw free body diagrams. • Determine the resultant of coplanar concurrent forces. • Calculate the co-efficient of friction for different types of surfaces. • Calculate the least force required to maintain equilibrium on an inclined plane. • Determine the centroid/centre of gravity of plain and composite laminar and solid bodies. • Determine velocity ratio, mechanical advantage and efficiency of simple machines DETAILED CONTENTS 1. Introduction (06 periods) 1.1 Concept of engineering mechanics definition of mechanics, statics, dynamics, application of engineering mechanics in practical fields. Definition of Applied Mechanics. 1.2 Definition, basic quantities and derived quantities of basic units and derived units 1.3 Different systems of units (FPS, CGS, MKS and SI) and their conversion from one to another for density, force, pressure, work, power, velocity, acceleration 1.4 Concept of rigid body, scalar and vector quantities 2. Laws of forces (12 periods) 2.1 Definition of force, measurement of force in SI units, its representation, types of force: Point force/concentrated force & Uniformly distributed force, effects of force, characteristics of a force 2.2 Different force systems (coplanar and non-coplanar), principle of transmissibility of forces, law of superposition
  • 59.
    59 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 59 2.3 Composition and resolution of coplanar concurrent forces, resultant force, method of composition of forces, laws of forces, triangle law of forces, polygon law of forces - graphically, analytically, resolution of forces, resolving a force into two rectangular components 2.4 Free body diagram 2.5 Equilibrant force and its determination 2.6 Lami's theorem (concept only) [Simple problems on above topics] 2.7 Type of Load, supports, Beams- analysis for simply supported, cantilever beams 3. Moment (14 periods) 3.1 Concept of moment 3.2 Moment of a force and units of moment 3.3 Varignon's theorem (definition only) 3.4 Principle of moment and its applications (Levers – simple and compound, steel yard, safety valve, reaction at support) 3.5 Parallel forces (like and unlike parallel force), calculating their resultant 3.6 Concept of couple, its properties and effects 3.7 General conditions of equilibrium of bodies under coplanar forces 3.8 Position of resultant force by moment [Simple problems on the above topics] 4. Friction (14 periods) 4.1 Definition and concept of friction, types of friction, force of friction 4.2 Laws of static friction, coefficient of friction, angle of friction, angle of repose, cone of friction 4.3 Equilibrium of a body lying on a horizontal plane, equilibrium of a body lying on a rough inclined plane. 4.4 Calculation of least force required to maintain equilibrium of a body on a rough inclined plane subjected to a force: a) Acting along the inclined plane Horizontally b) At some angle with the inclined plane 5. Centre of Gravity (10 periods) 5.1 Concept, definition of centroid of plain figures and centre of gravity of symmetrical solid bodies 5.2 Determination of centroid of plain and composite lamina using moment method only, centroid of bodies with removed portion 5.3 Determination of center of gravity of solid bodies - cone, cylinder, hemisphere and sphere; composite bodies and bodies with portion removed [Simple problems on the above topics]
  • 60.
    60 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 60 6. Simple Machines (14 periods) 6.1. Definition of effort, velocity ratio, mechanical advantage and efficiency of a machine and their relationship, law of machines 6.2. Simple and compound machine (Examples) 6.3. Definition of ideal machine, reversible and self locking machine 6.4. Effort lost in friction, Load lost in friction, determination of maximum mechanical advantage and maximum efficiency 6.5. System of pulleys (first, second, third system of pulleys), determination of velocity ratio, mechanical advantage and efficiency 6.6. Working principle and application of wheel and axle, Weston’s Differential Pulley Block , simple screw jack, worm and worm wheel, single and double winch crab. Expression for their velocity ratio and field of their application [Simple problems on the above topics] LIST OF PRACTICALS 1. Verification of the polygon law of forces using gravesend apparatus. 2. To verify the forces in different members of jib crane. 3. To verify the reaction at the supports of a simply supported beam. 4. To find the mechanical advantage, velocity ratio and efficiency in case of an inclined plane. 5. To find the mechanical advantage, velocity ratio and efficiency of a screw jack. 6. To find the mechanical advantage, velocity ratio and efficiency of worm and worm wheel. 7. To find mechanical advantage, velocity ratio and efficiency of single purchase crab. 8. To find out center of gravity of regular lamina. 9. To find out center of gravity of irregular lamina. 10. To determine coefficient of friction between three pairs of given surface. INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY Applied Mechanics being a fundamental subject, the teacher are expected to emphasize on the application of “Applied Mechanics” in various subjects so that students are able to appreciate the importance of the subject. Students should also be made conversant with the use of scientific calculator to solve numerical problems MEANS OF ASSESSMENT − Assignments and quiz/class tests − Mid and end-term written tests − Model/prototype making.
  • 61.
    61 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 61 RECOMMENDED BOOKS 1. A Text Book of Applied Mechanics by S Ramamurtham,Dhanpat Rai Publishing Co. Ltd. 2. A Text Book of Engineering Mechanics (Applied Mechanics) by RK Khurmi; S Chand and Co. Ltd., New Delhi. 3. A Text Book of Applied Mechanics by RK Rajput; Laxmi Publications, New Delhi.. 4. Text Book of Applied Mechanics by Birinder Singh, Kaption Publishing House, New Delhi. 5. Test Book of Applied Mechanics by AK Upadhya, SK Kataria & Sons, New Delhi SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS Topic No. Time Allotted (Hrs) Marks Allotted (%) 1 06 8 2 12 18 3 14 20 4 14 20 5 10 14 6 14 20 Total 70 100
  • 62.
    62 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 62 2.4 BASICS OF MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING L T P 6 - 2 RATIONALE A part from the common core subjects, some engineering subjects are included in the diploma course of electrical engineering. One of these subjects is Elementry Mech. Engg. to impart some necessary knowledge and skill about mechanical nature. Inclusion of the subject is further justified by the fact that in practical field, any job of electrical and civil technician is intermingled with either civil or mechanical engineering. As such the relevant basic topics of these disciplines are included in the content of the subject. Some study exercises along with some field work have been suggested to give feel of jobs and equipments involved. LEARNING OUTCOMES After undergoing the subject, the students will be able to: • Apply thermodynamics Laws. • Use of various energy sources. • Solve basics problems related to fuel and combustion. • Have an idea of loading on machine components. • Explain the application of different types of bearings. • Explain the uses of different types of gears and springs. • Explain the working principle of different lubrication systems. • Identify and take readings on various electrical equipments • Determine voltage-current relationship in a DC circuit under specific physical conditions • Measure resistance of an ammeter and a voltmeter • Verify DC circuits (Thevenin and Norton Theorem) • Verify Kirchhoff's Current and Voltage Laws in a dc circuit • Find the ratio of inductance of a coil having air-core and iron-core respectively and observe the effect of introduction of a magnetic core on coil inductance • Test a lead - acid storage battery • Measure power and power factor in a single phase R-L-C Circuit and calculation of active and reactive powers in the circuit. • Measure voltages and currents in polyphase a.c. circuits for star and delta connections.
  • 63.
    63 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 63 SECTION A - MECHANICAL ENGINEERING DETAILED CONTENTS 1. Thermal Engineering (08 periods) 1.1 Sources of Energy: Definition, Concept of thermodynamic system and surroundings, Closed system, Open system, Isolated system, Thermodynamics definition of work.Zeroth low of thermodynamics Basic ideas, conventional and nonconventional forms- Thermal, Hydel, Tidal, wind, Solar, Biomass and Nuclear and their uses. 1.2 Fuels & Combustion: Combustion of fuels- their higher and lower calorific values. Combustion equations for carbon, sulphur, hydrogen and their simple compounds. Calculation of minimum amount of air required for complete combustion. Combustion analysis n mass basis and on volume basis. Concept of excess air in a boiler furnace combustion. Heat carried away by flue gases. Analysis of flue gases by Orsat apparatus. Simple numerical problems Idea of specific properties of liquid fuels such as detonation, knock resistance (cetane and octane numbers), viscosity, solidification point, flash point and flame point. 2. Machine Components (12 periods) Brief idea of loading on machine components. (i) Pins, Cotter and Knuckle Joints. (ii) Keys, Key ways and spline on the shaft. (iii)Shafts, Collars, Cranks, Eccentrics. (iv) Couplings and Clutches. (v) Bearings-Plane, Bushed, Split-step, ball, Roller bearing, Journal bearing, Foot step bearing, thrust bearing, collar bearing and Special type bearings and their applications. (vi) Gears : Different types of gears, gear trains and their use for transmission of motion. Determination of velocity ratio for spur gear trains; spur gear, single and double helical gears, Bevel gears, Mitre wheel, worms, Rack and Pinion. Simple and compound and epicyclic gear trains and their use. Definition of pitch and pitch circle & module. (vii) Springs:
  • 64.
    64 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 64 Compression, Tension, Helical springs, Torsion springs, Leaf and Laminated springs. Their use and material. 3. Lubrication (04 periods) Different lubrication system for lubricating the components of machines. Principle of working of wet sump and dry sump system of lubrication. (Explain with simple line diagram). Selection of lubricant based on different application (Requirement with the help of manufacturer catalogue). SECTION B: ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 4. Overview of DC Circuits (06 periods) 4.1 Definition of basic terms, such as current, EMF, Potential Difference (PD); Ohm’s Law and its limitations; Factors affecting resistors and capacitors; simple problems on series and parallel combinations of resistors with their wattage considerations. 4.2 Application of Kirchhoff’s current law and Kirchhoff’s voltage law to simple circuits. Star – Delta connections and their conversion. 5. DC Circuit Theorems (06 periods) Thevenin’s theorem, Norton’s theorem, application of network theorems in solving D.C. circuit problems. 6. Voltage and Current Sources (04 periods) 6.1 Concept of voltage source, symbol and graphical representation characteristics of ideal and practical sources. 6.2 Concept of current sources, symbol, characteristic and graphical representation of ideal and practical current sources. 7. Electro Magnetic Induction (08 periods) 7.1 Concept of electro-magnetic field produced by flow of electric current, magnetic circuit, concept of magneto-motive force (MMF), flux, reluctance, permeability, analogy between electric and magnetic circuit. 7.2 Faraday’s laws of electro-magnetic induction, principles of self and mutual induction, self and mutually induced e.m.f, simple numerical problems. 7.3 Concept of current growth, decay and time constant in an inductive (RL) circuit. 7.4 Energy stored in an inductor, series and parallel combination of inductors.
  • 65.
    65 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 65 8. Batteries (06 periods) 8.1 Basic idea of primary and secondary cells 8.2 Construction, working principle and applications of Lead-Acid, Nickel- Cadmium and Silver-Oxide batteries 8.3 Charging methods used for lead-acid battery (accumulator ) 8.4 Care and maintenance of lead-acid battery 8.5 Series and parallel connections of batteries 8.6 General idea of solar cells, solar panels and their applications 8.7 Introduction to maintenance free batteries 9. AC Fundamentals (10 periods) 9.1 Concept of alternating quantities 9.2 Difference between ac and dc 9.3 Concepts of: cycle, frequency, time period, amplitude, instantaneous value, average value, r.m.s. value, maximum value, form factor and peak factor. 9.4 Representation of sinusoidal quantities by phasor diagrams. 9.5 Equation of sinusoidal wave form for an alternating quantity and its derivation 9.6 Effect of alternating voltage applied to a pure resistance, pure inductance and pure capacitance. 10. AC Circuits (14 periods) 10.1 Concept of inductive and capacitive reactance 10.2 Alternating voltage applied to resistance and inductance in series. 10.3 Alternating voltage applied to resistance and capacitance in series. 10.4 Introduction to series and parallel resonance and its conditions 10.5 Power in pure resistance, inductance and capacitance, power in combined RLC circuits. Power factor, active and reactive power and their significance, definition and significance of power factor. 10.6 Definition of conductance, susceptance, admittance, impedance and their units 10.7 Introduction to polyphase a.c. systems, advantages of polyphase system over single phase system. Relations between line and phase value of voltages and currents for star and delta connections and their phasor diagram, power in polyphase circuits. 11. Various Types of Power Plants (06 periods)
  • 66.
    66 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 66 11.1 Brief explanation of principle of power generation practices in thermal, hydro and nuclear power stations and their comparative study. A Visit to a nearby Power Station(s) may be organized for better understanding and exposure. 11.2 Elementary block diagram of above mentioned power stations LIST OF PRACTICALS 1. Study and Sketch of Pins and Cottor 2. Study and Sketch of Keys and Key ways 3. Study and sketch of Couplings and Clutches 4. Study and Sketch of Bearings 5. Study and Sketch of Springs 6. Study of green energy 7 Study of Maintenance and safety aspects of lifts in buildings 8 Operation and use of measuring instruments viz voltmeter, ammeter, CRO, Wattmeter, multi-meter and other accessories 9 Determination of voltage-current relationship in a dc circuit under specific physical conditions and to draw conclusions. 10 Measurement of resistance of an ammeter and a voltmeter 11 Verification of dc circuits: a. Thevenin’s theorem, b. Norton’s theorem, 12 Observation of change in resistance of a bulb in hot and cold conditions, using voltmeter and ammeter. 13 Verification of Kirchhoff's Current and Voltage Laws in a dc circuit 14 To find the ratio of inductance of a coil having air-core and iron-core respectively and to observe the effect of introduction of a magnetic core on coil inductance 15 Charging and testing of a lead - acid storage battery. 16 Measurement of power and power factor in a single phase R-.L-.C. circuit and calculation of active and reactive powers in the circuit. 17 Verification of line to line and line to neutral voltages and current in star and delta connections. 18 Study of Wiring system of Public Buildings & Residential buildings. Note: Visit to a nearby Power Station(s) may be arranged to demonstrate various aspects of subject. INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY Teachers should lay emphasis on basic principles and use charts in class, visits to labs and industry may be arranged to demonstrate certain materials and practices. MEANS OF ASSESSMENT
  • 67.
    67 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 67 - Sessional Tests - End term Tests - Practicals - Viva-Voce RECOMMENDED BOOKS 1. Thermal Engineering by RK Rajput; Laxmi Publications, Delhi. 2. Theory Machines by SS Rattan; Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi. 3. Basic Electrical Engineering by PS Dhogal, Tata McGraw-Hill Education Pvt Ltd., New Delhi. 4. Experiments in Basic Electrical Engineering by SK Bhattacharya, KM Rastogi; New Age International (P) Ltd.; Publishers New Delhi. 5. Electrical Technology by BL Theraja, S Chand and Co, New Delhi. 6. Basic Electrical Engineering by JB Gupta; SK Kataria and Sons, New Delhi. 7. Basic Electrical Engineering by Asfaque Husain, Jain Book Depot, New Delhi SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS Topic Time Allotted (Periods) Marks Allotted (%) 1. 08 10 2. 12 15 3. 04 05 4. 06 08 5. 06 06 6. 04 05 7. 08 09 8. 06 08 9. 10 12 10. 14 16 11. 06 06 Total 84 100
  • 68.
    68 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 68 2.5 BASICS OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY L T P - - 6 RATIONALE Information technology has great influence on all aspects of life. Primary purpose of using computer is to make the life easier. Almost all work places and living environment are being computerized. The subject introduces the fundamentals of computer system for using various hardware and software components. In order to prepare diploma holders to work in these environments, it is essential that they are exposed to various aspects of information technology such as understanding the concept of information technology and its scope; operating a computer; use of various tools using MS Office/Open Office/Libre Office using internet etc., form the broad competency profile of diploma holders. This exposure will enable the students to enter their professions with confidence, live in a harmonious way and contribute to the productivity. Note: Explanation of Introductory part should be demonstrated with practical work. Following topics may be explained in the laboratory along with the practical exercises. There will not be any theory examination. LEARNING OUTCOMES After undergoing the subject, the students will be able to: • Identify Computer Hardware Components, Network Components and Peripherals. • Explain the role of an Operating System. • Install System and Application Software. • Explain the function of the system components including Processor, Motherboard and Input-output devices. • Use Word Processing Software to prepare document. • Use Spreadsheet Software to create workbooks and automate calculation. • Use Presentation Software to create interactive presentation. • Perform fundamental tasks common to most application software including print, scan, save, edit, cut, copy, paste, format, spell and grammar check. • Find and evaluate information on the Web. • Install Antivirus.
  • 69.
    69 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 69 • Safeguard against Online Frauds, threats and crimes. • Use online office tools(Google suits)
  • 70.
    70 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 70 TOPICS TO BE EXPLAINED THROUGH DEMONSTRATION 1. Introduction to Computers and Peripherals. Components of Computer, Types of Computer, CPU, RAM, ROM, Hard disk, USB, Flash drive, CD, DVD,Blue ray, Keyboard, Mouse, Monitor, LCD, Printer, Plotter, Scanner, Modem, Sound Cards, Speakers, CMOS battery, Sharing of Printers. 2. Operation System and Application Software System Software, Application Software, Virtualization Software, Utility Software, MS Office/Open Office/Libreoffice, Working with window, Desktop components, Menu bars, creating shortcut of program. Installation of Application softwares, Antivirus and Drivers. 3. Word Processing, Spreadsheet and Presentation Usage and creation of word document, spreadsheets and presentation, Google Suits (Google drive, google sheet, google doc. Google presentation) . 4. Internet Basics of Networking – LAN, WAN, Wi-Fi technologies, Concept of IP Addrsses, DNS, Search Engines, e-mail, Browsing and cyber laws. LIST OF PRACTICAL EXERCISES 1. Identify various components, peripherals of computer and list their functions. 2. Installation of various application software and peripheral drivers 3. Installation of operating system (windows/linux/others) 4. Creation and Management (Rename, delete, search of file and folders) 5. Installation of Antivirus and remove viruses 6. Scanning and printing documents 7. Browsing, Downloading, Information using Internet 8. E-Mail ID creation, comparing, sending and receiving e-mail. Attaching a file with e- mail message. 9. Word Processing (MS Office/Open Office) a) File Management Opening, creating and saving a document, locating files, copying contents in some different file(s), protecting files, giving password protection for a file b) Page set up Setting margins, tab setting, ruler, indenting c) Editing a document Entering text, cut, copy, paste using tool- bars d) Formatting a document
  • 71.
    71 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 71 Using different fonts, changing font size and colour, changing the appearance through bold/italic/underlined, highlighting a text, changing case, using subscript and superscript, using different underline methods Aligning of text in a document, justification of document, inserting bullets and numbering Formatting paragraph, inserting page breaks and column breaks, line spacing Use of headers, footers: Inserting footnote, end note, use of comments, autotext Inserting date, time, special symbols, importing graphic images, drawing tools e) Tables and Borders Creating a table, formatting cells, use of different border styles, shading in tables, merging of cells, partition of cells, inserting and deleting a row in a table Print preview, zoom, page set up, printing options Using find, replace options f) Using Tools like Spell checker, help, use of macros, mail merge, thesaurus word content and statistics, printing envelops and lables Using shapes and drawing toolbar, Working with more than one window . 10. Spread Sheet Processing (MS Office/Open Office/Libre Office) a) Starting excel, open worksheet, enter, edit, data, formulae to calculate values, format data, save worksheet, switching between different spread sheets b) Menu commands: Create, format charts, organise, manage data, solving problem by analyzing data. Programming with Excel Work Sheet, getting information while working c) Work books: Managing workbooks (create, open, close, save), working in work books, selecting the cells, choosing commands, data entry techniques, formula creation and links, controlling calculations Editing a worksheet, copying, moving cells, pasting, inserting, deletion cells, rows, columns, find and replace text, numbers of cells, formatting worksheet, conditional formatting d) Creating a chart: Working with chart types, changing data in chart, formatting a chart, use chart to analyze data Using a list to organize data, sorting and filtering data in list e) Retrieve data with query: Create a pivot table, customizing a pivot table. Statistical analysis of data f) Exchange data with other application: Embedding objects, linking to other applications, import, export document. 11. PowerPoint Presentation (MS Office/Open Office/Libre office)
  • 72.
    72 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 72 a) Introduction to PowerPoint - How to start PowerPoint - Working environment: concept of toolbars, slide layout & templates. - Opening a new/existing presentation - Different views for viewing slides in a presentation: normal, slide sorter. b) Addition, deletion and saving of slides c) Insertion of multimedia elements - Adding text boxes - Adding/importing pictures - Adding movies and sound - Adding tables and charts etc. - Adding organizational chart - Editing objects - Working with Clip Art d) Formatting slides - Using slide master - Text formatting - Changing slide layout - Changing slide colour scheme - Changing background - Applying design template 12. Google Suits Using Google drive, Google shut, Google docs, Google slides. INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY Since this subject is practice oriented, the teacher should demonstrate the capabilities of computers to students while doing practical exercises. The students should be made familiar with computer parts, peripherals, connections and proficient in making use of MS Office/Open Office/Libre office/Google Suit in addition to working on internet. The student should be made capable of working on computers independently. MEANS OF ASSESSMENT - Class Tests/Quiz - Software Installation and Use - Viva-Voce - Presentation RECOMMENDED BOOKS 1. Fundamentals of Computer by V Rajaraman; Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi 2. Information Technology for Management by Henery Lucas, Tata McGraw Hills, New Delhi
  • 73.
    73 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 73 3. Computers Fundamentals Architecture and Organisation by B Ram, revised Edition, New Age International Publishers, New Delhi 4. Computers Today by SK Basandara, Galgotia publication Pvt Ltd. Daryaganj, New Delhi. 5. Internet for Every One by Alexis Leon and Mathews Leon; Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., Jungpura, New Delhi 6. A First Course in Computer by Sanjay Saxena; Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., Jungpura, New Delhi 7. Computer Fundamentals by PK Sinha; BPB Publication, New Delhi 8. Fundamentals of Information Technology by Leon and Leon; Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., Jungpura, New Delhi 9. On Your Marks - Net…Set…Go… Surviving in an e-world by Anushka Wirasinha, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi 10. Fundamentals of Information Technology by Vipin Arora, Eagle Parkashan, Jalandhar Reference websites 1. www. tutorialspoint..com 2. www.sf.net 3. Gsuite.google.com 4. Spoken-tutorial.org 5. Swayam.gov.in
  • 74.
    74 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 74 2.6 GENERAL WORKSHOP PRACTICE –II (Common for Civil Engineering, Electrical Engineering and Chemical Engineering ) L T P - - 8 RATIONALE In order to have a balanced overall development of diploma engineers, it is necessary to integrate theory with practice. General workshop practices are included in the curriculum in order to provide hands-on experience about use of different tools and basic manufacturing practices. This subject aims at developing general manual and machining skills in the students. In addition, the development of dignity of labour, safety at work place, team working and development of right attitude are the other objectives. LEARNING OUTCOMES After completing the course, the students will be able to: • Identify tools and equipment used and their respective functions. • Identify different types of materials and their basic properties. • Use and take measurements with the help of basic measuring tools/equipment. • Select proper tools for a particular operation. • Select materials, tools, and sequence of operations to make a job as per given specification/drawing. • Prepare simple jobs independently and inspect the same. • Follow safety procedures and precautionary measures. • Use safety equipment and Personal Protection Equipment. DETAILED CONTENTS (PRACTICAL EXERCISES) Note: The students are supposed to come in proper workshop dress prescribed by the institute. Wearing shoes in the workshop(s) is compulsory. Importance of safety and cleanliness, safety measures and upkeep of tools, equipment and environment in each of the following shops should be explained and practiced. The students should prepare sketches of various tools/jobs in their practical Notebook. The following shops are included in the syllabus: 1 Fitting Shop 2 Sheet Metal Shop 3 Mason Shop 4 Machine Shop 1. FITTING SHOP 1.1 Use of personal protective equipment and safety precautions while working.
  • 75.
    75 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 75 1.2 Basic deburring processes. 1.3 Introduction to fitting shop tools, marking and measuring devices/equipment. 1.4 Identification of materials. (Iron, Copper, Stainless Steel, Aluminium etc.) 1.5 Identification of various steel sections (flat, angle, channel, bar etc.). 1.6 Introduction to various fitting shop operations/processes (Hacksawing, Drilling, Chipping and Filing). 1.7 Job Practice Job I Marking of job, use of marking tools, filing and use of measuring instruments. (Vernier caliper, Micrometer and Vernier height gauge). Job II Filing a rectangular/square piece to maintain dimensions within an accuracy of ±.25 mm. Job IIIMaking a cut-out from a square piece of MS flat using hand hacksaw and chipping Job IV Drilling and tapping practice on MS Flat. 2. SHEET METAL SHOP 2.1. Introduction to sheet metal shop, use of hand tools and accessories e.g. different types of hammers, hard and soft mallet, sheet and wire gauge, necessary allowance required during job fabrication, selection of material. 2.2 Introduction and demonstration of hand tools used in sheet metal shop. 2.3 Introduction and demonstration of various machines and equipment used in sheet metal shop e.g. Shearing Machine, Bar Folder, Burring Machine, 2.4 Introduction and demonstration of various raw materials used in sheet metal shop e.g. black-plain sheet, galvanized-iron plain sheet, galvanised corrugated sheet, aluminium sheet etc. 2.5 Study of various types of nuts, bolts, rivets, screws etc. 2.6 Job Practice Job I: Shearing practice on a sheet using hand shears. Job II: Practice on making Single riveted lap joint/Double riveted lap Joint. Job III:Practice on making Single cover plate chain type, zig-zag type and single rivetted Butt Joint. 3 MASON SHOP 3.1. Introduction and importance of Mason shop 3.2. Introduction of tools, equipment and machines used in Mason shop 3.3. Job Practice Job I : Preparation of simple bond
  • 76.
    76 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 76 Job II : Preparation of Arched bond Job III: Preparation of RCC structure (column and beam) 4 MACHINE SHOP 4.1 Study and sketch of lathe machine 4.2 Study and Sketch of grinders, milling machine, drilling machine and CNC machine. 4.3 Plain and step turning and knurling practice. 4.4 Study and sketch of planning/shaping machine and to plane a rectangle of cast iron. MEANS OF ASSESSMENT − Workshop jobs − Report writing, presentation and viva voce RECOMMENDED BOOKS 1. Workshop Technology I,II,III, by SK Hajra, Choudhary and AK Choudhary; Media Promoters and Publishers Pvt. Ltd. Mumbai. 2. Workshop Technology Vol. I, II, III by Manchanda; India Publishing House, Jalandhar. 3. Workshop Training Manual Vol. I, II by S.S. Ubhi; Katson Publishers, Ludhiana. 4. Manual on Workshop Practice by K Venkata Reddy; MacMillan India Ltd., New Delhi 5. Basic Workshop Practice Manual by T Jeyapoovan; Vikas Publishing House (P) Ltd., New Delhi 6. Workshop Technology by B.S. Raghuwanshi; Dhanpat Rai and Co., New Delhi 7. Workshop Technology by HS Bawa; Tata McGraw Hill Publishers, New Delhi.
  • 77.
    77 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 77 3.1 HYDRAULICS AND HYDRAULIC MACHINES L T P 6 - 2 RATIONALE Subject of Fluid Mechanics is a basic engineering subject and helps in solving fluid flow problems in the field of Civil Engineering. The subject deals with basic concepts and principles in hydrostatics, hydro kinematics and hydrodynamics and their application in solving fluid -mechanics problems. LEARNING OUTCOMES After undergoing the subject, the students will be able to: • interpret the different terms related to fluids. • calculate the pressure exerted by fluids on the walls of containers. • Calculate discharge through pipes, irrigation channels, water supply pipe lines. • use different flow measurement devices like venturimeter, mouthpiece, notches, weir, orificemeter • calculate size of the pipe for carrying a particular discharge. • prepare the details like dimensions, slope of the irrigation, canals and water courses • differentiate between different type of water pumps used in the field. • measure the loss of head in pipes and channels DETAILED CONTENTS 1. Introduction (02 Periods) 1.1 Fluids: Real and ideal fluids 1.2 Fluid Mechanics, Hydrostatics, Hydrodynamics, Hydraulics 2. Properties of Fluids (definition only) (08 Periods) 2.1 Mass density, specific weight, specific gravity, viscosity, surface tension - cohesion, adhesion and, capillarity, vapour pressure and compressibility. Newton’s Law of viscosity, Newtonian and Non-Newtonian fluids, simple numerical problems.
  • 78.
    78 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 78 3. Hydrostatic Pressure (12 Periods) 3.1 Pressure, intensity of pressure, pressure head, Pascal's law and its applications. 3.2 Total pressure, resultant pressure, and centre of pressure. 3.3 Total pressure and centre of pressure on horizontal, vertical and inclined plane surfaces of rectangular, triangular, trapezoidal shapes and circular. (No derivation - Simple Numerical Problems) Pressure on curved surfaces (concept only). 4. Measurement of Pressure (08 Periods) 4.1 Atmospheric pressure, gauge pressure, vacuum pressure and absolute pressure. 4.2 Piezometer, simple manometer and differential manometer, micro manometers, Bourden gauge and dead weight pressure gauge, numerical problems related to manometers. 5. Fundamentals of Fluid Flow (10 Periods) 5.1 Types of Flow: Steady and unsteady flow, laminar and turbulent flow, uniform and non-uniform flow, stream line, stream tubes, streak line and path line. 5.2 Discharge and continuity equation (flow equation) {No derivation}, Simple numerical problems. 5.3 Types of hydraulic energy: Potential energy, kinetic energy, pressure energy 5.4 Bernoulli's theorem; statement and description (without proof of theorem), Simple numerical problems. 6. Flow Measurements (10 Periods) Brief description with simple numerical problems of : 6.1 Venturimeter and orificemeter 6.2 Pitot tube 6.3 Orifices and mouthpieces 6.4 Current meters 6.5 Notches and weirs 7. Flow through Pipes (12 Periods) 7.1 Definition of pipe flow; Reynolds number, laminar and turbulent flow - explained through Reynold's experiment 7.2 Critical velocity and velocity distributions in a pipe for laminar flow
  • 79.
    79 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 79 7.3 Head loss in pipe lines due to friction, sudden expansion and sudden contraction, entrance, exit, obstruction and change of direction (No derivation of formula), Simple numerical problems related to flow through pipes and siphons. 7.4 Hydraulic gradient line and total energy line. Simple numerical problems. 7.5 Pipes in series and parallel 7.6 Water hammer phenomenon and its effects (only definition and description) 8. Flow through open channels (14 Periods) 8.1 Definition of an open channel, uniform flow and non-uniform flow 8.2 Discharge through channels using i) Chezy's formula (no derivation) ii) Manning's formula (no derivation) 8.3 Most economical channel sections (no derivation, only simple numerical problems) i) Rectangular ii) Trapezoidal 8.4 Head loss in open channel due to friction 8.5 Concept of specific energy and specific force- hydraulic jump. 9. Hydraulic Machines (8 Periods) Hydraulic pump, reciprocating pump, centrifugal pumps (No numerical and No derivations), impulse and reaction turbines (may be demonstrated with the help of working models) PRACTICAL EXERCISES 1. To verify Bernoulli’s Theorem 2. To find out venturimeter coefficient 3. To determine coefficient of velocity (Cv), Coefficient of discharge (Cd) Coefficient of contraction (Cc) of an orifice and verify the relation between them 4. To perform Reynold's experiment 5. To verify loss of head in pipe flow due to a. Sudden enlargement b. Sudden contraction c. Sudden bend 6. Demonstration of use of current meter and pitot tube 7. To determine coefficient of discharge of a rectangular notch and triangular notch. INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY
  • 80.
    80 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 80 Fluid Mechanics being a fundamental subject, teachers are expected to lay considerable stress on understanding the basic concepts, principles and their applications. For this purpose, teachers are expected to give simple problems in the class room and provide tutorial exercises so as to develop necessary knowledge for comprehending the basic concepts and principles. As far as possible, the teaching of the subject be supplemented by demonstrations and practical work in the laboratory. Visit to hydraulic research stations must be carried out. MEANS OF ASSESSMENT − Assignments and quiz/class tests − Mid-term and end-term written tests − Presentation − Viva-Voce RECOMMENDED BOOKS 1. Fluid Mechanics and Hyraulics by Jagdish Lal; Delhi Metropolitan Book Co. Pvt Ltd. 2. Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics by Modi, PN, and Seth, SM; Delhi Standard Publishers Distributors. 3. Hydraulics and Hydraulics Machines by Khurmi RS ; S Chand and Co., Delhi 4. Laboratory Manual for Fluid Mechanics by Poonia MP and Jakhar OP; Standard Publishers Distributors, Delhi 5. Fluid Mechanics by Birinder Singh; Kaption Publishing, New Delhi. 6. Fluid Mechanics by Sarao A.S; Tech. India Publication, New Delhi 7. E-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by AICTE/UBTE/NITTTR, Chandigarh. Websites for Reference: http://swayam.gov.in SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS Topic No. Time Allotted (Periods) Marks Allotted (%) 1 02 02
  • 81.
    81 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 81 2 08 08 3 12 14 4 08 10 5 10 12 6 10 12 7 12 14 8 14 18 9 08 10 Total 84 100
  • 82.
    82 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 82 3.2 CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY L T P 6 - 2 RATIONALE Diploma holders in Civil Engineering are supposed to supervise concreting operations involving proportioning, mixing, transporting, placing, compacting, finishing and curing of concrete. To perform above functions, it is essential to impart knowledge and skills regarding ingredients of concrete and their properties; properties of concrete in plastic and hardened stage, water cement ratio and workability; proportioning for ordinary concrete; concreting operations and joints in concrete. LEARNING OUTCOMES After undergoing the subject, the students will be able to: • evaluate physical properties of cement concrete as per IS codes • conduct various tests on aggregate in laboratory to evaluate their characteristics • interpret the grading charts of different aggregates and evaluate fineness modulus of aggregates • evaluate workability and strength of concrete • recognize bleeding, segregation, harshness defects in fresh concrete • explain hydration process of cement, water to cement (w/c) ratio and analyze relationship between compressive strength and w/c ratio • conduct various destructive and non-destructive (NDT) test • design mix of concrete as per IS code • describe the use of different admixture to enhance the properties of concrete • explain the feature of special concretes • demonstrate how to carry out various concreting operation DETAILED CONTENTS 1. Introduction (04 Periods) Definition of concrete, properties of concrete, uses of concrete in comparison to other building materials. Advantages and disadvantages of concrete. 2. Ingredients of Concrete (10 Periods) 2.1 Cement: physical properties of cement; different types of cement as per IS Codes 2.2 Aggregates:
  • 83.
    83 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 83 2.2.1 Classification of aggregates according to size and shape 2.2.2 Characteristics of aggregates: Particle size and shape, surface texture, specific gravity of aggregate; bulk density, water absorption, surface moisture, bulking of sand, deleterious materials soundness 2.2.3 Grading of aggregates: coarse aggregate, fine aggregate and All-in- - one aggregate; fineness modulus; interpretation of grading charts 2.3 Water: Water Quality requirements as per IS:456-2000 3. Water Cement Ratio (05 Periods) 3.1 Hydration of cement principle of water-cement ratio, Duff Abram’s Water- cement ratio law: Limitations of water-cement ratio law and its effects on strength of concrete 4. Properties of Concrete (12 Periods) 4.1 Properties in plastic state: Workability, Segregation, Bleeding and Harshness 4.1.1 Factors affecting workability, Measurement of workability: slump test, compacting factor and Vee Bee consistometer; Recommended slumps for placement in various conditions as per IS:456-2000/SP-23 4.2 Properties in hardened state: Strength, Durability, Impermeability, Dimensional changes; 5. Concrete Mix Design (12 Periods) 5.1 Objectives and parameters of mix design, introduction to various grades as per IS:456-2000; proportioning for nominal mix design as prescribed by IS 456- 2000 5.2 Adjustment on site for: Bulking of fine aggregate, water absorption of aggregate, workability 5.3 Difference between nominal and controlled concrete 5.4. Introduction to IS-10262-2009-Code for controlled mix design. 5.5 Mix design problems of concrete for desired mix strength or grade. 6. Introduction to Admixtures (chemicals and minerals) for improving performance of concrete (06 Periods) 7. Special Concretes (only features) (12 Periods) 7.1 Concreting under special conditions, difficulties and precautions before, during and after concreting 7.1.1 Cold weather concreting
  • 84.
    84 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 84 7.1.2 Under water concreting 7.1.3 Hot weather concreting 7.2 Ready mix concrete 7.3 Fibre reinforced concrete 7.4 Polymer Concrete 7.5 Fly ash concrete 7.6 Silica fume concrete 7.7 Self compacting concrete 8. Concreting Operations (20 Periods) **8.1 Storing of Cement 8.1.1 Storing of cement in a warehouse 8.1.2 Storing of cement at site 8.1.3 Effect of storage on strength of cement 8.1.4 Determination of warehouse capacity for storage of Cement **8.2 Storing of Aggregate: Storing of aggregate at site 8.3 Batching (to be shown during site visit) 8.3.1 Batching of Cement 8.3.2 Batching of aggregate by: 8.3.2.1 Volume, using gauge box (farma) selection of proper gauge box 8.3.2.2 Weight spring balances and batching machines 8.3.3 Measurement of water ** 8.4 Mixing 8.4.1 Hand mixing 8.4.2 Machine mixing - types of mixers, capacities of mixers, choosing appropriate size of mixers, operation of mixers 8.4.3 Maintenance and care of mixers 8.4.4 Batching and mixing plants **8.5 Transportation of concrete: Transportation of concrete using: wheel barrows, transit mixers, chutes, belt conveyors, Dumpers and trucks, tremie, mono rail system, pumps, tower crane and hoists. 8.6 Placement of concrete
  • 85.
    85 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 85 Type of form works and scaffoldings, Checking of form work, shuttering and precautions to be taken during placement ** 8.7 Compaction 8.7.1 Hand compaction 8.7.2 Machine compaction - types of vibrators, internal screed vibrators and form vibrators 8.7.3 Selection of suitable vibrators for different situations 8.8 Finishing concrete slabs - screeding, floating and trowelling 8.9 Curing 8.9.1 Objective of curing, methods of curing like ponding, membrane curing, steam curing, chemical curing 8.9.2 Duration for curing and removal of form work 8.10 Jointing: Location of construction joints, treatment of construction joints, expansion joints in buildings - their importance and location 8.11 Defects in concrete: Identification of defects and methods of removing defects 9. Importance and methods of non-destructive tests (introduction only) (03 Period) 9.1. Rebound Hammer Test 9.2. Pulse Velocity method NOTE: ** A field visit may be planned to explain and show the relevant things PRACTICAL EXERCISES: 1. To determine the physical properties of cement such as fineness, consistency, setting time, soundness and compressive strength of cement as per IS Codes 2. To determine flakiness and elongation index of coarse aggregate 3. To determine silt content in fine aggregate 4. Determination of specific gravity and water absorption of aggregates 5. Determination of bulk density and voids of aggregates 6. Determination of particle size distribution of fine, coarse and all-in-one aggregate by sieve analysis (grading of aggregate) 7. To determine bulking of fine aggregates
  • 86.
    86 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 86 8. To determine workability by slump test and to verify the effect of water, fine aggregate/coarse aggregate ratio and aggregate/Cement ratio on slump 9. Compaction factor test for workability 10. Non destructive test on concrete by: a) Rebound Hammer Test b) Ultrasonic Pulse Velocity Test 11. To determine compressive strength of concrete cubes for different grades of concrete 12. To determine flexural strength of concrete beam INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY This subject is of practical nature. While imparting instructions, teachers are expected to organize demonstrations and field visits to show various stages of concreting operations. While working in the laboratory, efforts should be made to provide extensive practical training to students so as to make them confident in the preparation and testing of concrete. Teachers should also organize viva examination so as to develop understanding about concepts and principles involved. MEANS OF ASSESSMENT − Assignments and quiz/class tests − Mid-term and end-term written tests − Actual Practical Performance − Report writing − Viva-Voce RECOMMENDED BOOKS 1. Concrete Technology by Krishnamurthy, KT Rao, A Kasundra and Khandekar, AA; Dhanpat Rai and Sons, Delhi 2. Text Book of Concrete Technology by Gupta BL and Gupta Amit; Standard Publishers Distributors, Delhi. 3. Concrete Tecnology by Handoo, BL, Puri, LD and Mahajan Sanjay; Satya Prakashan, New Delhi. 4. Laboratory Manual on Concrete Technology by Sood, Hemant, Mittal LN and Kulkarni PD; CBS Publishers, New Delhi 5. Concrete Technology by Birinder Singh; Kaption Publications, Ludhiana, 6. Module on Special Concretes by Dr. Hemant Sood; NITTTR Chandigarh 7. Video programme on different experiments in ‘Concrete Technology’ developed by NITTTR, Chandigarh.
  • 87.
    87 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 87 8. E-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by AICTE/UBTE/NITTTR, Chandigarh. Websites for Reference: http://swayam.gov.in SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS Topic No. Time Allotted (Periods) Marks Allotted (%) 1 04 05 2 10 12 3 05 06 4 12 14 5 12 14 6 06 07 7 12 14 8 20 24 9 03 04 Total 84 100
  • 88.
    88 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 88 3.3 ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES L T P 3 - 2 RATIONALE A diploma holder must have knowledge of different types of pollution caused due to industries and constructional activities so that he may help in balancing the ecosystem and controlling pollution by various control measures. He should also be aware of environmental laws related to the control of pollution. He should know how to manage the waste. Energy conservation is the need of hour. He should know the concept of energy management and its conservation. LEARNING OUTCOMES After undergoing the subject, the student will be able to: • Comprehend the importance of ecosystem and sustainable • Demonstrate interdisciplinary nature of environmental issues • Identify different types of environmental pollution and control measures. • Take corrective measures for the abatement of pollution. • Explain environmental legislation acts. • Define energy management, energy conservation and energy efficiency • Demonstrate positive attitude towards judicious use of energy and environmental protection • Practice energy efficient techniques in day-to-day life and industrial processes. • Adopt cleaner productive technologies • Identify the role of non-conventional energy resources in environmental protection. • Analyze the impact of human activities on the environment DETAILED CONTENTS 1. Introduction (04 Periods) 1.1 Basics of ecology, eco system- concept, and sustainable development, Resources renewable and non renewable. 2. Air Pollution (04 Periods) 2.1 Source of air pollution. Effect of air pollution on human health, economy, plant, animals. Air pollution control methods. 3. Water Pollution (08 Periods) 3.1 Impurities in water, Cause of water pollution, Source of water pollution. Effect of water pollution on human health, Concept of dissolved O2, BOD, COD. Prevention of water pollution- Water treatment processes, Sewage treatment. Water quality standard. 4. Soil Pollution (06 Periods) 4.1 Sources of soil pollution
  • 89.
    89 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 89 4.2 Types of Solid waste- House hold, Hospital, From Agriculture, Biomedical, Animal and human, excreta, sediments and E-waste 4.3 Effect of Solid waste 4.4 Disposal of Solid Waste- Solid Waste Management 5. Noise pollution (06 Periods) Source of noise pollution, Unit of noise, Effect of noise pollution, Acceptable noise level, Different method of minimizing noise pollution. 6. Environmental Legislation (08 Periods) Introduction to Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act 1974, Introduction to Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act 1981 and Environmental Protection Act 1986, Role and Function of State Pollution Control Board and National Green Tribunal (NGT), Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA). 7. Impact of Energy Usage on Environment (06 Periods) Global Warming, Green House Effect, Depletion of Ozone Layer, Acid Rain. Eco- friendly Material, Recycling of Material, Concept of Green Buildings. LIST OF PRACTICALS 1. Determination of pH of drinking water 2. Determination of TDS in drinking water 3. Determination of TSS in drinking water 4. Determination of hardness in drinking water 5. Determination of oil & grease in drinking water 6. Determination of alkalinity in drinking water 7. Determination of acidity in drinking water 8. Determination of organic/inorganic solid in drinking water 9. Determination of pH of soil 10. Determination of N&P (Nitrogen & Phosphorus) of soil 11. To measure the noise level in classroom and industry. 12. To segregate the various types of solid waste in a locality. 13. To study the waste management plan of different solid waste 14. To study the effect of melting of floating ice in water due to global warming INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY In addition to theoretical instructions, different activities pertaining to Environmental Studies like expert lectures, seminars, visits to green house, effluent treatment plant of any industry, rain water harvesting plant etc. may also be organized. MEANS OF ASSESSMENT − Assignments and quiz/class tests,
  • 90.
    90 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 90 − Mid-term and end-term written tests RECOMMENDED BOOKS 1. Environmental and Pollution Awareness by Sharma BR; Satya Prakashan, New Delhi. 2. Environmental Protection Law and Policy in India by Thakur Kailash; Deep and Deep Publications, New Delhi. 3. Environmental Pollution by Dr. RK Khitoliya; S Chand Publishing, New Delhi 4. Environmental Science by Deswal and Deswal; Dhanpat Rai and Co. (P) Ltd. Delhi. 5. Engineering Chemistry by Jain and Jain; Dhanpat Rai and Co. (P) Ltd. Delhi. 6. Environmental Studies by Erach Bharucha; University Press (India) Private Ltd., Hyderabad. 7. Environmental Engineering and Management by Suresh K Dhamija; S K Kataria and Sons, New Delhi. 8. E-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by AICTE/UBTE/NITTTR, Chandigarh. Websites for Reference: http://swayam.gov.in SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS Topic No. Time Allotted (Periods) Marks Allotted (%) 1 04 10 2 04 10 3 08 20 4 06 14 5 06 14 6 08 20 7 06 12 Total 42 100
  • 91.
    91 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 91 3.4 STRUCTURAL MECHANICS L T P 6 - 2 RATIONALE This is a basic engineering subject. The purpose of the subject is to impart basic knowledge and skill regarding properties of materials, concept of stresses and strains, bending moment and shear force diagrams, second moment of area, bending and shear stresses, slope and deflection and analysis of trusses. The above knowledge will be useful for designing simple structural components. This subject is very important to develop basic concepts and principles related to strength of materials. This subject will also enable the students to continue their further education. LEARNING OUTCOMES After undergoing the subject, students will be able to: • conduct different tests on mild steel • calculate modulus of elasticity • analyse and explain stress-strain diagram of mild and HYSD steel • calculate various forces used in design of structures • calculate shear force, bending moment for simply supported, cantilever and overhanging beams with concentrated and uniformly distributed loads • calculate moment of inertia, second moments of inertia, radius of gyration, section modulus for L, T, channel and I sections • calculate the bending stresses, moment of resistance of simply supported beams • explain shear stress, stress distribution diagram for rectangular, circular, I,T and L sections • calculate slope and deflection of determinate structures • verify forces in a framed structure DETAILED CONTENTS THEORY 1. Properties of Materials (06 Periods) 1.1 Classification of materials, elastic materials, plastic materials, ductile materials, brittle materials. 1.2 Introduction to tensile test, compressive test, impact test, fatigue test, torsion test on metals.
  • 92.
    92 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 92 2. Simple Stresses and Strains (20 Periods) 2.1 Concept of stress, normal and shear stresses, 2.2 Concept of strain and deformation, longitudinal and transverse strain, poisson's ratio, volumetric strain 2.3 Hooke's law, modulii of elasticity and rigidity, Bulk modulus of elasticity, relationship between the elastic constants. 2.4 Stresses and strains in bars subjected to tension and compression. Extension of uniform bar under its own weight, stress produced in compound and tapering bars due to axial load. 2.5 Stress-strain diagram for mild steel and HYSD steel, proof stress, mechanical properties, factor of safety. 2.6 Temperature stresses and strains 3. Shear Force and Bending Moment (20 Periods) 3.1 Concept of a beam and supports (Hinges, Roller and Fixed), types of beams: simply supported, cantilever, propped, over hang, fixed and continuous beams (only concept). 3.2 Types of loads (dead load, live load, snow load, wind load seismic load as per IS Codes etc) and types of loading (point, uniformly distributed and uniformly varying loads) 3.3 Concept of bending moment and shear force, sign conventions 3.4 Bending Moment and shear force diagrams for cantilever, simply supported and overhanging beams subjected to concentrated, uniformly distributed and varying loads 3.5 Relationship between load, shear force and bending moment, point of maximum bending moment, and point of contraflexure. 3.6 Fixed and continuous beams-simple numerical problems. 4. Moment of Inertia (04 Periods) Concept of moment of inertia and second moment of area and radius of gyration, theorems of parallel and perpendicular axis, second moment of area of common geometrical sections: rectangle, triangle, circle (without derivations). Second moment of area for L, T and I sections, section modulus. 5. Bending Stresses in Beams (08 Periods) 5.1 Concept of pure/simple bending 5.2 Assumptions made in the theory of simple bending, derivation and application of bending equation to circular cross-section, I section, T&L sections only
  • 93.
    93 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 93 5.3 Moment of resistance 5.4 Calculations of bending stresses 6. Shear Stresses in Beams (06 Periods) 6.1 Concept of shear stresses in beams, shear stress distribution in rectangular, circular I, T, L sections for beams. 7. Slope and Deflection (08 Periods) Determination of slope and deflection using Moment Area Theorem for simply supported beam for pointed load and U.D.L, Conjugate beam method and double integration method. (no derivation, numerical problems only) 8. Columns (04 Periods) 8.1 Theory of columns- long and short columns, slenderness ratio 8.2 Problem solving using Euler’s and Rankine formula 9. Analysis of Trusses (08 Periods) 9.1 Concept of a perfect, redundant and deficient frames 9.2 Assumptions and analysis of trusses by: a) Method of joints b) Method of sections PRACTICAL EXERCISES 1. Determination of yield stress, ultimate stress, percentage elongation and plot the stress strain diagram and compute the value of young's modulus on mild steel 2. Testing of HYSD Steel 3. Determination of Young's modulus of elasticity for steel wire with searl's apparatus 4. Determination of modulus of rupture of a concrete beam 5. Determination of maximum deflection and young's modulus of elasticity in simply supported beam with load at middle third point 6. Verification of forces in a framed structure INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY Teachers are expected to give simple exercises involving the applications of various concepts and principles being taught in the subject. Efforts should be made to prepare tutorial sheets on various topics and students should be encouraged/guided to solve tutorial sheets independently. In the practical works, individual students should be given opportunities to do
  • 94.
    94 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 94 practical work, make observations and draw conclusions. Teachers should also conduct viva examination in which stress should be given on the understanding of basic concepts and principles. MEANS OF ASSESSMENT − Assignments and quiz/class tests − Mid-term and end-term written tests − Presentations − Viva-Voce RECOMMENDED BOOKS 1. Strength of Materials by Ramamrutham, S ; Dhanpat Rai and Sons., New Delhi 2. Applied Mechanics and Strength of Materials by Ram Chandra; Standard Publishers. Delhi: 3. Strength of Materials by Punmia, BC ; Standard Publishers, Delhi, 4. Strengths of Materials by Sadhu Singh; Standard Publishers, New Delhi 5. Structural Mechanics by Singh Birinder; Kaption Publishers, Ludhiana 6. Strength of Material by Karamveer Saini, Krishna Publishing House, Meerut. 7. E-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by AICTE/UBTE/NITTTR, Chandigarh. Websites for Reference http://swayam.gov.in SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS Topic No. Time Allotted (Periods) Marks Allotted (%) 1 06 07 2 20 22 3 20 22 4 04 05 5 08 12
  • 95.
    95 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 95 6 06 07 7 08 10 8 04 5 9 08 10 Total 84 100 3.5 BUILDING CONSTRUCTION L T P 6 - 3 RATIONALE Diploma holders in Civil Engineering are supposed to effectively supervise construction of buildings. Effective supervision is essential to obtain/provide a fault free service from contractors to users. To perform above task, it is essential that students should have knowledge of various sub components of buildings like foundations, walls, roofs, staircases, floors etc., and their constructional details as well as preventive, remedial and corrective methods of common construction faults. Therefore, the subject of Building Construction is very important for Civil Engineering diploma holders. LEARNING OUTCOMES After undergoing the subject, the students will be able to: • define the different components and classification of building • select a foundation for particular type of building • explain different types of walls, scaffolding, shoring, underpinning and their constructional methodology • carry out the construction of brick wall. • supervise rubble and ashlar types of stone masonry construction • demonstrate the construction details of lintels and arches at appropriate level in building • select different types of doors, windows, floors and stairs cases in building • recognize different parts of roof trusses and drainage system of roofs • identify and select application procedure for different types of surfaces finishes in building i.e. plastering, pointing, painting, white washing and distempering • evaluate the possible reason of dampness at various level in building and remedial means • demonstrate how to carry out different types of possible anti termite treatments in building • know about environmental friendly building and energy efficient building. • list relevant IS codes. DETAILED CONTENTS
  • 96.
    96 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 96 1. Introduction (03 Periods) 1.1 Definition of a building, classification of buildings based on occupancy 1.2 Different parts of a building 2. Foundations (08 periods) 2.1 Concept of foundation and its purpose 2.2 Types of foundation-shallow and deep **2.2.1 Shallow foundation - constructional details of: Spread foundations for walls, min. depth criteria, thumb rules for depth and width of foundation and thickness of concrete block, stepped foundation for masonry pillars and concrete columns, Raft foundation, combined footing grillage foundation. 2.2.2 Introduction to deep foundation and their types 2.3 Earthwork 2.3.1 Layout/setting out for surface excavation, cutting and filling 2.3.2 Excavation of foundation, trenches, shoring, timbering and de- watering 3. Walls (08 periods) 3.1 Purpose of walls 3.2 Classification of walls - load bearing, non-load bearing, dwarf wall, retaining, breast walls and partition walls 3.3 Classification of walls as per materials of construction: brick, stone, reinforced brick, reinforced concrete, precast, hollow and solid concrete block and composite masonry walls 3.4 Partition walls: Constructional details, suitability and uses of brick and wooden partition walls 3.5 Scaffolding, construction details and suitability of mason’s brick layers and tubular scaffolding, shoring, underpinning 4. Masonry ( 08 periods ) 4.1 Brick Masonry: Definition of terms like header, stretcher, queen closer, king closer, frog and quoin, course, bond, facing, backing, hearting, jambs, reveals, soffit, plinth, pillars and pilasters
  • 97.
    97 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 97 4.1.1 Bond – meaning and necessity; English, flemish bond and other types of bonds 4.1.2 Construction of brick walls –methods of laying bricks in walls, precautions observed in the construction of walls, methods of bonding new brick work with old (toothing, raking, back and block bonding), Expansion and contraction joints 4.1.3 Mortars: types, selection of mortar and its preparation 4.2 Stone Masonry 4.2.1 Glossary of terms – natural bed, bedding planes, string course, corbel, cornice, block in course grouting, moulding, templates, corner stone, bond stone, throating, through stone, parapet, coping, pilasters and buttress 4.2.2 Types of stone masonry: rubble masonry - random and coursed; Ashlar masonry, principles to be observed in construction of stone masonry walls 5. Arches and Lintels (06 periods) 5.1 Meaning and use of arches and lintels: 5.2 Glossary of terms used in arches and lintels - abutment, pier, arch ring, intrados, soffit, extrados, voussoirs, springer, springing line, crown, key stone, skew back, span, rise, depth of an arch, haunch, spandril, jambs, bearing, thickness of lintel, effective span 5.3 Arches: 5.3.1 Types of Arches - Semi circular, segmental, elliptical and parabolic, flat, inverted and relieving 5.3.2 Stone arches and their construction 5.3.3 Brick arches and their construction 5.4 Lintels 5.4.1 Purpose of lintel 5.4.2 Materials used for lintels 5.4.3 Cast-in-situ and pre-cast lintels 5.4.4 Lintel along with sun-shade or chhajja **6. Doors, Windows and Ventilators ( 06 periods) 6.1 Glossary of terms with neat sketches 6.2 Classification based on materials i.e. wood, metal and plastic and their suitability for different situations. Different type of doors- panel door, flush door, glazed door, rolling shutter, steel door, sliding door, plastic and aluminium doors
  • 98.
    98 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 98 6.3 Window – Panel window, glazed windows (fixed and openable) ventilators, sky light window, Louveres shutters, plastic and aluminium windows. 6.4 Door and window frames – materials and sections, fixtures and fasteners, hold fasts *7. Damp Proofing and Water Proofing ( 06 periods ) 7.1 Dampness and its ill effects on bricks, plaster, wooden fixtures, metal fixtures and reinforcement, damage to aesthetic appearance, damage to heat insulating materials, damage to stored articles and health 7.2 Sources of dampness - moisture penetrating the building from outside e.g. rainwater, surface water, ground moisture. Moisture entrapped during construction i.e. moisture in concrete, masonry construction and plastering work etc. Moisture which originates in the building itself i.e. water in kitchen and bathrooms etc. 7.3 Damp proofing materials and their specifications: rich concrete and mortar, bitumen, bitumen mastic, polymer coating, use of chemicals 7.4. Damp proofing of basement, Ground floors, plinth and walls, water storage tank, kitchen, W.C., roof. 7.5 Plinth protection and aprons **8. Floors (05 periods) 8.1 Glossary of terms-floor finish, topping, under layer, base course, rubble filling and their purpose 8.2 Types of floor finishes - concrete flooring, ceramic tile flooring, stone (marble and kota) flooring. Wooden flooring 8.3 Special emphasis on level/slope/reverse slope in bathrooms, toilets, kitchen, balcony and staircase. 9. Roofs (06 periods) 9.1 Types of roofs, concept of flat, pitched and arched roofs 9.2 Glossary of terms for pitched roofs - batten, eaves, facia board, gable, hip, lap, purlin, rafter, rag bolt, valley, ridge, rain water gutter, anchoring bolts 9.3 False ceilings using gypsum, plaster boards, cellotex, fibre boards 9.4 Roof drainage 9.5 Roof treatment-brick Koba
  • 99.
    99 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 99 10. Stairs (06 periods) 10.1 Glossary of terms: Staircase, winders, landing, stringer, newel, baluster, riser, tread, width of staircase, hand-rail, nosing 10.2 Classification of staircase on the basis of material – RCC, timber, steel, Aluminium 10.3 Planning and layout of staircase: Relations between rise and tread, determination of width of stair, landing etc 10.4 Various types of layout - straight flight, dog legged, open well, quarter turn, half turn (newel and geometrical stairs), bifurcated stair, spiral stair 11. Surface Finishes (08 periods) 11.1 Plastering - classification according to use and finishes like plain plaster, grit finish, rough cast, pebble dashed, concrete and stone cladding etc., dubbing, proportion of mortars used for different plasters, techniques of plastering and curing 11.2 Pointing - different types of pointing and their methods 11.3 Painting - preparation of surface, primer coat and application of paints on wooden, steel and plastered wall surfaces 11.4 Application of white washing, colour washing and distempering, polishing, application of cement and plastic paints 11.5 Selection of appropriate paints/finishes for interior and exterior surfaces 11.6 Importance of preparation of surfaces such as hacking, grooving etc before application of surface finishes 12. Anti Termite Measures as per IS 6313-I-III (03 periods) 12.1 Anti Termite Treatment to Foundation, Masonary, RCC, Floors, Junction of walls and Floors. 12.2 Treatment to wooden joinery 12.3 Treatment to existing building 13. Green Buildings (08 Periods) Importance, components: Site, Rain water harvesting/water efficiency, energy efficiency, material efficiency Indoor air quality design and innovation rating system. 14. National Building code and IS code orientation of building (03 Periods) Note * An expert may be invited from field/industry for extension lecture ** A field visit may be planned to explain and show the relevant things PRACTICAL EXERCISES
  • 100.
    100 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 100 1. Demonstration of tools and plants used in building construction 2. To prepare Layout of a building: two rooms building with front verandah 3. To construct brick bonds (English bond only) in one, one and half and two brick thick: (a) Walls for L, T and cross junction (b) Columns 4. Demonstration of following items of work at construction site by: a) Timbering of excavated trenching b) Laying damp proof courses c) Construction of masonry walls d) Laying of tile flooring on an already prepared lime concrete base e) Plastering and pointing exercise f) Constructing RCC work g) Pre-construction and post construction termite treatment of building and woodwork h) Interlocking tiles Note: (A report of these activities will be submitted by the students) INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY While imparting instructions in this subject, teachers are expected to take students to work site and explain constructional process and special details for various sub-components of a buildings. It is also important to make use of audio visual aids/video films (if available) to show specialized operations. The practical work should be given due importance and efforts should be made that each student should perform practical work independently. For carrying out practical works, polytechnics should have construction yard where enough raw materials is made available for students to perform practical work MEANS OF ASSESSMENT − Assignments and quiz/class tests − Mid-term and end-term written tests − Presentation − Actual Practical Performance − Report writing − Viva-voce − Repair work − RECOMMENDED BOOKS 1. Building Construction by Rangwala, SC; Charotar Book Stall, Anand
  • 101.
    101 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 101 2. A Text Book of Building Construction by Kulkarni, GJ; Ahmedabad Book Depot 3. A Text Book of Building Construction by Arora, SP and Bindra, SP; Dhanpat Rai and Sons, New Delhi. 4. Building Construction by Sushil Kumar; Standard Publishers Distributors, Delhi 5 SP – 62 Hand Book of BIS 6 B.I.S. – 6313 Part 1, 2, 3 7 National Building Code 8. Handbook of Civil Engineering by PN Khanna 9. Video films on Damp proofing, water proofing, surface finishes 10. E-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by AICTE/ NITTTR, Chandigarh. Websites for Reference: http://swayam.gov.in SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS Topic No. Time Allotted (Periods) Marks Allotted (%) 1 03 05 2 08 08 3 08 08 4 08 07 5 06 09 6 06 09 7 06 05 8 05 08 9 06 08 10 06 09 11 08 09 12 03 05 13 08 05 14 03 05 Total 84 100
  • 102.
    102 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 102 3.6 BUILDING DRAWINGS L T P - - 8 RATIONALE Drawing is the language of engineers. Engineering is incomplete without a thorough knowledge of drawing. A Civil Engineering diploma holder must be capable of sketching detailed constructional drawing of various components of building for the purpose of communication with the craftsman. Planning of small buildings, developing a line plan, dimensioning, key plan, drainage plan should be a part of curriculum. The diploma engineer must be conversant with reading and interpretation of drawings for execution of work. LEARNING OUTCOMES After undergoing the subject, the students will be able to: • Read and interpret building drawings • Explain the drawing to craftsman • Layout foundation plan of different types of foundations • Prepare drawings of small buildings, developing different sections of building • Guide and supervise carpenters in various carpentry works related to doors, windows etc. • Prepare details of brick courses in joints • Draw the sketches of various joints of carpentry • Demonstrate circular arch and segmental arches DETAILED CONTENTS Section-I Drawing No. 1 (2 sheets) Details of spread footing foundations for a load bearing and non-load bearing wall for given thickness of walls with the help of given data or rule of the thumb, showing offsets, position of DPC. The details of the concrete and brick apron have to be shown in the drawing. Drawing No. 2 (one sheet) Plans of ‘T’ and Corner junction of walls of 1 Brick, 1-1/2 Brick and 2 brick thick in English bond
  • 103.
    103 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 103 Drawing No. 3 (one sheet) Drawing plan, elevation of arches: circular arch, segmental arch (one sheet) Drawing No. 4 (3 sheets) Elevation, sectional plan and sectional side elevation of flush door, fully glazed door, fully panelled door with wire gauge shutter. Partly panelled and partly glazed door. Section-II Drawing No. 5 (2 sheet) Drawing plan, elevation of a small building by measurement and foundation detail and sectional elevation. Drawing No. 6 (4 sheets) Drawing detailed working plan, elevation and section of a residential building from a given line plan or given data showing details of foundations, roof and parapet Drawing No. 7 (one sheet) Drawings of following floors Cement concrete floors at ground level and at first floor level. i) Brick floors: a) Diagonal Bond b) Herring Bone Bond ii) Bonded cement concrete flooring/ Marble flooring/ Terrazzo flooring iii) Ceramic/vitrified tile flooring Drawing No. 8 (one sheet) Drawing of flat roof, showing the heat/thermal insulation provisions. Section-III Drawing No. 9 (one sheet) Drawing details of damp proofing arrangement of roofs and walls as per BIS Code. Show the rain water drainage arrangement also. Drawing No 10
  • 104.
    104 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 104 Drawing Damp Proofing details in basement of buildings. NOTE a) All drawings should be as per BIS code and specifications in SI Units b) Intensive practice of reading and interpreting building drawings should be given c) Some practice should be done to prepare drawings on AutoCAD. MEANS OF ASSESSMENT − Assignments and quiz/class tests − Mid-term and end-term written tests − Laboratory and practical work − Model Making − Drawing Sheets − Viva-Voce RECOMMENDED BOOKS 1. Civil Engineering Drawing by RS Malik; Asia Publishing House 2. Civil Engineering Drawing by V.B.Sikka ; Katson Publishing, Ludhiana 3. Civil Engineering Drawing by NS Kumar ; IPH, New Delhi 4. Principles of Building Drawing by MG Shah and CM Kale; MacMillan, Delhi 5. Building Construction by Moorthy NRK 6. Civil Engg Drawing by Layal 7. Drawing and Design of Residential and Commercial Buildings by Zaidi, SKA and Siddiqui, Suhail; Standard Publishers and Distributors, Delhi. 8. SP : 20 9. National Building Code 10. Building Drawing by Mamta Kataria; North Publication, Jalandhar. 11. E-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by AICTE/ NITTTR, Chandigarh. Websites for Reference: http://swayam.gov.in
  • 105.
    105 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 105 4.1 COMMUNICATION SKILLS – II L T P 4 - 2 RATIONALE Knowledge of English Language plays an important role in career development. This subject aims at introducing basic concepts of communication besides laying emphasis on developing listening, speaking, reading and writing skills as parts of Communication Skill. LEARNING OUTCOMES After undergoing the subject, the students will be able to: • Frame correct sentences with illustrations • Comprehend the language correctly • Interpret the language correctly • Use given material in new situations. • Correspond effectively using various types of writings like letters, memos etc. • Communicate effectively in English with appropriate body language making use of correct and appropriate vocabulary and grammar in an organised set up and social context. DETAILED CONTENTS 1. Functional Grammar (16 periods) 1.1 Prepositions 1.2 Framing Questions 1.3 Conjunctions 1.4 Tenses 2 Reading (16 periods) 2.1 Unseen Passage for Comprehension (Vocabulary enhancement - Prefixes, Suffixes, one word substitution, Synonym and Antonym) based upon the passage should be covered under this topic. 3 Writing Skill (24 periods) 3.1. Correspondence a) Business Letters- Floating Quotations, Placing Orders, Complaint Letters. b) Official Letters- Letters to Government and other Offices 3.2. Memos, Circular, Office Orders 3.3. Agenda & Minutes of Meeting
  • 106.
    106 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 106 3.4. Report Writing LIST OF PRACTICALS Note: Teaching Learning Process should be focused on the use of the language in writing reports and making presentations. Topics such as Effective listening, effective note taking, group discussions and regular presentations by the students need to be taught in a project oriented manner where the learning happens as a byproduct. Speaking and Listening Skills 1. Debate 2. Telephonic Conversation: general etiquette for making and receiving calls 3. Offering- Responding to offers. 4. Requesting – Responding to requests 5. Congratulating 6. Exploring sympathy and condolences 7. Asking Questions- Polite Responses 8. Apologizing, forgiving 9. Complaining 10. Warning 11. Asking and giving information 12. Getting and giving permission 13. Asking for and giving opinions INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY Students should be encouraged to participate in role play and other student-centered activities in class rooms and actively participate in listening exercises MEANS OF ASSESSMENT - Assignments and quiz/class tests - Mid-semester and end-semester written tests - Actual practical work, exercises and viva-voce - Presentation and viva-voce RECOMMENDED BOOKS 1. Communicating Effectively in English, Book-I by RevathiSrinivas; Abhishek Publications, Chandigarh.
  • 107.
    107 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 107 2 Communication Techniques and Skills by R. K. Chadha; Dhanpat Rai Publications, New Delhi. 3 High School English Grammar and Composition by Wren & Martin; S. Chand & Company Ltd., Delhi. 4. e-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by AICTE/NITTTR, Chandigarh. Websites for Reference: 1. http://www.mindtools.com/ page 8.html – 99k 2. http://www.letstalk.com.in 3. http://www.englishlearning.com 4. http://learnenglish.britishcouncil.org/en/ 5. http://swayam.gov.in SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS Topic No. Time Allotted (Periods) Marks Allotted (%) 1 16 28 2 16 28 3 24 44 Total 56 100
  • 108.
    108 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 108 4.2 HIGHWAY ENGINEERING L T P 6 - 2 RATIONALE Construction of roads is one of the major areas in which diploma holders in Civil Engineering may get very good opportunities for employment. The diploma holders are responsible for construction and maintenance of highways and airports. Basic concepts of road geo-metrics, surveys and plans, elements of traffic engineering, road materials, construction of rigid and flexible pavements, special features of hill roads, road drainage system and various aspects of maintenance find place in above course. LEARNING OUTCOMES After undergoing the subject, students will be able to: • classify the roads as per IRC types and geometrics • explain various components of a flexible/rigid pavement • select various highway materials and test them for different quality parameters • supervise construction of a highway in plain areas and hilly areas • supervise repair and maintenance of roads • supervise preparation of bituminous mix in the hot mix plants • describe the use various road construction equipment • describe basic terminology of various components of an airport. DETAILED CONTENTS 1. Introduction (04 Periods) 1.1 Importance of Highway engineering 1.2 Functions of IRC, CRRI, MoRT & H, NHAI 1.3 Classification of roads 1.4 Mass Transportation system 1.5 Concept of Smart highways 2. Road Geometrics (08 Periods) 2.1 Glossary of terms used in road geo-metrics and their importance: Right- of- way, formation width, road margin, road shoulder, carriage way, side slopes, kerbs, formation levels, camber and gradient 2.2 Average running speed, stopping and overtaking sight distance
  • 109.
    109 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 109 2.3 Necessity of curves, horizontal and vertical curves including transition curves. Super elevation and methods of providing super elevation 2.4 Sketch of typical L-section and X-section in cutting and filling on straight alignment and at a curve (Note: No design/numerical problem to be taken) 3. Highway Alignment (06 Periods) 3.1 Basic considerations governing alignment for a road in plain and hilly area 3.2 Highway location, marking of alignment on ground, setting out alignment of road, setting out bench marks, control pegs for embankment and cutting 4. Road Materials (10 Periods) 4.1 Different types of road materials in use; soil, aggregate and binders 4.2 Introduction to California Bearing Ratio, method of finding CBR value and its significance. Aggregate : Source and types, important properties, strength, durability 4.3 Binders: Common binders; bitumen, properties as per BIS specifications, penetration, softening point, ductility and viscosity test of bitumen, procedures and significance, cut back and emulsion and their uses, Bitumen modifiers (CRMB, PMB) 4.4 Use of recycled materials in pavements. 5. Road Pavements (16 Periods) 5.1 Road pavement: Flexible and rigid pavement, their merits and demerits, typical cross-sections, functions of various components 5.2 Sub-grade preparation Borrow pits, making profiles of embankment, construction of embankment, compaction, preparation of subgrade, methods of checking camber, gradient and alignment as per recommendations of IRC, equipment used for subgrade preparation. 5.3 Stabilization of subgrade. Types of stabilization mechanical stabilization, lime stabilization, cement stabilization, fly ash stabilization etc.(introduction only) 5.4 Base Course Granular base course: (a) Water Bound Macadam (WBM) (b) Wet Mix Macadam (WMM) Bitumen Courses: (a) Bituminous Macadam (b) Dense Bituminous Macadam (DBM)
  • 110.
    110 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 110 *Methods of construction as per MoRT&H 5.5 Surfacing * Types of surfacing a) Prime coat and tack coat b) Surface dressing with seal coat c) Open graded premix carpet d) Mix seal surfacing e) Semi dense bituminous concrete f) Bituminous Concrete * Methods of constructions as per MORT&H specifications and quality control; equipments used for above. 5.6 Rigid Pavements Construction of concrete roads as per IRC specifications: Form work laying, mixing and placing the concrete, compacting and finishing, curing, joints in concrete pavement, equipment used. Roller compacted concrete. 6. Hill Roads (08 Periods) 6.1 Introduction: Typical cross-sections showing all details of a typical hill road, partly in cutting and partly in filling 6.2 Special problems of hill areas 6.2.1 Landslides: Causes, prevention and control measures, use of geogrids, geoflexbiles, geo synthetics 6.2.2 Drainage 6.2.3 Soil erosion 6.2.4 Snow: Snow clearance, snow avalanches, frost 6.2.5 Land Subsidence 7. Road Drainage (06 Periods) 7.1 Necessity of road drainage work, cross drainage 7.2 Surface and subsurface drains and storm water drains. Location, spacing and typical details of side drains, side ditches for surface drainage. Intercepting drains, pipe drains in hill roads, details of drains in cutting embankment, typical cross sections 8. Road Maintenance (08 Periods)
  • 111.
    111 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 111 8.1 Common types of road failures of flexible pavements: Pot hole, cracks, rutting, alligator, cracking, upheaval - their causes and remedies (brief description) 8.2 Maintenance of bituminous road such as crack sealing, patch-work and resurfacing. 8.3 Maintenance of concrete roads-filling cracks, repairing joints, maintenance of shoulders (beams) 9. Road Construction Equipment (10 Periods) Output and use of the following plant and equipment 9.1 Hot mix plant 9.2 Tipper, tractors (wheel and crawler) scraper, bulldozer, dumpers, shovels, grader, roller, dragline 9.3 Asphalt mixer and tar boilers 9.4 Road pavers 9.5 Paver finisher 10 Airport Engineering (08 Periods) 10.1 Necessity of study of airport engineering, aviation transport scenario in India. 10.2 Factors to be considered while selecting a site for an airport with respect to zoning laws. 10.3 Introduction to Runways, Taxiways, Apron and Hanger * An expert may be invited from field/industry for extension lecture on this topic. PRACTICAL EXERCISES 1. Determination of penetration value of bitumen 2. Determination of softening point of bitumen 3. Determination of ductility of bitumen 4. Determination of impact value of the road aggregate 5. Determination of abrasion value (Los Angeles’) of road aggregate 6. Determination of crushing strength of aggregate 7. Determination of the California bearing ratio (CBR) for the sub-grade soil 8. Demonstration of working of hot mix plant through a field visit 9. Visit to highway construction site for demonstration of operation of: Tipper, tractors (wheel and crawler), scraper, bulldozer, dumpers, shovels, grader, roller, dragline, road pavers, JCB
  • 112.
    112 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 112 10. Demonstration of working of mixing and spraying equipment through a field visit INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY While imparting instructions, it is recommended that emphasis should be laid on constructional details and quality control aspects. Students should be asked to prepare sketches and drawings, clearly indicating specifications and constructional details for various sub components of a highway. It will be also advantageous to organize field visits to show the actual construction of roads at site. MEANS OF ASSESSMENT − Assignments and quiz/class tests − Mid-term and end-term written tests − Actual Practical Performance − Report Writing − Viva-voce RECOMMENDED BOOKS 1. Highway Engineering by Khanna, SK and Justo, CEG; Nem Chand and Bros., Roorkee 2. A Text Book on Highway Engineering and Airport by Sehgal, SB; and Bhanot, KL; S Chand and Co, Delhi 3. A Course on Highway Engineering by Bindra, SP; Dhanpat Rai and Sons, New Delhi 4. Laboratory Manual in Highway Engineering by Duggal AK, Puri VP; New Age Publishers (P) Ltd, Delhi 5. Laboratory Manual in Highway Engineering, by NITTTR, Chandigarh 6. Maintenance of Highway – a Reader by Duggal AK; NITTTR, Chandigarh 7. Types of Highway Construction by Duggal AK; NITTTR Chandigarh 8. E-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by AICTE/UBTE/NITTTR, Chandigarh. Websites for Reference: http://swayam.gov.in IRC Publications i) MoRTH Specifications for Road and Bridge Works (Fifth Revision) ii) MoRTH Pocket book for Highway Engineers, 2001 iii) MoRTH Manual for Maintenance of Roads, 1983
  • 113.
    113 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 113 SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS Topic No. Time Allotted (Periods) Marks Allotted (%) 1 04 05 2 08 10 3 06 07 4 10 12 5 16 19 6 08 10 7 06 07 8 08 10 9 10 12 10 08 08 Total 84 100
  • 114.
    114 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 114 4.3 IRRIGATION ENGINEERING L T P 5 - - RATIONALE Diploma holders in Civil Engineering have to supervise the construction, repair and maintenance of canals, head works, river training works, cross drainage works, regulatory and other works . Some of diploma holders are also engaged for preventing water logging and irrigation by tubewells. This subject imparts knowledge regarding hydrology, flow irrigation – storage and distribution system, constructional features of head works, river training works, cross drainage works, causes and prevention of water logging and construction of tube wells. LEARNING OUTCOMES After undergoing the subject, students will be able to: • explain concept of necessity of irrigation in India • recognize different crops and their water requirements • define rainfall and runoff • measure rainfall and read rain gauges and hydrographs • monitor construction and maintenance work of canal and canal linings • monitor installation of tubewells and water harvesting techniques • supervise maintenance and construction work of canal head works and cross regulators • supervise construction of various river training works • carry out desilting operation of canals DETAILED CONTENTS THEORY 1. Introduction (03 Periods) 1.1 Definition of irrigation 1.2 Necessity of irrigation, Role of Irrigation in country’s economy. 1.3 History of development of irrigation in India 1.4 Major, medium and minor irrigation projects of India. 2. Water Requirement of Crops (06 Periods) 2.1 Principal crops in India and their water requirements 2.2 Crop seasons – Kharif and Rabi
  • 115.
    115 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 115 2.3 Soil water, soil crop and crop water relationships, Duty, Delta and Base Period, their relationship 2.4 Gross commanded area (GCA), culturable commanded area (CCA), Intensity of Irrigation, Paleo, Kor, Crop Ratio, Crop period, Base period, Duty, Delta. Relation between Duty-Delta and Base period. 3. Hydrological Cycle Catchment Area and Run-off (06 Periods) Rainfall , definition rain-gauges – automatic and non-automatic, methods of estimating average rainfall, Advantages of keeping rainfall records, (Arithmatic system); catchment area, runoff, factors affecting runoff, hydrograph, basic concept of unit hydrograph. 4. Methods of Irrigation (06 Periods) 4.1 Flow irrigation - its advantages and limitations 4.2 Lift Irrigation – Tubewell, submersible and well irrigation advantages and disadvantages 4.3 Sprinkler irrigation conditions favourable and essential requirements for sprinkler irrigation, sprinkler system – classification and component parts 4.4 Drip irrigation, suitability of drip irrigation, layout, component parts, advantages 5. Canals (10 Periods) 5.1 Factors to be considered in Canal Alignment. 5.2 Functions/Purpose of various components of Canal. 5.3 Classification of Canals and their functions, sketches of different canal cross- sections 5.4 Various types of canal lining - their related advantages and disadvantages, sketches of different lined canal X-sections 5.5 Breaches – Causes, Method to plug canal breaches and their control 5.6 Maintenance of lined and unlined canals 6. Tubewell Irrigation (09 Periods) 6.1 Introduction, occurrence of ground water, location and command, advantages and disadvantages, comparison with canal irrigation 6.2 Tubewells, explanation of terms: water table, radius of influence, depression head, cone of depression, confined and unconfined aquifers. Yield of a well and methods of determining yield of well 6.3 Types of tubewells (cavity type, strainer type and slotted type) and their choice
  • 116.
    116 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 116 6.4 Method of boring, installation of well assembly, development of well, pump selection and installation and maintenance 6.5 Water Harvesting Techniques: Need and requirement of various methods, Run-off from roof top and ground surface, construction of recharge pits and recharge wells and their maintenance. 7. Dams (08 Periods) 7.1 Classification of dams; earthen dams - types, causes of failure; cross-section of homogeneous, zoned and diaphragm type earthen dams, method of construction. Gravity dams – types, cross-sections of a dam, method of construction 7.2 Concept of small and micro dams 7.3 Concept of spillways and energy dissipators 8. Canal Head Works and Regulatory Works (06 Periods) Choice of location of Canal Head Works, definition, object, general layout, functions of different parts of head works. Difference between weir and barrage 9. Cross Drainage Works (05 Periods) 9.1 Functions and necessity Cross Drainage Works, Types of Cross Drainage Works: aqueduct, super passage, level crossing, inlet and outlet 9.2 Sketches of the above cross drainage works 10. Definitions of following Hydraulic Structures with Sketches (04 Periods) 10.1 Falls 10.2 Cross and head regulators 10.3 Outlets 10.4 Canal Escapes 11. River Training Works (04 Periods) Various River Stages, Purpose/functions of River Training works, Meandering of rivers, Methods of river training, guide banks, Marginal Embankment, retired (levees) embankments, groynes and spurs, pitched island, cut-off 12. Water Logging and Drainage and Ground Water Re-charge (03 Periods) 12.1 Definition of water logging – its causes and ill effects, detection, prevention and remedies 12.2 Surface and sub-surface drains and their layout
  • 117.
    117 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 117 12.3 Concept and various techniques used for ground water re-charge INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY The teaching of the subject should be supplemented by field visits at regular intervals of time to expose the students to irrigation works. Students should be asked to prepare and interpret drawings of various irrigation works. MEANS OF ASSESSMENT − Assignments and quiz/class tests − Mid-term and end-term written tests − Viva-Voce RECOMMENDED BOOKS 1. Irrigation Engineering and Hydraulics Structures by Garg, Santosh Kumar; Khanna Publishers, Delhi, 2. Irrigation and Water Power Engineering by Punmia, BC and Pande Brij Bansi Lal; Standard Publishers Distributors, Delhi 3 Irrigation Engineering and Hydraulic Structures by Saharsabudhe SR 4 BIS Codes 5. Central Ground Water Board and Central Water Commission Guidelines and Reference Books. 6. E-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by AICTE/ NITTTR, Chandigarh. Websites for Reference: http://swayam.gov.in
  • 118.
    118 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 118 SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS Topic No. Time Allotted (Periods) Marks Allotted (%) 1 03 04 2 06 08 3 06 08 4 06 08 5 10 16 6 09 12 7 08 12 8 06 08 9 05 08 10 04 06 11 04 06 12 03 04 Total 70 100
  • 119.
    119 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 119 4.4 SURVEYING - I L T P 4 - 8 RATIONALE The important functions of a diploma civil engineer includes the jobs of detailed surveying, plotting of survey data, preparation of survey maps and setting out works While framing the curriculum for the subject of surveying, stress has been given to the development of the skill in each type of survey like chain surveying, compass surveying leveling, that the Civil Engineering diploma holder will normally be called upon to perform and plane table surveying, Field work should be a selected one so that student can check his work and have an idea of the results the extent of error in the work done by him. As far as possible, the surveys done should be got plotted, as this will also reveal errors in the work and develop skill in plotting. LEARNING OUTCOMES After undergoing the subject, the student will be able to: • Measure a long line with chain or tape • Prepare maps for closed traverse and open traverse with survey instruments • Measure bearing of line • Perform leveling with digital level • Find difference of level between two points with dumpy level, auto level and digital level • Perform temporary adjustments of leveling instruments DETAILED CONTENTS 1. Introduction (05 Periods) 1.1 Basic principles of surveying 1.2 Concept and purpose of surveying, measurements-linear and angular, units of measurements 1.3 Instruments used for taking these measurements, classification based on surveying instruments 2. Chain surveying (06 Periods) 2.1. Purpose and principles of Chain Surveying 2.2 Introduction, advantages and disadvantages
  • 120.
    120 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 120 2.3 Direct and indirect ranging, offsets and recording of field notes 2.4 Obstacles in Chain Surveying 2.5 Errors in Chain Surveying and their correction. 3. Compass surveying (11 Periods) 3.1 Purpose of compass surveying. Use of prismatic compass: Setting and taking observations 3.2 Concept of following with simple numerical problems: a) Meridian - Magnetic and true, Arbitrary b) Bearing - Magnetic, True and Arbitrary c) Whole circle bearing and reduced bearing d) Fore and back bearing e) Magnetic dip and declination 3.3 Local attraction - causes, detection, errors and corrections, problems on local attraction, magnetic declination and calculation of included angles in a compass traverse (Simple Numerical Problems) 4. Levelling (17 Periods) 4.1 Purpose of levelling, concept of a level surface, horizontal surface, vertical surface, datum, reduced level and bench marks 4.2 Identification of various parts of Dumpy level and use of Dumpy level, Engineer’ level, Auto level: advantages and disadvantages, use of auto level. 4.3 Concepts of line of collimation, axis of the bubble tube, axis of the telescope and vertical axis 4.4 Levelling staff: single piece, folding, invar precision staff, telescopic 4.5 Temporary adjustment and permanent adjustment of dumpy level by two peg method. 4.6 Concept of back sight, foresight, intermediate sight, change point, to determine reduce levels 4.7 Level book and reduction of levels by 4.7.1 Height of collimation method and 4.7.2 Rise and fall method 4.8 Arithmetic checks, problem on reduction of levels, fly levelling, check leveling and profile levelling (L-section and X-section), errors in levelling, permissible limits, reciprocal leveling. Numerical problems. 5. Plane Table Surveying (17 Periods) 5.1 Purpose of plane table surveying, equipment used in plane table survey: 5.2 Setting of a plane table: (a) Centering (b) Levelling
  • 121.
    121 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 121 (c) Orientation 5.3 Methods of plane table surveying (a) Radiation, (b) Intersection (c) Traversing (d) Resection 5.4 Concept of Two point and Three point problems (Concept only) 5.5 Errors in plane table survey and precautions to control them. Testing and adjustment of plane table and alidade PRACTICAL EXERCISES I. Chain surveying i) a) Ranging a line b) Chaining a line and recording in the field book c) Taking offsets - perpendicular and oblique (with a tape only) d) Setting out right angle with a tape ii) Chaining of a line involving reciprocal ranging iii) Chaining a line involving obstacles to ranging iv) Chain Survey of a small area. III. Compass Surveying i) a) Study of prismatic compass b) Setting the compass and taking observations c) Measuring angles between the lines meeting at a point III. Levelling i) a) Study of dumpy level and levelling staff b) Temporary adjustments of various levels c) Taking staff readings on different stations from the single setting and finding differences of level between them ii) a) To find out difference of level between two distant points by shifting the instrument iii) Longitudinal and cross sectioning of a road/railway/canal iv) Setting a gradient by dumpy and auto-level IV. Plane Table Surveying
  • 122.
    122 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 122 i) a) Study of the plane table survey equipment b) Setting the plane table c) Marking the North direction d) Plotting a few points by radiation method ii) a) Orientation by - Trough compass - Back sighting b) Plotting few points by intersection, radiation and resection method iii) Traversing an area with a plane table (at least five lines) V. Layout of Buildings (from given drawing of two room residential building) by use of surveying instruments. INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY This is highly practice-oriented course. While imparting theoretical instructions, teachers are expected to demonstrate the use of various instruments in surveying, stress should be laid on correct use of various instruments so as to avoid/minimize errors during surveying. It is further recommended that more emphasis should be laid in conducting practical work by individual students. Technical visit to Survey of India, Northern Region and Great Trignometrical Survey(GTS), Dehradun. MEANS OF ASSESSMENT − Assignments and quiz/class tests, − Mid-term and end-term written tests − Actual Practical Performance − Viva-Voce RECOMMENDED BOOKS 1. A Text Book of Surveying by Kochar, CL; Katson Publishing House, Ludhiana, 2. Surveying and Leveling by Kanetkar,TP and Kulkarni, SV; AVG Parkashan, Poona 3. Surveying –I by Mahajan, Sanjay; Tech. Publication, Delhi 4. Surveying and Leveling by Punmia, BC; Standard Publishers Distributors, Delhi. 5. E-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by AICTE/UBTE/NITTTR, Chandigarh. Websites for Reference http://swayam.gov.in
  • 123.
    123 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 123
  • 124.
    124 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 124 SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS Topic No. Time Allotted (Periods) Marks Allotted (%) 1 05 10 2 06 10 3 11 20 4 17 30 5 17 30 Total 56 100
  • 125.
    125 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 125 4.5 REINFORCED CEMENT CONCRETE STRUCTURES L T P 6 - - RATIONALE This subject is an applied engineering subject. Diploma holders in Civil Engineering will be required to supervise RC Construction and fabrication. He may also be required to design simple structural elements, make changes in design depending upon availability of materials (bars of different diameters. This subject thus deals with elementary design principles as per IS:456-2000 LEARNING OUTCOMES After undergoing the subject, students will be able to: • Explain methods of RCC design i.e. - Working stress methods - Limit state methods • Design singly, doubly reinforced rectangular and T&L beams as per IS Code • Design one way and two way slab • Design axially loaded column and their isolated footing DETAILED CONTENTS 1. Introduction (03 Periods) 1.1 Concept of Reinforced Cement Concrete (RCC) 1.2 Reinforcement Materials: - Suitability of steel as reinforcing material - Properties of mild steel, HYSD steel and TMT bars 1.3. Loading on structures as per IS: 875 2. Introduction to following methods of RCC design (04 Periods) 2.1 Working stress method: Definition and basic assumptions 2.2 Limit state method: Definition and basic assumptions 2.3 Problems of singly, doubly and T beam analysis by working stress method 3. Shear and Development Length ( 06 Periods) Shear as per IS: 456-2000 by working stress method i) Shear strength of concrete without shear reinforcement ii) Maximum shear stress iii) Shear reinforcement 4. Concept of Limit State Method (08 Periods)
  • 126.
    126 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 126 4.1. Definitions and assumptions made in limit state of collapse (flexure) 4.2. Partial factor of safety for materials 4.3. Partial factor of safetyfor loads 4.4. Design loads 4.5. Stress block, parameters 5. Singly Reinforced beam (10 Periods) Theory and design of singly reinforced beam by Limit State Method 6. Doubly Reinforced Beams (10 Periods) Theory and design of simply supported doubly reinforced rectangular beam by Limit State Method 7. Behavior of T beam, inverted T beam, isolated T beam and ‘L’ beams. Simple problems related to moment capacity. (07 Periods) 8. One Way Slab (11 Periods) Theory and design of simply supported one way slab including sketches showing reinforcement details (plan and section) by Limit State Method.. 9. Two Way Slab (11 Periods) Theory and design of two-way simply supported slab with corners free to lift, no provisions for torsional reinforcement by Limit State Method including sketches showing reinforcement details (plan and two sections) 10. Axially Loaded Column (09 Periods) 10.1 Definition and classification of columns 10.2. Effective length of column, 10.3. Specifications for longitudinal and lateral reinforcement 10.4. Design of axially loaded square, rectangular and circular short columns by Limit State Method including sketching of reinforcement(sectional elevation and plan) 11 Pre-stressed Concrete (05 periods) 11.1 Concept of pre-stressed concrete 11.2 Methods of pre-stressing: pre-tensioning and post-tensioning 11.3 Advantages and disadvantages of pre-stressing
  • 127.
    127 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 127 11.4 Losses in pre-stress Important Note: Use of BIS: 456-2000 is permitted in the examination. INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY Teachers are expected to give simple problems for designing various RCC structural members. For creating comprehension of the subject, teachers may prepare tutorial sheets, which may be given to the students for solving. It would be advantageous if students are taken at construction site to show form work for RCC as well as placement of reinforcement in various structural members. Commentary on BIS:456 may be referred along with code for relevant clauses. MEANS OF ASSESSMENT − Assignments and quiz/class tests − Mid-term and end-term written tests − Presentations − Viva-Voce RECOMMENDED BOOKS 1. Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures by Alok Srivastava 2. Reinforced Concrete Structure Vol I by Punmia, BC; Standard Publishers, Delhi 3. Design and Testing of Reinforced Structures by Ramamurtham, S; Dhanpat Rai and Sons, Delhi 4. RCC Design and Drawing by Singh, Birinder; Kaption Publishing House, New Delhi 5. E-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by AICTE/NITTTR, Chandigarh. Websites for Reference: http://swayam.gov.in
  • 128.
    128 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 128 SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS Topic No. Time Allotted (Periods) Marks Allotted (%) 1 03 03 2 04 05 3 06 07 4 08 10 5 10 12 6 10 12 7 07 10 8 11 12 9 11 12 10 09 10 11 05 07 Total 84 100
  • 129.
    129 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 129 4.6 ENERGY CONSERVATION L T P 3 - 2 RATIONALE The requirement of energy has increased manifolds in last two decades due to rapid urbanization and growth in industrial/service sector. It has become challenging task to meet ever increasing energy demands with limited conventional fuels and natural resources. Due to fast depletion of fossil fuels and a tremendous gap between supply and demand of energy, it is essential to adopt energy conservation techniques in almost every field like industries, commercial and residential sectors etc. Energy conservation has attained priority as it is regarded as additional energy resource. Energy saved is energy produced. This course covers the concepts of energy management and its conservation. It gives the insight to energy conservation opportunities in general industry and details out energy audit methodology and energy audit instruments. LEARNING OUTCOMES After undergoing this subject, the students will be able to: • define principles and objectives of energy management and energy audit. • understand Energy Conservation Act 2001 and its features. • understand various forms & elements of energy. • identify electrical and thermal utilities. Understand their basic principle of operation and assess performance of various equipments. • identify areas of energy conservation and adopt conservation methods in various systems. • evaluate the techno economic feasibility of the energy conservation technique adopted. DETAILED CONTENTS 1. Basics of Energy 1.1 Classification of energy- primary and secondary energy, commercial and non- commercial energy, non-renewable and renewable energy with special reference to solar energy, Capacity factor of solar and wind power generators. 1.2 Global fuel reserve 1.3 Energy scenario in India and state of U.P. Sector-wise energy consumption (domestic, industrial, agricultural and other sectors) 1.4 Impact of energy usage on climate 2. Energy Conservation and EC Act 2001
  • 130.
    130 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 130 2.1 Introduction to energy management, energy conservation, energy efficiency and its need 2.2 Salient features of Energy Conservation Act 2001 & The Energy Conservation (Amendment) Act, 2010 and its importance. Prominent organizations at centre and state level responsible for its implementation. 2.3 Standards and Labeling: Concept of star rating and its importance, Types of product available for star rating 3. Electrical Supply System and Motors 3.1 Types of electrical supply system 3.2 Single line diagram 3.3 Losses in electrical power distribution system 3.4 Understanding Electricity Bill: Transformers Tariff structure, Components of power (kW, kVA and kVAR) and power factor, improvement of power factor, Concept of sanctioned load, maximum demand, contract demand and monthly minimum charges (MMC) 3.5 Transformers: Introduction, Losses in transformer, transformer Loading, Tips for energy savings in transformers 3.6 Electric Motors Types of motors, Losses in induction motors Features and characteristics of energy efficient motors, Estimation of motor loading, Variation in efficiency and power factor with loading, Tips for energy savings in motors 4. Energy Efficiency in Electrical Utilities 4.1 Pumps: Introduction to pump and its applications, Efficient pumping system operation, Energy efficiency in agriculture pumps, Tips for energy saving in pumps 4.2 Compressed Air System: Types of air compressor and its applications, Leakage test, Energy saving opportunities in compressors. 4.3 Energy Conservation in HVAC and Refrigeration System: Introduction, Concept of Energy Efficiency Ratio (EER), Energy saving opportunities in Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning (HVAC) and Refrigeration Systems. 5. Lighting and DG Systems 5.1 Lighting Systems: Basic definitions- Lux, lumen and efficacy, Types of different lamps and their features, Energy efficient practices in lighting 5.2 DG Systems: Introduction, Energy efficiency opportunities in DG systems, Loading estimation 6. Energy Efficiency in Thermal Utilities
  • 131.
    131 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 131 6.1 Thermal Basics: Thermal energy, Energy content in fuels, Energy Units and its conversions in terms of Metric Tonne of Oil Equivalent (MTOE) 6.2 Energy Conservation in boilers and furnaces : Introduction and types of boilers, Energy performance assessment of boilers, Concept of stoichiometric air and excess air for combustion, Energy conservation in boilers and furnaces, Do’s and Don’ts for efficient use of boilers and furnaces 6.3 Cooling Towers: Basic concept of cooling towers, Tips for energy savings in cooling towers 6.4 Efficient Steam Utilization 7. Energy Conservation Building Code (ECBC) 7.1 ECBC and its salient features 7.2 Tips for energy savings in buildings: New Buildings, Existing Buildings 8. Waste Heat Recovery and Co-Generation 8.1 Concept, classification and benefits of waste heat recovery 8.2 Concept and types of co-generation system 9. General Energy Saving Tips Energy saving tips in: 9.1 Lighting 9.2 Room Air Conditioner 9.3 Refrigerator 9.4 Water Heater 9.5 Computer 9.6 Fan, Heater, Blower and Washing Machine 9.7 Colour Television 9.8 Water Pump 9.9 Cooking 9.10 Transport 10. Energy Audit 10.1 Types and methodology 10.2 Energy audit instruments 10.3 Energy auditing reporting format PRACTICAL EXERCISES 1. To conduct load survey and power consumption calculations of small building.
  • 132.
    132 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 132 2. To check efficacy of different lamps by measuring power consumption and lumens using lux meter. 3. To measure energy efficiency ratio (EER) of an air conditioner. 4. To measure effect of valve throttling and variable frequency drive (VFD ) on energy consumption by centrifugal pump. 5. To measure and calculate energy saving by arresting air leakages in compressor. 6. To measure the effect of blower speed on energy consumed by it. STUDENT ACTIVITIES ON ENERGY CONSERVATION/ENERGY EFFICIENCY − Presentations of Case Studies − Debate competitions − Poster competitions − Industrial visits − Visual Aids INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY Teachers are expected to lay considerable stress on understanding the basic concepts in energy conservation, principles and their applications. For this purpose, teachers are expected to give simple problems in the class room so as to develop necessary knowledge for comprehending the basic concepts and principles. As far as possible, the teaching of the subject must be supplemented by demonstrations and practical work in the laboratory. Visits to industries must be carried out. Expert from industry must be invited to deliver talks on energy conservation to students and faculty. RECOMMENDED BOOKS 1. Guide book on General Aspects of Energy Management and Energy Audit by Bureau of Energy Efficiency, Government of India. Edition 2015 2. Guide book on Energy Efficiency in Electrical Utilities, by Bureau of Energy Efficiency, Government of India. Edition 2015 3. Guide book on Energy Efficiency in Thermal Utilities, by Bureau of Energy Efficiency, Government of India. Edition 2015 4. Handbook on Energy Audit & Environmental Management by Y P Abbi & Shashank Jain published by TERI. Latest Edition Important Links: (i) Bureau of Energy Efficiency (BEE), Ministry of Power, Government of India. www.beeindia.gov.in. (ii) Ministry of New and Renewable Energy (MNRE), Government of India. www.mnre.gov.in.
  • 133.
    133 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 133 (iii)Uttar Pradesh New and Renewable Energy Agency (UPNEDA), Government of Uttar Pradesh. www.upneda.org.in. (iv)Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB), Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change, Government of India. www.cpcb.nic.in. (v) Energy Efficiency Sevices Limited (EESL). www.eeslindia.org. (vi)Electrical India, Magazine on power and electrical products industry. www.electricalindia.in.
  • 134.
    134 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 134 4.7 REINFORCED CEMENT CONCRETE (RCC) DRAWING L T P - - 4 RATIONALE Diploma holders in Civil Engineering are required to supervise the construction of RC structures. Thus one should be able to read and interpret drawings of RC structures. The competence to read and interpret structural drawings is best learnt by being able to draw these drawings. Hence there is a need to have a subject devoted to preparation of structural drawings. LEARNING OUTCOMES After undergoing the subject, students will be able to: • Draw the reinforcement details for various structural elements from the given data • Calculate reinforcement details from the given drawings • Draw bar bending schedule from drawing • Read and interpret R.C.C. drawings DETAILED CONTENTS 1. RC Drawing: Reinforcement details from the given data for the following structural elements with bar bending schedules (i) General instruction and rules, Drawing 1- lap, joint, development drawing: length, rings, hook etc. (ii) Drawing No. 2: RC Slabs - One way slab, Two way slab and Cantilever Slab. (iii) Drawing No.3: Beams - Singly and doubly reinforced rectangular beams and Cantilever beam (All beams with vertical stirrups), T Beam, Tapered Beam. (iv) Drawing No.4: Columns and Footings – Square, Rectangular and Circular Columns with lateral ties and their isolated sloped column footings, column and beam junction (v) Drawing No. 5: Portal Frame – Three bay two storey RC portal frame with blow up of column beam junctions. (vi) Drawing of cantilever retaining wall showing details of all the members and reinforcement. (vii) Drawing of Intze type water tank showing details of all the members and reinforcement. (viii) Drawing No. 6 : Draw at least one sheet using AutoCAD software MEANS OF ASSESSMENT
  • 135.
    135 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 135 − Assignments and quiz/class tests − Mid-term and end-term written tests − Software installation and operation − Drawing sheets − Report writing − Viva-voce RECOMMENDED BOOKS 1. Civil Engineering Drawing by Layal JS; Satya Parkashan, New Delhi 2. Civil Engineering Drawing by Kumar NS; IPH, New Delhi 3. RCC Design and Drawing by Singh, Birinder; Kaption Publishing House, New Delhi. 4. Steel Structures Design and Drawing by Singh, Birinder; Kaption Publishing House, New Delhi 5. E-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by AICTE/ NITTTR, Chandigarh. Websites for Reference: http://swayam.gov.in
  • 136.
    136 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 136 INDUSTRIAL TRAINING It is needless to emphasize further the importance of Industrial Training of students during their 3 years of studies at Polytechnics. It is industrial training, which provides an opportunity to students to experience the environment and culture of industrial production units and commercial activities undertaken in field organizations. It prepares student for their future role as diploma engineers in the world of work and enables them to integrate theory with practice. Polytechnics have been arranging industrial training of students of various durations to meet the above objectives. This document includes guided and supervised industrial training of 4 weeks duration to be organised during the semester break starting after second year i.e. after 4th semester examinations. The concerned HODs along with other teachers will guide and help students in arranging appropriate training places relevant to their specific branch. It is suggested that a training schedule may be drawn for each student before starting of the training in consultation with the training providers. Students should also be briefed in advance about the organizational setup, product range, manufacturing process, important machines and materials used in the training organization. Equally important with the guidance is supervision of students training in the industry/organization by the teachers. Students should be encouraged to write daily report in their diary to enable them to write final report and its presentation later on. An external assessment of 50 marks has been provided in the study and evaluation scheme of 5th Semester. Evaluation of professional industrial training report through viva-voce/presentation aims at assessing students understanding of materials, industrial process, practices in industry/field organization and their ability to engage in activities related to problem solving in industrial setup as well as understanding of application of knowledge and skills learnt in real life situations. Teachers and students are requested to see the footnote below the study and evaluation scheme of 4th semester for further details. The teacher along with field supervisors will conduct performance assessment of students. The components of evaluation will include the following: a) Punctuality and regularity 15% b) Initiative in learning new things 15% c) Presentation and Viva 15% d) Industrial training report 55%
  • 137.
    137 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 137 5.1 WATER AND WASTE WATER ENGINEERING L T P 6 - 2 RATIONALE One of the basic necessities of life is water which is not easily available to a lot of people. Providing potable water at the first place then collection and disposal of waste solids and liquids are important activities of civil engineering field. This subject provides basic knowledge and skills in the field of water supply system and waste disposal system. Classroom instructions should be supplemented by field visits to show functional details of water supply and waste disposal systems. It will also be advantageous to invite professionals from field to deliver extension lectures on specialized operations. LEARNING OUTCOMES After undergoing the subject, students will be able to: • Calculate the water requirement for a particular population • Check and improve the quality of water by giving required treatment to water • Calculate the size of different pipes to carry water • Lay the network of pipes for water supply as well as sewerage in a building • Draw the location of different appurtenances • Carry out the disposal of sewage • Supervise the water supply and waste water schemes DETAILED CONTENTS A. WATER SUPPLY 1. Introduction (04 Periods) 1.1 Necessity and brief description of water supply system. 1.2 Sources of water – surface/sub-surface sources 2. Quantity of Water (08 Periods) 2.1 Water requirement 2.2 Rate of demand and variation in rate of demand 2.3 Per capita consumption for domestic, industrial, public and fire fighting uses as per BIS standards (no numerical problems) 2.4 Population Forecasting
  • 138.
    138 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 138 3. Quality of Water (05 Periods) 3.1 Meaning of pure water and methods of analysis of water 3.2 Physical, Chemical and bacteriological tests and their significance 3.3 Standard of potable water as per Indian Standard 3.4 Maintenance of purity of water 4. Water Treatment (brief introduction) (10 Periods) **4.1 Sedimentation - purpose, types of sedimentation tanks **4.2 Coagulation/floculation - usual coagulation and their feeding **4.3 Filtration - significance, types of filters, their suitability 4.4 Necessity of disinfection of water, forms of chlorination, break point chlorine, residual chlorine, application of chlorine. 4.5 Flow diagram of different treatment units, functions of (i) Areation fountain (ii) mixer (iii) floculator, (iv) classifier, (v) slow and rapid sand filters (vi) chlorination chamber. 5. Conveyance of Water (08 Periods) **5.1 Different types of pipes - cast iron, PVC, steel, asbestos cement, concrete and lead pipes. Their suitability and uses, types of joints in different types of pipes. 5.2 Appurtenances: Sluice, air, reflux valves, relief valves, scour valves, bib cocks, stop cocks, fire hydrants, water meters their working and uses 6. Laying of Pipes (05Periods) 6.1 Setting out alignment of pipes 6.2 Excavation for laying of pipes and precautions to be taken 6.3 Handling, lowering and jointing of pipes 6.4 Testing of pipe lines 6.5 Back filling 7. Building Water Supply (02 Periods) 7.1 Connections to water main (practical aspect only) **7.2 Water supply fittings (with sketches) and terminology related to plumbing B. WASTE WATER ENGINEERING 8. Introduction (05 Periods) 8.1 Purpose of sanitation 8.2 Necessity of systematic collection and disposal of waste
  • 139.
    139 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 139 8.3 Definition of terms in sanitary engineering 8.4 Collection and conveyance of sewage 8.5 Conservancy and water carriage systems, their advantages and Disadvantages 8.6 (a) Surface drains (only sketches) : various types, suitability (b) Types of sewage: Domestic, industrial, storm water and its seasonal variation 9. Sewerage System (05 Periods) 9.1 Types of sewerage systems, materials for sewers, their sizes and joints 9.2 Appurtenance: Location, function and construction features. Manholes, drop manholes, tank hole, catch basin, inverted siphon, flushing tanks grease and oil traps, storm regulators, ventilating shafts 10. Laying and Construction of Sewers (07 Periods) 10.1 Setting out/alignment of sewers 10.2 Excavations, checking the gradient with boning rods preparation of bedding, handling and jointing testing and back filling of sewers/pipes. 10.3 Construction of surface drains and different sections required 11 Sewage Characteristics (05 Periods) 11.1 Properties of sewage and IS standards for analysis of sewage 11.2 Physical, chemical and bacteriological parameters 12. Natural Methods of Sewerage Disposal (05 Periods) 12.1 General composition of sewage and disposal methods 12.2 Disposal by dilution 12.3 Self purification of stream 12.4 Disposal by land treatment 12.5 Nuisance due to disposal 13. Sewage Treatment (10 Periods) 13.1 Meaning and principle of primary and secondary treatment and activated sludge process their flow diagrams 13.2 Introduction and uses of screens, grit chambers, detritus tanks, skimming tanks, plainsedimentation tanks, primary clarifers, secondary clarifers, filters, control beds, intermittent sand filters, trickling filters, sludge treatment and disposal, oxidation ponds (Visit to a sewage treatment plant) Oxidation ditch, duckweed pond, Vermin culture
  • 140.
    140 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 140 14. Building Drainage (03 Periods) 14.1 Aims of building drainage and its requirements **14.2 Different sanitary fittings and installations 14.3 Traps 15. Introduction to smart water supply and waste water management (02 Periods) ** A field visit may be planned to explain and show the relevant things. LIST OF PRACTICALS 1) To determine turbidity of water sample by (i) JTU (ii) NTU 2) To determine dissolved oxygen of given sample 3) To determine pH value of water 4) To perform jar test for coagulation 5) To determine BOD of given sample 6) To determine residual chlorine in water 7) To determine conductivity of water and total dissolved solids 8) To study the installation of following: a) Water meter b) Connection of water supply of building with main c) Pipe valves and bends d) Water supply and sanitary fittings 9) To study and demonstrate the joining/tPeriodseading of GI Pipes, CI Pipes, SWG pipes, PVC pipes and copper pipes. 10) To demonstrate the laying of SWG pipes for sewers 11) Study of water purifying process by visiting a field lab. 12) Demonstration of plumbing tools. 13) Testing of pipes (GI, CI, PVC, SWG) as per BJI standards. INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY Before imparting the instructions in the class room, visits to water works and sewage treatment plants can go a long way for increased motivation of students for learning in the class room. As the subject is of practical nature, lecture work be supplemented by field visits from time to time. Home assignments related to collection of information, pamphlets and catalogues from hardware shop dealing water supply and sanitary fittings will be very helpful for the students. MEANS OF ASSESSMENT − Assignments and quiz/class tests − Mid-term and end-term written tests − Actual Practical Performance − Report writing of field visit
  • 141.
    141 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 141 − Viva-Voce RECOMMENDED BOOKS 1. Elements of Public Health Engineering by Duggal, KN; S. Chand and Co. New Delhi 2. Water Supply and Sanitary Engineering by Rangwala, SC; Charotar Book Stall, Anand 3. Water Supply Engineering by Kshirsagar, SR; Roorkee Publishing House, Roorkee 4. Sewage and Sewage Treatment by Kshirsagar, SR; Roorkee Publishing House, Roorkee 5. Water Supply and Sanitary Engineering by Birdie, GS; Dhanpat Rai and Sons, Delhi 6. Water Supply Engineering by Garg, Santosh Kumar; Khanna Publishers, Delhi 7. Sewage and Waste Water Disposal Engineering by Garg, Santosh Kumar; Khanna Publishers, Delhi 8. A Laboratory Manual in Public Health Engineering by Duggal, Ajay K and Sharma, Sanjay; Galgotia Publications, 2006, New Delhi 9. e-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by AICTE/ NITTTR, Chandigarh. Websites for Reference: http://swayam.gov.in SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS Topic No. Time Allotted (Periods) Marks Allotted (%) 1 04 05 2 08 10 3 05 06 4 10 12 5 08 10 6 05 06 7 02 20 8 05 06 9 05 06 10 07 07 11 05 06 12 05 06 13 10 12 14 03 06 15 02 02
  • 142.
    142 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 142 Total 84 100
  • 143.
    143 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 143 5.2 RAILWAYS, BRIDGES AND TUNNELS L T P 6 - - RATIONALE The subject will cater to the needs of those technicians who would like to find employment in the construction of railway tracks, bridges and tunnels. The subject aims at providing broad based knowledge regarding various components and construction of railway track, bridges and tunnels LEARNING OUTCOMES After undergoing the subject, students will be able to: • Describe different component parts of permanent way such as rails, sleepers and ballest • Distinguish different types of rail gauges used in India • Use of different types of rail fastenings and fixtures • Classify bridges and select suitable type of bridge for a particular purpose • Describe essential components of a ROB and RUB • Supervise construction of a tunnel • Carry out ventilation, drainage and lightening of tunnels DETAILED CONTENTS PART – I: RAILWAYS (30 Periods) 1. Introduction to Indian Railways 2. Mass Transit System: Metro, Mono-rail, Tube 3. Railway surveys: Factors influencing the railways route, brief description of various types of railway survey 4. Classification of permanent way describing its component parts 5. Rail Gauge: Definition, types, practice in India (gauges in different countries knowledge salce) 6. Rails – types of rails 7. Rail Welding and its types 8. Rail Fastenings: Rail joints, types of rail joints, fastenings for rails, fish plates, bearing plates 9. Sleepers: Functions of sleepers, types of sleepers, requirements of an ideal material for sleepers. 10. Ballast: Function of ballast, requirements of an ideal material for ballast 11. Points of Crossings and signalling: Brief description regarding different types of crossings/ signalling 12. Maintenance of track: Necessity, maintenance of track, inspection of soil, track and fixtures; maintenance and boxing of ballast maintenance gauges, tools
  • 144.
    144 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 144 13. Earth work and drainage: Features of rail road, bed level, width of formation, side slopes, drains, methods of construction, requirement of drainage system 14. Station and yards: purpose and types of stations and yards PART-II: BRIDGES (30 Periods) 13. Introduction Bridge – its function and component parts, difference between a bridge and a culvert 14. Classification of Bridges Their structural elements and suitability: 14.1 According to life-permanent and temporary 14.2 According to deck level – Deck, through and semi-through 14.3 According to material –timber, masonry, steel, RCC, pre-stressed 14.4 According to structural form; - Grade Seperators-Railway Road Over Bridges (ROB), Road Under Bridge (RUB) - Beam type –RCC, T-Beam, steel girder bridges, plate girder and box girder, balanced cantilever, Trussed bridges. - Arch type – open spandrel and filled spandrel barrel and rib type - Suspension type – unstiffened and stiffened and table (its description with sketches) - According to the position of highest flood level submersible and non submersible 14.5 IRS, IRC introduction of IRS and IRC 14.6 Concept of Railway ROB and RUB – Precast components of ROB, drainage problems and solutions of RUB 15. Bridge Foundations: Introduction to open foundation, pile foundation, well foundation 16. Piers, Abutments, Retaining walls, Wing walls and Toe walls 16.1 Piers-definition, parts; types –solid (masonry and RCC), open 16.2 Abutments and wing walls – definition, types of abutments (straight and tee), abutment with wing walls (straight, splayed, return and curved) 16.3 Toe walls: Importance and Functions 16.4 Retaining Walls: Types, functions, parts, MSE(Mechanically stabilized earth) walls
  • 145.
    145 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 145 17. Bridge bearings Purpose of bearings; types of bearings – fixed plate, rocker and roller and pin bearing, Elastomaric bearings, PTFE bearing, Sliding bearing. 18. Super structure: Components, features, cross-section and services, footpath, median crash banner, light pole. 19. Maintenance of Bridges 19.1 Inspection of bridges 19.2 Routine maintenance PART - III: TUNNELS (24 Periods) 20. Definition and necessity of tunnels, method of tunneling, machinery used in tunneling 21. Typical section of tunnels for a national highway and single and double broad gauge railway track 22. Ventilation –necessity and methods of ventilation, by blowing, exhaust and combination of blowing and exhaust 23. Drainage method of draining water in tunnels 24. Lighting of tunnels Notes: i) Field visits may be organized to Bridge construction site or a Bridge/Tunnel construction site/Railways tracks to explain the various components and a field visit report shall be prepared by the students, as teamwork ii) Examiners should set questions from all the parts INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY This subject is of practical nature. While imparting instructions, teachers are expected to organize demonstrations and field visits to show various components and construction of railway track, bridges and tunnel. MEANS OF ASSESSMENT − Assignments and quiz/class tests − Mid-term and end-term written tests − Presentations − Model Making
  • 146.
    146 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 146 − Report writing − Viva-voce RECOMMENDED BOOKS 1. Railway Engineering by Vaswani, NK; Publishing House, Roorkee 2. Railway Engineering by Rangwala, SC; Anand, Charotar Book Stall 3. A Text Book of Railway Engineering by Deshpande, R; Poonam United Book Corporation 4. Bridge Engineering by Algia, JS; Charotar Book Stall, Anand 5. Essentials of Bridge Engineering by Victor Johnson; Oxford and IBH, Delhi 6. Bridge Engineerin” by Rangwala S.C; Charotar Book Stall, Anand 7. IRC Bridge Codes 8. MoRTH drawings for various types of bridges 9. MoRTH pocket books for bridge Engineers, 2000 (First Revision) 10. Tunnel Engineering by Subhash C Saxena; Dhanpat Rai and Sons, Delhi 11. E-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by AICTE/UBTE/NITTTR, Chandigarh. Websites for Reference: http://swayam.gov.in SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS Topic No. Time Allotted (Periods) Marks Allotted (%) 1 30 36 2 30 36 3 24 28 Total 84 100
  • 147.
    147 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 147 5.3 EARTHQUAKE ENGINEERING L T P 4 - - RATIONAL Diploma holders in civil engineering have to supervise construction of various earthquake resistant buildings. Therefore, the students should have requisite knowledge regarding terminology of earthquake and the precautions to be taken while constructing earthquake resistant buildings LEARNING OUTCOMES After undergoing the subject, students will be able to: • Classify the earthquakes • Explain seismic behavior of traditionally built constructions • Supervise construction of earthquake resistant buildings • Monitor reinforcement detailing in earthquake resistant structures • Manage all rescue operation caused due to earthquake • Understand the concept of predicting the earthquakes • Understand the provisions of IS 1893, IS 13920 & IS 4326 to safeguard new and existing structures. DETAILED CONTENTS 1. Elements of Engineering Seismology (08 Periods) General features of tectonic of seismic regions. Causes of earthquakes, Seismic waves, earthquake size (magnitude and intensity), Epicentre, Seismograph, Classification of earthquakes, Plate Tectonics, Elastic Rebound Theory. 2. Seismic Behaviour of Traditionally-Built Constructions of India (08 Periods) Performance of building during earthquakes and Mode of failure (Out-of-plane failure, in-plane failure, Diaphragm failure, Connection failure, Non-structural components failure)single degree of freedom system, fundamental time period, mode shapes. 3. Special construction method, tips and precautions to be observed while planning, designing and construction of earthquake resistant building. (08 Periods) 4. Introduction to seismic zone of India provision given by IS: 1893: 2002 (part I) static and dynamic loading, base shear calculation. (08 Periods)
  • 148.
    148 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 148 5. Seismic provision of strengthening and retrofitting measures for traditionally-built constructions (08 Periods) 6. Provision of reinforcement detailing in masonry and RCC constructions as per IS 13920 and IS 4326. (06 Periods) 7. Introduction to Earthquake early warning system (04 Period) 8. Disaster Management: Disaster rescue, psychology of rescue, rescue workers, rescue plan, rescue by steps, rescue equipment, safety in rescue operations, debris clearance and casuality management. (06 Periods) INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY The student may be taken for visit to various building construction sites where precautions related to earthquake resistant construction are being taken so that the students may appreciate the importance of the subject. MEANS OF ASSESSMENT − Assignments and quiz/class tests − Mid-term and end-term written tests − Presentation RECOMMENDED BOOKS 1. Elements of Earthquake Engineering by Jai Krishana and AR Chandersekaran; Sarita Parkashan, Meerut. 2. Building Construction by BL Gupta and NL Arora; Satya Prakashan, New Delhi 3. Manual Published by Earthquake Engineering department, IIT Roorkee / IIT Kanpur 4. IS 13920, IS: 13827, IS: 13828, IS 1893-2002, IS 4326 (latest edition) 5. Earthquake Resistant Building Construction by Neelam Sharma 6. e-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by AICTE/UBTE/NITTTR, Chandigarh. Websites for Reference: http://swayam.gov.in
  • 149.
    149 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 149 SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS Topic No. Time Allotted (Periods) Marks Allotted (%) 1 08 14 2 08 14 3 08 14 4 08 14 5 08 14 6 06 10 7 04 07 8 06 13 Total 56 100
  • 150.
    150 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 150 5.4 SOIL MECHANICS AND FOUNDATION ENGINEERING L T P 6 - 2 RATIONALE Civil Engineering diploma engineers are required to supervise the construction of roads, pavements, dams, embankments, and other Civil Engineering structures. As such the knowledge of basic soil engineering is the pre-requisite for these engineers for effective discharge of their duties. This necessitates the introduction of Soil and Foundation Engineering subject in the curriculum for Diploma Course in Civil Engineering. The subject covers only such topics which will enable the diploma engineers to identify and classify the different types of soils, their selection and proper use in the field for various types of engineering structures. The emphasis will be more on teaching practical aspect rather than theory. LEARNING OUTCOMES After undergoing the subject, students will be able to: • Identify and classify various types of soils • Select particular type of foundation according to loading of structure • Determine shear strength of soil • Carry out compaction of soils as per density • Calculate bearing capacity of soil • Calculate liquid limit and plastic limit of soil • Calculate maximum dry density of soil and optimum moisture content of soil • Perform various tests of the soil • Apply different techniques for improving the engineering properties of soil. DETAILED CONTENTS 1. Introduction (03 Periods) 1.1 Importance of Soil Studies in Civil Engineering 1.2 Geological origin of soils with special reference to soil profiles in India: residual and transported soil, alluvial deposits, lake deposits, local soil found in UP, dunes and loess, glacial deposits, black cotton soils, conditions in which above deposits are formed and their engineering characteristics. 1.3 Names of organizations dealing with soil engineering work in India, soil map of India
  • 151.
    151 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 151 2. Physical Properties of Soils (06 Periods) 2.1 Constituents of soil and representation by a phase diagram 2.2 Definitions of void ratio, porosity, degree of saturation, water content, specific gravity, unit weight, bulk density/bulk unit weight, dry unit weight, saturated unit weight and submerged unit weight of soil grains and correlation between them 2.3 Simple numerical problems with the help of phase diagrams 3. Classification and Identification of Soils (06 Periods) 3.1. Particle size, shape and their effect on engineering properties of soil, particle size classification of soils 3.2 Gradation and its influence on engineering properties 3.3 Relative density and its use in describing cohesionless soils 3.4 Behaviour of cohesive soils with change in water content, Atterberg’s limit - definitions, use and practical significance including numerical problems 3.5 Field identification tests for soils 3.6 Soil classification system as per IS 1498; basis, symbols, major divisions and sub divisions, groups, plasticity chart; procedure for classification of a given soil 4. Flow of Water Through Soils (05 Periods) 4.1 Concept of permeability and its importance 4.2 Darcy's law, coefficient of permeability, seepage velocity and factors affecting permeability 4.3 Comparison of permeability of different soils as per Indian Standards 4.4 Measurement of permeability in the laboratory 4.5 Simple numerical problems 5. Effective Stress (Concept only) (05 Periods) 5.1 Stresses in subsoil 5.2 Definition and meaning of total stress, effective stress and neutral stress 5.3 Principle of effective stress 5.4 Importance of effective stress in engineering problems 6. Deformation of Soils (06 Periods) 6.1 Meaning, conditions/situations of occurrence with emphasis on practical significance of:
  • 152.
    152 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 152 a) Consolidation and settlement b) Creep c) Plastic flow d) Heaving e) Lateral movement f) Freeze and thaw of soil 6.2 Definition and practical significance of compression index, coefficient of consolidation, degree of consolidation. 6.3 Meaning of total settlement, uniform settlement and differential settlement; rate of settlement and their effects 6.4 Settlement due to construction operations and lowering of water table 6.5 Tolerable settlement for different structures as per IS 6.6 Simple numerical problems 7. Shear Strength of Soil (10 Periods) 7.1 Concept and Significance of shear strength 7.2 Factors contributing to shear strength of cohesive and cohesion less soils, Coulomb's law 7.3 Determination of shearing strength by direct shear test, unconfined compression test and vane shear test. Drainage conditions of test and their significance 7.4 Stress and strain curve, peak strength and ultimate strength, their significance 7.5 Examples of shear failure in soils 7.6 Numerical problems 8. Compaction (06 Periods) 8.1 Definition and necessity of compaction 8.2 Laboratory compaction test (standard and modified proctor test as per IS) definition and importance of optimum water content, maximum dry density; moisture dry density relationship for typical soils with different compactive efforts 8.3. Compaction control; Density control, measurement of field density by core cutter method and sand replacement method, moisture control, Proctor's needle and its use, thickness control, jobs of an embankment supervisor in relation to compaction 9. Soil Exploration (08 Periods) 9.1 Purpose and necessity of soil exploration 9.2 Reconnaissance, methods of soil exploration, Trial pits, borings (auger, wash, rotary, percussion to be briefly dealt)
  • 153.
    153 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 153 9.3 Sampling; undisturbed, disturbed and representative samples; selection of type of sample; thin wall and piston samples; area ratio, recovery ratio of samples and their significance, number and quantity of samples, resetting, sealing and preservation of samples. 9.4 Presentation of soil investigation results 10 Bearing Capacity of soil (14 Periods) 10.1 Concept of bearing capacity 10.2 Definition and significance of ultimate bearing capacity, net safe bearing capacity and allowable bearing pressure 10.3 Guidelines of BIS (IS 6403) for estimation of bearing capacity 10.4 Factors affecting bearing capacity 10.5 Concept of vertical stress distribution in soils due to foundation loads, pressure bulb 10.6 Applications of SPT, unconfined compression test and direct shear test in estimation of bearing capacity 10.7 Plate load test (no procedure details) and its limitations 10.8 Simple numerical problems on bearing capacity. 11. Foundation Engineering (10 Periods) Concept of shallow and deep foundation; types of shallow foundations: combined, isolated, strip, mat, and their suitability. Factors affecting the depth of shallow foundations, deep foundations, type of piles and their suitability; pile classification on the basis of material, pile group and pile cap. 12. Ground improvement techniques (05 Periods) Pre-loading, vibro compaction, stone columns, soil nailing, grouting, sand drain. PRACTICAL EXERCISES 1. To determine the moisture content of a given sample of soil 2. Auger Boring and Standard Penetration Test a) Identifying the equipment and accessories b) Conducting boring and SPT at a given location c) Collecting soil samples and their identification d) Preparation of boring log and SPT graphs e) Interpretation of test results
  • 154.
    154 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 154 3. Extraction of Disturbed and Undistrubed Samples a) Extracting a block sample b) Extracting a tube sample c) Extracting a disturbed samples for mechanical analysis. d) Field identification of samples 4. Field Density Measurement (Sand Replacement and Core Cutter Method) a) Calibration of sand b) Conducting field density test at a given location c) Determination of water content d) Computation and interpretation of results 5. Liquid Limit and Plastic Limit Determination: a) Identifying various grooving tools b) Preparation of sample c) Conducting the test d) Observing soil behavior during tests e) Computation, plotting and interpretation of results 6. Mechanical Analysis a) Preparation of sample b) Conducting sieve analysis c) Computation of results d) Plotting the grain size distribution curve e) Interpretation of the curve 7 Laboratory Compaction Tests (Standard Proctor test) a) Preparation of sample b) Conducting the test c) Observing soil behaviour during test d) Computation of results and plotting e) Determination of optimum moisture and maximum dry density 8. Direct Shear Test 9. Permeability Test 10. Demonstration of Unconfined Compression Test a) Specimen preparation b) Conducting the test c) Plotting the graph d) Interpretation of results and finding/bearing capacity 11. Demonstration of Vane shear Test INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY
  • 155.
    155 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 155 The teacher while imparting instructions are expected to lay greater emphasis on the practical aspects rather than theory and mathematical treatment. To bring clarity regarding concepts and principles involved, teachers should organize demonstrations in the laboratories and fields. It is necessary to create understanding that soils fail either under shear or settlement due to heavy loads. This can be shown by making use of photographs on working models of such failures. Efforts should be made in the practical classes that students perform practical exercises individually. Conduct of viva examination at the end of each practical work will develop clear understanding about the concepts and principles related to this subject. MEANS OF ASSESSMENT − Assignments and quiz/class tests − Mid-term and end-term written tests − Actual Practical Performance − Presentation − Viva-voce RECOMMENDED BOOKS 1. Soil Mechanics and Foundations by Punmia, BC; Standard Publishers, Delhi 2. Soil Mechanics and Foundations Engineering by Bharat Singh and Shamsher Prakash; Nem Chand and Bros, Roorkee, 3. Soil Sampling and Testing - A Laboratory Manual by Duggal, AK., Ramana, TR.,Krishnamurthy, S; Galgotia Publications, Delhi 4. BIS Codes IS 6403 (latest edition) and IS 1498 (latest edition) 5. Shallow Foundations by NITTTR, Chandigarh 6. Video films on Geo-technical Laboratory Practices by Vinod Kumar; NITTTR, Chandigarh 7. e-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by AICTE/UBTE/NITTTR, Chandigarh. Websites for Reference: http://swayam.gov.in
  • 156.
    156 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 156 SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS Topic No. Time Allotted (Periods) Marks Allotted (%) 1 03 04 2 06 07 3 06 07 4 05 07 5 05 06 6 06 07 7 10 12 8 06 07 9 08 09 10 14 16 11 10 12 12 05 06 Total 84 100
  • 157.
    157 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 157 5.5 SURVEYING – II L T P 4 - 8 RATIONALE The important functions of a civil engineer includes the jobs of detailed surveying, plotting of survey data, preparation of survey maps and setting out works. While framing the curriculum for the subject of surveying, stress has been given to the development of knowledge and skill in theodolite surveying, tachometry surverying, curves and use of minor and modern instruments have been included in this subject. Field work should be a selected one so that student can check his work and have an idea of the results the extent of error in the work done by him. As far as possible, the surveys done should be got plotted, as this will also reveal errors in the work and develop skill in plotting. LEARNING OUTCOMES After undergoing the subject, students will be able to: • Interpolate contours on a given sheet of paper • Align a proposed road • Draw a contour plan of an area • Calculate earth work for a road from a contour map • Prolong a line with theodolite • Conduct closed traversing • Measure horizontal and vertical angles • Set out simple circular curve • Read Total Station, EDM and Auto level DETAILED CONTENTS 1. Contouring (08 Periods) Concept of contours, purpose of contouring, contour interval and horizontal equivalent, factors effecting contour interval, characteristics of contours, methods of contouring: Direct and indirect, use of stadia measurements in contour survey, interpolation of contours; use of contour map, Drawing cross section from a contour map; marking alignment of a road, railway and a canal on a contour map, computation of earth work and reservoir capacity from a contour map
  • 158.
    158 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 158 2. Theodolite Surveying (14 Periods) Working of a transit vernier theodolite, axes of a theodolite and their relation; temporary adjustments of a transit theodolite; concept of transiting, swinging, face left, face right and changing face; measurement of horizontal and vertical angles. Prolonging a line (forward and backward) measurement of bearing of a line; traversing by included angles and deflection angle method; traversing by stadia measurement, theodolite triangulation, plotting a traverse; concept of coordinate and solution of omitted measurements (one side affected), errors in theodolite survey and precautions taken to minimize them; limits of precision in theodolite traversing. Height of objects – accessible and non-accessible bases 3. Tacho-metric surveying (08 Periods) Tachometry, Instruments to be used in tachometry, methods of tachometry, stadia system of tachometry, general principles of stadia tachometry, examples of stadia tachometry and Numerical problems. 4. Curves (10 Periods) 4.1 Simple Circular Curve Need and definition of a simple circular curve; Elements of simple circular curve - Degree of the curve, radius of the curve, tangent length, point of intersection (Apex point), tangent point, length of curve, long chord deflection angle, Apex distance and Mid-ordinate. Setting out of simple circular curve: a) By linear measurements only: - Offsets from the tangent - Successive bisection of arcs - Offsets from the chord produced b) By tangential angles using a theodolite 4.2 Transition Curve Need (centrifugal force and super elevation) and definition of transition curve; requirements of transition curve; length of transition curve for roads; by cubic parabola; calculation of offsets for a transition curve; setting out of a transition curve by tangential offsets only 4.3 Vertical curve Setting out of a vertical curve 5. Introduction to the use of Modern Surveying equipment and techniques such as (08 Periods) a) EDM or Distomat
  • 159.
    159 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 159 b) Planimeter (Digital) c) Total station d) Introduction to remote sensing and GPS e) Auto level f) Digital theodolite 6. Total station- installation, calibration concept of coordinate system (04 Periods) 7. Analysis of dater, plotting, Remote sensing , GIS & GPS concept (04 Periods) and application in various fields NOTE: No sketch of the instruments may be asked in the examination PRACTICAL EXERCISES I. Contouring i) Preparing a contour plan by radial line method by the use of a Tangent Clinometer/Tachometer ii) Preparing a contour plan by method of squares iii) Preparing a contour plan of a Road/Railway track/Canal by taking cross sections. II. Theodolite i) Taking out the Theodilite, mounting on the tripod and placing it back in the box ii) Study of a transit vernier theodolite; temporary adjustments of theodolite iii) Reading the vernier and working out the least count, measurement of horizontal angles by repetition and reiteration methods iv) Measurement of vertical angles and use of tachometric tables v) Measurement of magnetic bearing of a line vi) Running a closed traverse with a theodolite (at least five sides) and its plotting vii) Height of objects with and without accessible bases III. Curves i) Setting out of a simple circular curve with given data by the following methods a) Offsets from the chords produced b) One theodolite method IV. Minor instruments i) Demonstration and use of minor instruments like Ceylon Ghat Tracer, Tangent Clinometer, Pantagraph, Abney level etc.
  • 160.
    160 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 160 ii) Use of planimeter for computing areas V. Demonstration of digital instruments Periodic field visits to Survey of India and other government agencies. VI. To plot an area with the help of Total Station INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY This is highly practice-oriented course. While imparting theoretical instructions, teachers are expected to demonstrate the use of various instruments in surveying, stress should be laid on correct use of various instruments so as to avoid/minimize errors during surveying. It is further recommended that more emphasis should be laid in conducting practical work by individual students MEANS OF ASSESSMENT − Mid-term and end-term written tests − Actual Practical Performance − Viva-Voce RECOMMENDED BOOKS 1. A Text Book of Surveying by Kocher, CL; Katson Publishing House Ludhiana, 2. Surveying and Leveling by Kanetkar,TP and Kulkarni, SV; AVG Parkashan, Pune 3. Surveying and Leveling-Vol.2 by Kanetkar, TP and Kulkarni, SV; AVG Prakashan, Pune 4. Surveying and Leveling by Punima, BC; Standard Publishers Distributors, Delhi 5. Surveying-II by Mahajan, Sanjay; Satya Prakashan, Delhi 6. e-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by AICTE/UBTE/NITTTR, Chandigarh. Websites for Reference: http://swayam.gov.in SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS Topic No. Time Allotted (Periods) Marks Allotted (%) 1 08 14 2 14 25 3 08 14 4 10 18 5 08 14 6 04 08 7 04 07 Total 56 100
  • 161.
    161 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 161 5.6 WASTE WATER & IRRIGATION ENGINEERING DRAWING L T P - - 6 RATIONALE Diploma holders in Civil Engineering are expected to supervise construction of water supply and wastewater treatment works and irrigation structures. This subject aims at imparting skills for preparing water supply and waste water and irrigation engineering drawings to develop competencies for reading the drawings, and their execution in their field. LEARNING OUTCOMES After undergoing the subject, students will be able to: • Draw the drawings of traps, manholes and inspection chambers • Draw the drawing of water supply plan of building • Draw the sewerage plan of buildings • Draw the drawing of channel (L-section and cross-section) • Draw and demonstrate cross-section of an earthen dams • Draw layout plan of a canal head works • Read and interpret the Public Health and Irrigation Engineering Drawings DETAILED CONTENTS Drawings Exercises PART A WATER SUPPLY AND WASTE WATER ENGINEERING DRAWING 1. Drains and Sewers 1.1 Cross section of standard types of open drains (circular, V-shaped and U-shaped) with their foundations 1.2 Cross section of earthen ware and RCC sewer pipes 1.3 Cross sections of masonry sewers (circular and egg shaped) 2. Traps, manholes and inspection chamber
  • 162.
    162 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 162 2.1 Detailed section of floor trap and gully trap 2.2 Detailed plan and section of an inspection chamber 2.3 Detailed plan and section of a manhole 3. Septic Tank and Soak Pit Detailed plan and cross sections of a domestic septic tank for 10 users. Draw detailed X-section of an empty soak pit and filled soak. 4. Bath room and W.C connections: 4.1 Cross-section through the external wall of lavatories at ground and first floor showing the one and two pipe system and the connections of the lavatory to inspection chamber 4.2. Plan of a bathroom showing positions of lavatory, bath tub, wash-basin, taps and showers 5. Study of drawing of two storeyed building showing details of one pipe and two pipes systems with sanitation system. 6. Practice of reading water supply and sanitary engineering working drawings (PWD/urban Development agencies) including hot water and cold water supply system of a two room set. PART B B) IRRIGATION ENGINEERING DRAWING: 1. Typical cross-section of a channel - L-section of a channel for given data - Typical cross section of an unlined and lined channel in cutting, partly cutting and partly filling and fully in filling with given design data. 2. Layout plan of a canal head works 3. Draw the typical L-section of a weir 4. Draw the X-section of an Earthen Dam i) Homogeneous ii) Zoned type iii) Diaphragm type 5. Cross section of a tubewell with pump house.
  • 163.
    163 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 163 6. Layout and cross section of rain water harvesting system. Important Note: i) Use of BIS: 456-2000 is permitted in the examination ii) Paper should be set from Part A ad Part B of equal marks INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY Teachers are expected to develop skills in preparation and interpretation of water supply and waste water engineering drawings as per BIS codes of practice. Attention must be paid towards line work, specifications writing, dimensioning, proportioning and accuracy for industrial unit at different intervals of time. Reading and interpreting actual field drawings should also be practiced so as to develop necessary competency in the students. MEANS OF ASSESSMENT − Assignments and quiz/class tests − Mid-term and end-term written tests − Laboratory and practical work − Drawing sheets − Model Making RECOMMENDED BOOKS 4. Civil Engineering Drawing by Layal JS ; Satya Parkashan, New Delhi 5. Civil Engineering Drawings by Chandel RP 6. Civil Engineering Drawing by Kumar NS; IPH, New Delhi 7. Civil Engineering Drawing by Malik RS and Meo GA ; Asian Publishing House, New Delhi 8. Civil Engineering Drawing by S.K. Garg; Khanna Publishers. 9. e-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by AICTE/UBTE/NITTTR, Chandigarh. Websites for Reference: http://swayam.gov.in
  • 164.
    164 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 164 5.7 Universal Human Values L-T-P 2-0-1 Course Objectives This introductory course input is intended 1. To help the students appreciate the essential complementarily between 'VALUES' and 'SKILLS' to ensure sustained happiness and prosperity, which are the core aspirations of all human beings 2. To facilitate the development of a Holistic perspective among students towards life and profession as well as towards happiness and prosperity based on a correct understanding of the Human reality and the rest of Existence. Such a holistic perspective forms the basis of Universal Human Values and movement towards value-based living in a natural way 3. To highlight plausible implications of such a Holistic understanding in terms of ethical human conduct, trustful and mutually fulfilling human behavior and mutually enriching interaction with Nature Thus, this course is intended to provide a much needed orientational input in value education to the young enquiring minds. Course Methodology 1. The methodology of this course is explorational and thus universally adaptable. It involves a systematic and rational study of the human being vis-à-vis the rest of existence. 2. It is free from any dogma or value prescriptions. 3. It is a process of self-investigation and self-exploration, and not of giving sermons. Whatever is found as truth or reality is stated as a proposal and the students are facilitated to verify it in their own right, based on their Natural Acceptance and subsequent Experiential Validation. 4. This process of self-exploration takes the form of a dialogue between the teacher and the students to begin with, and then to continue within the student leading to continuous self-evolution. 5. This self-exploration also enables them to critically evaluate their pre-conditionings and present beliefs. The syllabus for the lectures is given below: • After every two lectures of one hour each, there is one hour practice session. • The assessment for this subject is as follows: • Sessions Marks (Internal): 20 • Practical Marks (External): 30 • Total Marks: 50 UNIT 1: Course Introduction - Need, Basic Guidelines, Content and Process for Value Education 1. Understanding the need, basic guidelines, content and process for Value Education 2. Self-Exploration–what is it? - its content and process; ‘Natural Acceptance’ and Experiential Validation- as the mechanism for self-exploration 3. Continuous Happiness and Prosperity- A look at basic Human Aspirations 4. Right understanding, Relationship and Physical Facilities- the basic requirements for fulfillment of aspirations of every human being with their correct priority
  • 165.
    165 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 165 5. Understanding Happiness and Prosperity correctly- A critical appraisal of the current scenario 6. Method to fulfill the above human aspirations: understanding and living in harmony at various levels UNIT 2: Understanding Harmony in the Human Being - Harmony in Myself! 1. Understanding human being as a co-existence of the sentient ‘I’ and the material the Body’ 2. Understanding the needs of Self (‘I’) and ‘Body’ - Sukh and Suvidha 3. Understanding the Body as an instrument of ‘I’ (I being the doer, seer and enjoyer) 4. Understanding the characteristics and activities of ‘I’ and harmony in ‘I’ 5. Understanding the harmony of I with the Body: Sanyam and Swasthya; correct appraisal of Physical needs, meaning of Prosperity in detail 6. Programs to ensure Sanyam and Swasthya -Practice Exercises and Case Studies will be taken up in Practice Sessions. UNIT 3: Understanding Harmony in the Family and Society- Harmony in Human- Human Relationship 1. Understanding Harmony in the family – the basic unit of human interaction 2. Understanding values in human-human relationship; meaning of Nyaya and program for its fulfillment to ensure Ubhay-tripti; a. Trust (Vishwas) and Respect (Samman) as the foundational values of relationship 3. Understanding the meaning of Vishwas; Difference between intention and competence 4. Understanding the meaning of Samman, Difference between respect and differentiation; the other salient values in relationship 5. Understanding the harmony in the society (society being an extension of family): Samadhan, Samridhi, Abhay, Sah-astitvaas comprehensive Human Goals 6. Visualizing a universal harmonious order in society- Undivided Society (AkhandSamaj), Universal Order (SarvabhaumVyawastha )- from family to world family! -Practice Exercises and Case Studies will be taken up in Practice Sessions. UNIT 4: Understanding Harmony in the Nature and Existence - Whole existence as Co- existence 1. Understanding the harmony in the Nature 2. Interconnectedness and mutual fulfillment among the four orders of nature-recyclability and self- regulation in nature 3. Understanding Existence as Co-existence (Sah-astitva) of mutually interacting units in all-pervasive space 4. Holistic perception of harmony at all levels of existence -Practice Exercises and Case Studies will be taken up in Practice Sessions. UNIT 5: Implications of the above Holistic Understanding of Harmony on Professional Ethics 1. Natural acceptance of human values 2. Definitiveness of Ethical Human Conduct 3. Basis for Humanistic Education, Humanistic Constitution and Humanistic Universal Order 4. Competence in professional ethics:
  • 166.
    166 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 166 a)Ability to utilize the professional competence for augmenting universal human order b) Ability to identify the scope and characteristics of people-friendly and eco-friendly production systems, c) Ability to identify and develop appropriate technologies and management patterns for above production systems. 5. Case studies of typical holistic technologies, management models and production systems 6. Strategy for transition from the present state to Universal Human Order: a) At the level of individual: as socially and ecologically responsible engineers, technologists and managers b) At the level of society: as mutually enriching institutions and organizations 7. To inculcate Human Values among Students:The Role of self ,Parents and Teachers -Practice Exercises and Case Studies will be taken up in Practice Sessions. Practical Session also Includes Different Yogic Exercises and Meditation Session INSTRUCTONAL STRATEGY The content of this course is to be taught on conceptual basis with plenty of real world examples. MEANS OF ASSESSMENT − Assignments and quiz/class tests, − Mid-term and end-term written tests − Practical assessment Reference Material The primary resource material for teaching this course consists of a. The text book (Latest Edition) R.R Gaur, R Asthana, G P Bagaria, A foundation course in Human Values and professional Ethics, Excel books, New Delhi. b. The teacher’s manual (Latest Edition) R.R Gaur, R Asthana, G P Bagaria, A foundation course in Human Values and professional Ethics – Teachers Manual, Excel books, New Delhi. In addition, the following reference books may be found useful for supplementary reading in connection with different parts of the course: 1. B L Bajpai, 2004, Indian Ethos and Modern Management, New Royal Book Co., Lucknow. Reprinted 2008. 2. PL Dhar, RR Gaur, 1990, Science and Humanism, Commonwealth Purblishers. 3. Sussan George, 1976, How the Other Half Dies, Penguin Press. Reprinted 1986, 1991 4. Ivan Illich, 1974, Energy & Equity, The Trinity Press, Worcester, and HarperCollins, USA 5. Donella H. Meadows, Dennis L. Meadows, Jorgen Randers, William W. Behrens III, 1972, limits to Growth, Club of Rome’s Report, Universe Books. 6. Subhas Palekar, 2000, How to practice Natural Farming,Pracheen(Vaidik) Krishi Tantra Shodh, Amravati. 7. A Nagraj, 1998, Jeevan Vidya ekParichay,Divya Path Sansthan, Amarkantak.
  • 167.
    167 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 167 8. E.F. Schumacher, 1973, Small is Beautiful: a study of economics as if peoplemattered, Blond & Briggs, Britain. 9. A.N. Tripathy, 2003, Human Values, New Age International Publishers. Relevant websites, movies and documentaries 1. Value Education websites, http://uhv.ac.in, http://www.aktu.ac.in 2. Story of Stuff, http://www.storyofstuff.com 3. Al Gore, An Inconvenient Truth, Paramount Classics, USA 4. Charlie Chaplin, Modern Times, United Artists, USA 5. IIT Delhi, Modern Technology–the Untold Story 6. Case study Hevade Bazar Movie 7. RC Shekhar , Ethical Contradiction ,Trident New Delhi 8. Gandhi A., Right Here Right Now, Cyclewala Production SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS SURVEY CAMP 10 Days Duration PURPOSE a. To impart intensive training in the use of surveying instruments b. To train the students to appreciate practical difficulties in surveying on the field c. Making the students conversant with the camp life d. Training the students to communicate with the local population e. Providing an opportunity to the students to develop team spirit f. To train the students for self management LEARNING OUTCOMES After undergoing the survey camp, students will be able to: • Interpret the contours • Work in a teamwork • Mark a road alignment of (L-section, Cross-section) a given gradient connecting any two stations on the map • Calculate the earth work Unit Time Allotted (Periods) Marks Allotted (%) 1 08 20 2 08 20 3 08 20 4 08 20 5 10 20 Total 42 100
  • 168.
    168 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 168 • Prepare a topographical plan of a given area Task: Preparation of topographical plan of a given area on Auto Cad. The survey camp will be organized for a duration of 10 days time span. The students may be assigned an undulated area of about 1.5 to 2.00 sq.km. with level difference of 15m consisting of good number of physical features such as buildings, roads, bridges, culverts, railway tracks, electric lines etc. They are required to prepare the topographic map of above areas showing various features along with contours using a suitable contour intervals. They will mark a road alignment of given gradient connecting any two stations on the map consisting some horizontal and vertical curves and will prepare estimate of earthwork and submit the detailed technical report indicating therein practical difficulties faced during surveying for the features like ridge, line, valley lines, saddle cliffs etc. The students should be divided in the groups consisting of 10-15 in numbers. They are required to submit the Report of work done, during survey camp, which will be dully examined, while awarding the internal assessment. MEANS OF ASSESSMENT − Practical work − Report Writing − Presentation − Drawing − Viva-voce
  • 169.
    169 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 169 6.1 QUANTITY SURVEYING AND VALUATION L T P 6 - - RATIONALE Diploma holders in Civil Engineering are supposed to prepare material estimates for various Civil Engineering works namely; buildings, irrigation works, public health works and roads etc. In addition, they must have basic knowledge regarding analysis of rates, contracting, principles of valuation. Therefore, this subject has great importance for diploma holders in Civil Engineering. LEARNING OUTCOMES After undergoing the subject, students will be able to: • Explain different units of measurement for different items • Calculating quantities of materials and prepare the material chart • Prepare detailed and abstract of estimates from drawings • Prepare tender document of different civil engineering items by using C.S.R. rates with premium • Use principles of valuation for valuation of a building DETAILED CONTENTS 1. Introduction to quantity surveying and its importance. Duties of quantity surveyor (04 Periods) 2. Types of estimates (08 Periods) 2.1 Preliminary estimates - Plinth area estimate - Cubic content estimate 2.2 Detailed estimates
  • 170.
    170 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 170 - Definition, Type of detailed estimate- Detail estimate you new work, Revised Estimate, Supplementary estimate, Maintenance and Repair estimate - Stages of preparation – details of measurement and calculation of quantities and abstract 3. Measurement (08 Periods) 3.1 Units of measurement for various items of work as per BIS:1200 3.2 Rules for measurements 3.3 Different methods of taking out quantities – centre line method and long wall and short wall method 4. Preparation of Detailed and Abstract Estimates from Drawings by following CSR rates for: (08 Periods) 4.1 A small residential building with a flat roof comprising of - Two rooms with W.C., bath, kitchen and verandah 4.2 Earthwork for unlined channel 4.3 WBM road and pre-mix carpeting 4.4 Single span RCC slab culvert 4.5 Earthwork for plain and hill roads 4.6 RCC work in beams, slab, column and lintel, foundations 4.7 10 users septic tank 5. Calculation of quantities of materials for ( Periods) 5.1 Cement mortars of different proportion 5.2 Cement concrete of different proportion 5.3 Brick/stone masonry in cement mortar of different proportion 5.4 Plastering, pointing and painting 5.5 D.P.C. and flooring 5.6 Steel in bean, slab, column, foundation 6. Analysis of Rates (08 Periods) 6.1 Steps involved in the analysis of rates. Requirement of material, labour, sundries, contractor’s profit and overheads 6.2 Analysis of rates for finished items when data regarding labour, rates of material and labour is given:
  • 171.
    171 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 171 - Earthwork in excavation in hard/ordinary soil and filling with a concept of lead and lift along with lead diagram - RCC in roof slab/beam/lintels/columns - Brick masonry in cement mortar - Cement Plaster - White washing, painting- RCC foundation 6.3 C.C Flooring Standard schedule of rates, full rates and labour rates 7 Contractorship (08 Periods) - Meaning of contract - Essentials of a contract - Types of contracts, their advantages, dis-advantages and suitability, system of payment - Single and two cover-bids; tender, tender forms and documents, tender notice, submission of tender and deposit of earnest money, security deposit, retention money, maintenance period - Classification and types of contracting firms/construction companies 8 Preparation of Tender Document based on Common Schedule Rates (CSR) (12 Periods) - Introduction to CSR and calculation of cost based on premium on CSR - Exercises on writing detailed specifications of different types of building works from excavation to foundations, superstructure and finishing operation - Exercises on preparing tender documents for the following a) Earth work b) Construction of a small house as per given drawing c) RCC works d) Pointing, plastering and flooring e) White-washing, distempering and painting f) Wood work including polishing g) Sanitary and water supply installations h) False ceiling, aluminum (glazed) partitioning i) Tile flooring including base course j) Preparation of comparative statement for item rate contract. 9. Valuation (06 Periods) a) Purpose of valuation, principles of valuation
  • 172.
    172 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 172 b) Definition of various terms related to valuation like depreciation, sinking fund, salvage and scrap value, market value, fair rent, year’s purchase etc. c) Methods of valuation (i) replacement cost method (ii) rental return method INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY This is an applied engineering subject. Teachers are expected to provide working drawings for various Civil Engineering works and students be asked to calculate the quantities of materials required for execution of such works and use of relevant software for preparing estimates. Teachers should conceptualize making analysis of rates for different items of works. It will be advantageous if students are given valuation reports for reading. MEANS OF ASSESSMENT − Assignments and quiz/class tests − Mid-term and end-term written tests − Viva-voce RECOMMENDED BOOKS 1. Estimating, Costing and Valuation (Civil) by Pasrija, HD, Arora, CL and S. Inderjit Singh; New Asian Publishers, Delhi, 2. Estimating and Costing by Rangwala, S.C ;Charotar Book Stall, Anand 3. Estimating and Costing by Dutta, BN 4. Estimating and Costing by Mahajan Sanjay; Satya Parkashan, Delhi 5. e-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by AICTE/UBTE/NITTTR, Chandigarh. Websites for Reference: http://swayam.gov.in SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS Topic No. Time Allotted (Periods) Marks Allotted (%) 1 04 05 2 08 10 3 08 10 4 20 24 5 08 10 6 08 10 7 08 10 8 12 14 9 06 07 Total 84 100
  • 173.
    173 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 173
  • 174.
    174 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 174 6.2 CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT, ACCOUNTS AND ENTERPRENURESHIP DEVELOPMENT L T P 5 - - RATIONALE This is an applied civil engineering subject. The subject aims at imparting basic knowledge about construction planning and management, site organisation, construction labour, control of work progress, inspection and quality control, accidents & safety and accounts. LEARNING OUTCOME After undergoing the subject, students will be able to: • State functions of various aspects of controlling construction job/project • Explain pre-tender stage and contract stage • Prepare bar charts for simple construction work • Prepare scheduling techniques i.e. PERT and CPM • Prepare job layout of building • Comply with various labour laws • Analyze and support in effective functioning of organization • Inspect quality at various stages of the construction • Control accidents and safety concerns • Prepare measurement books and bill of quantities • Knowledge of scope and benefit of Entrepreneurship • Know about the various program running in India, state Govt. • Know about leadership qualities DETAILED CONTENTS THEORY CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT 1. Introduction (06 Periods) 1.1 Significance of construction management 1.2 Main objectives of construction management and overview of the subject 1.3 Functions of construction management, planning, organising, staffing, directing, controlling and coordinating, meaning of each of these with respect to construction job. 1.4 Classification of construction into light, heavy and industrial construction
  • 175.
    175 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 175 1.5 Stages in construction from conception to completion 1.6 The construction team: owner, engineer, architect and contractors, their functions and inter-relationship 1.7 Resources for construction industry 2. Construction Planning (08 Periods) 2.1 Importance of construction planning Stages of construction planning - Pre-tender stage - Contract stage Contracts and e-tendering - Different types of contracts - Penalties and Arbitration 2.2 Scheduling construction works by bar charts - Definition of activity, identification of activities though - Preparation of bar charts for simple construction work - Preparation of schedules for labour, materials, machinery and finances for small works - Limitations of bar charts 2.3 Scheduling by network techniques - Introduction to network techniques; PERT and CPM, differences between PERT and CPM terminology 3. Organization (02 Periods) 3.1 Types of organizations: Line, line and staff, functional and their characteristics 4. Site Organization (06 Periods) 4.1 Principle of storing and stacking materials at site 4.2 Location of equipment 4.3 Preparation of actual job layout for a building 4.4 Organizing labour at site 5. Construction Labour (06 Periods) 5.1 Conditions of construction workers in India, wages paid to workers 5.2 Important provisions of the following Acts: - Labour Welfare Fund Act 1936 (as amended) - Payment of Wages Act 1936 (as amended) - Minimum Wages Act 1948 (as amended)
  • 176.
    176 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 176 - Acts relating to Labour Safety 6. Control of Progress (08 Periods) 6.1 Methods of recording progress 6.2 Analysis of progress 6.3 Taking corrective actions keeping head office informed 6.4 Cost time optimization for simple jobs - Direct and indirect cost, variation with time, cost optimization 7. Inspection and Quality Control (07 Periods) 7.1 Need for inspection and quality control 7.2 Principles of inspection 7.3 Stages of inspection and quality control for - Earth work - Masonry - RCC - Sanitary and water supply services 8. Accidents and Safety in Construction (08 Periods) 8.1 Accidents – causes and remedies 8.2 Safety measures for - Excavation work - Drilling and blasting - Hot bituminous works - Scaffolding, ladders, form work - Demolitions 8.3 Safety campaign and safety devices, safety training 8.4 Fire safety ACCOUNTS 9. Public Work Accounts (10 Periods) 9.1 Introduction, technical sanction, allotment of funds, re-appropriation of funds bill, contractor ledger, measurement book running and final account bills complete, preparation of bill of quantities (BOQ), completion certificate & report, hand receipt, aquittance roll. Muster Roll labour, casual labour roll- duties and responsibility of different cadres, budget-stores, returns, account of stock, misc. P.W. advances T & P – verification, survey report, road metal material charged direct to works, account - expenditure & revenue head, remittance and deposit head, definition of cash, precaution in custody of cash
  • 177.
    177 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 177 book, imprest account, temporary advance, treasury challan, preparation of final bills. Students must learn to prepare accounts register. 9.2 Filling of PWD accounts forms 10. Entrepreneurship (09 Periods) Definition and concept , role and significance, risk and awards, Requirement of an entrepreneur development, Programmes Existing in India, Forms of business enterprises, sole proprietorship-partnership-private limited- cooperatives. Industrial legislation and taxes: - GST - Income Tax - Excise duty - Labourcess INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY This is highly practice-based course and efforts should be made to relate process of teaching with direct experiences at work sites. Participation of students should be encouraged in imparting knowledge about this subject. To achieve this objective the students should be taken to different work sites for clear conception of particular topics, such as site organization, inspection of works at various stages of construction and working of earth moving equipment MEANS OF ASSESSMENT − Assignments and quiz/class tests − Mid-term and end-term written tests − Presentations − Report Writing − Viva-voce RECOMMENDED BOOKS 1. Civil Engineering Management by Wakhlo, ON ; Light and Life Publishers, New Delhi 2. Construction Equipment and its Planning and Application by Verma, Mahesh 3. Management in Construction Industry by Dharwadker, PP; Oxford and IBH Publishing Company, New Delhi 4. Construction Planning and Management by Gahlot PS; Dhir, BM; Wiley Eastern Limited, New Delhi 5. MS Project – Microsoft USA 6. Primavera Manual by Sh. Vinod Kumar; NITTTR, Chandigarh.
  • 178.
    178 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 178 7. e-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by AICTE/ NITTTR, Chandigarh. Websites for Reference: http://swayam.gov.in SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS Topic No. Time Allotted (Periods) Marks Allotted (%) 1 06 08 2 08 10 3 02 04 4 06 08 5 06 12 6 08 12 7 07 10 8 08 12 9 10 12 10 09 12 Total 70 100
  • 179.
    179 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 179 6.3 DESIGN OF STEEL STRUCTURES L T P 6 - - RATIONALE This subject is an applied engineering subject. Diploma holders in Civil Engineering will be required to supervise steel construction and fabrication. He may also be required to design simple structural elements, make changes in design depending upon availability of materials. This subject thus deals with elementary design principles as per BIS code of practice IS: 800. LEARNING OUTCOMES After undergoing the subject, students will be able to: • Explain structural properties of steel and its designation as per Indian Standards • Select different types of bolted and welded joints • Analyze and design single and double angle section struts and I section compression members • Explain different types of trusses, their different components and usability • Analyze and design of simply supported steel beams • Select various types of plate girders • Supervise fabrication and erection of steel structure like trusses, columns and girders DETAILED CONTENTS 1. Structural Steel and Sections: (06 Periods) 1.1 Properties of structural steel 1.2 Designation and classification of structural steel sections as per IS handbook and IS: 800: 2007 1.3 Tubular Sections 2. Riveted Connections (10 Periods) Types of Rivet, Permissible stresses in rivets, types of riveted joints, specifications as per IS800, Failure of riveted joint, strength and efficiency of riveted joint, Design of Riveted Connection only axially loaded number (No staggered rivetting) 3. Bolt Connections: (10 Periods) Types of bolt, permissible stresses in bolt, types of bolted joints, specifications for bolted joints as per IS 800. Failure of a bolted joint. Assumptions in the theory of bolted joints. Strength and efficiency of a bolted joint. Design of bolted joints for axially loaded members ( No Staggered bolts).
  • 180.
    180 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 180 4. Welded connections: (10Periods) Types of welds and welded joints, advantages and disadvantages of welded joints design of fillet and butt weld for axially loaded members 5. Tension Members (10 Periods) Analysis and design of single and double section tension members and their rivetted and welded connections with gusset plate as per IS:800-2007. Introduction to Lug Angle and Tension splice. 6. Compression Members (10 Periods) Angle struts, type of section used, effective length, radius of gyration, slenderness ratio and its limits, permissible compressive stress Analysis and design of single and double angle sections compression members subjected to axial load. Introduction to analysis and design of axially loaded column. Introduction to lacing and battening (No numerical problem on lacing and battening) 7. Roof Trusses (08 Periods) Form of trusses, pitch of roof truss, spacing of trusses, spacing of purlins, connection between purlin and roof covering. Connection between purlin and principal rafter (no design, only concept) 8. Column Bases (08 Periods) Types of column bases i.e. slab base, gusseted base. Design of slais base and concrete block. Introduction to gusseted base (no numerical problems on gusseted base). Introduction to beam columns design of simple built up beams (Symmetrical I section with cover plates only) 9. Beams (08 Periods) Analysis and design of single section simply supported laterally restrained steel beams. Introduction to plate girder and functions of various elements of a plate girder 10. Fabrication and erection of steel structures like trusses, columns and girders (04 Periods) Important Note: Use of IS: 800 and Steel Tables are permitted in examination. INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY Teachers are expected to give simple problems for designing various steel structural members. For creating comprehension of the subject, teachers may prepare tutorial sheets, which may be given to the students for solving. It would be advantageous if students are
  • 181.
    181 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 181 taken at construction site to show fabrication and erection of steel structures. IS:800 may be referred along with code for relevant clauses MEANS OF ASSESSMENT − Assignments and quiz/class tests − Mid-term and end-term written tests` − Model Making − Viva-voce RECOMMENDED BOOKS 1. Design of Steel Structures by Duggal SK; Standard Publishers, Delhi 2. Steel Structures Design and Drawing by BirinderSingh; Kaption Publishing House, Ludhiana 3. Design of Steel Structures by Ram Chandra; Standard Publishers,Delhi 4. Design of Steel Structures by S Ramamurthan 5. e-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by AICTE/NITTTR, Chandigarh. Websites for Reference: http://swayam.gov.in SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS Topic No. Time Allotted (Periods) Marks Allotted (%) 1 06 70 2 10 12 3 10 12 4 10 12 5 10 12 6 10 12 7 08 10 8 08 10 9 08 10 10 04 03 Total 84 100
  • 182.
    182 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 182 6.4 STEEL STRUCTURES DRAWINGS L T P - - 4 RATIONALE Diploma holders in Civil Engineering are required to supervise the construction of steel structures. Thus one should be able to read and interpret structural drawings of steel structures. The competence to read and interpret structural drawings is best learnt by being able to draw these drawings. Hence there is a need to have a subject devoted to preparation of structural drawings. LEARNING OUTCOMES After undergoing the subject, students will be able to • Read and interpret steel structural drawing • Prepare the detailed drawings of toe joint, ridge joint, details of purlins and roof sheets • Prepare and draw slab base connection, gusseted base connection grillage base connection for single section steel columns • Draw column beam connections • Prepare drawings of plate girder from given design data • Prepare the drawing and demonstrate steel roof truss • Draw the structural drawing sheets using CAD Software DETAILED CONTENTS Steel Structures Drawings: Structural drawing from given data for following steel structural elements. (i) Drawing No. 1: Roof Truss – Drawing of Fink Roof Truss with details of joints, fixing details of purlins and roof sheets. (ii) Drawing No.2 : Column and Column Bases - Drawing of splicing of steel columns. Drawings of slab base, gusseted base and grillage base for single section steel columns. (iii) Drawing No.3 : Column Beam Connections (a) Sealed and Framed Beam to Beam Connections (b) Sealed and Framed Beam o Column Connections (iv) Drawing No. 4 : Plate Girder (Bolted) Plan and Elevation of Plate Girder with details at supports and connection of stiffness, flange angles and cover plate with web highlighting curtailment of plates. (v) Drawing No. 5 : Draw atleast one sheet using CAD software MEANS OF ASSESSMENT − Assignments and quiz/class tests
  • 183.
    183 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 183 − Mid-term and end-term written tests − Model Making − Drawing sheets − Software installation and operation − Viva-voce RECOMMENDED BOOKS 1. Civil Engineering Drawing by Layal JS; SatyaParkashan, New Delhi 2. Civil Engineering Drawings by Chandel RP 3. Civil Engineering Drawing by Kumar; NS; IPH, New Delhi 4. Civil Engineering Drawing by Malik RS and Meo GA; Asian Publishing House, New Delhi 5. Steel Structures Design and Drawing by SinghBirinder; Kaption Publishing House, New Delhi 6. e-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by AICTE/NITTTR, Chandigarh. Websites for Reference: http://swayam.gov.in
  • 184.
    184 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 184 6.5 SOFTWARE APPLICATIONS IN CIVIL ENGINEERING L T P - - 8 RATIONALE Computer applications plays a very vital role in present day life, more so, in the professional life of engineer. In order to enable the students use the computers effectively in problem solving, this course offers applications of various computer softwares in Civil Engineering. LEARNING OUTCOMES After undergoing the subject, students will be able to: • Draw 2D drawings on AutoCAD viz. plan, section and elevation of a residential building • Use various Civil Engineering software DETAILED CONTENTS PRACTICAL EXERCISES 1. Introduction and use of AutoCAD for making 2D Drawings and develop plan, section and elevation of a residential building 2. Demonstration of various Civil Engineering softwares like STAAD-Pro/Revit/MS Project Primavera Project Planner, Auto CIVIL or any other equivalent software Note: i) Polytechnics may use any other software available with them for performing these exercises ii) If the above softwares are not available in the institution, demonstration of the above said software should be arranged outside the institute. MEANS OF ASSESSMENT − Mid-term and end-term written tests − Presentations − Software installation and operation − Viva-voce
  • 185.
    185 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 185 6.6.1REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE OF BUILDINGS L T P 5 - - RATIONALE One of the major concerns of a civil engineer is to take care of the building works, already constructed, in order to keep these buildings in utmost workable conditions. Usually it is being felt that the buildings deteriorate faster for want of care and proper maintenance. The buildings usually have a shabby appearance due to cracks, leakage from the roofs and sanitary/water supply fittings. Thus the need for teaching the subject in proper perspective has arisen making students aware of importance of maintenance of buildings. LEARNING OUTCOMES After undergoing the subject, students will be able to: • State various factors causing deterioration to buildings • Investigate/diagnose various defects in buildings • Explain main causes of defects in buildings • Select the materials for repair and maintenance of buildings • Carry out repairs for various types of building defects DETAILED CONTENTS 1. Need for Maintenance (06 Periods) 1.1 Importance and significance of repair and maintenance of buildings 1.2 Meaning of maintenance 1.3 Objectives of maintenance 1.4 Factors influencing the repair and maintenance 2. Agencies Causing Deterioration (Sources, Causes, Effects) (10 Periods) 2.1 Definition of deterioration/decay 2.2 Factors causing deterioration, their classification 2.2.1 Human factors causing deterioration 2.2.2 Chemical factors causing deterioration 2.2.3 Environmental conditions causing deterioration 2.2.4 Miscellaneous factors 2.3 Effects of various agencies of deterioration on various building materials i.e. bricks, timber, concrete, paints, metals, plastics, stones
  • 186.
    186 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 186 3. Investigation and Diagnosis of Defects (10 Periods) 3.1 Systematic approach/procedure of investigation 3.2 Sequence of detailed steps for diagnosis of building defects/problems 3.3 List non-destructive and others tests on structural elements and materials to evaluate the condition of the building and study of three most commonly used tests 4. Defects and their root causes (10 Periods) 4.1 Define defects in buildings 4.2 Classification of defects 4.3 Main causes of building defects in various building elements 4.3.1 Foundations, basements and DPC 4.3.2 Walls 4.3.3 Column and Beams 4.3.4 Roof and Terraces 4.3.5 Joinery 4.3.6 Decorative and protective finishes 4.3.7 Services 4.3.8 Defects caused by dampness 5. Materials for Repair, maintenance and protection (12 Periods) 5.1 Compatibility aspects of repair materials 5.2 State application of following materials in repairs: 5.2.1 Anti corrosion coatings 5.2.2 Adhesives/bonding aids 5.2.3 Repair mortars 5.2.4 Curing compounds 5.2.5 Joints sealants 5.2.6 Waterproofing systems for roofs 5.2.7 Protective coatings 6. Remedial Measures for Building Defects (22 Periods) 6.1 Preventive maintenance considerations 6.2 Surface preparation techniques for repair 6.3 Crack repair methods 6.3.1 Epoxy injection 6.3.2 Grooving and sealing 6.3.3 Stitching
  • 187.
    187 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 187 6.3.4 Adding reinforcement and grouting 6.3.5 Flexible sealing by sealant 6.4 Repair of surface defects of concrete 6.4.1 Bug holes 6.4.2 Form tie holes 6.4.3 Honey comb and larger voids 6.5 Repair of corrosion in RCC elements 6.5.1 Steps in repairing 6.5.2 Prevention of corrosion in reinforcement 6.6 Material placement techniques with sketches 6.6.1 Pneumatically applied (The gunite techniques) 6.6.2 Open top placement 6.6.3 Pouring from the top to repair bottom face 6.6.4 Birds mouth 6.6.5 Dry packing 6.6.6 Form and pump 6.6.7 Preplaced – aggregate concrete 6.6.8 Trowel applied method 6.7 Repair of DPC against Rising Dampness 6.7.1 Physical methods 6.7.2 Electrical methods 6.7.3 Chemical methods 6.8 Repair of walls 6.8.1 Repair of mortar joints against leakage 6.8.2 Efflorescence removal 6.9 Waterproofing of wet areas and roofs 6.9.1 Water proofing of wet areas 6.9.2 Water proofing of flat RCC roofs 6.9.3 Various water proofing systems and their characteristics 6.10 Repair of joints in buildings 6.10.1 Types of sealing joints with different types of sealants 6.10.2 Techniques for repair of joints 6.10.3 Repair of overhead and underground water tanks INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY This is very important course and efforts should be made to find damaged/defective work spots and students should be asked to think about rectifying/finding solution to the problem. Visits to work site, where repair and maintenance activities are in progress can be very useful to students. The students will also prepare a project report based upon the available water proofing materials, sealant, special concrete for repair and adhesives and other repair material available in the market.
  • 188.
    188 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 188 MEANS OF ASSESSMENT − Assignments and quiz/class tests − Mid-term and end-term written tests − Presentations − Report Writing − Repair work − Viva-voce RECOMMENDED BOOKS 1. Building Defects and Maintenance Management by Gahlot P.S. and Sanjay Sharma; CBS Publishers, New Delhi 2. Maintenance Engineering for Civil Engineers by Nayak, BS; Khanna Publishers, Delhi 3. Building Failures - Diagnosis and Avoidance by Ransom; WH Publishing 4. e-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by AICTE/UBTE/NITTTR, Chandigarh. Websites for Reference: http://swayam.gov.in SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS Topic No. Time Allotted (Periods) Marks Allotted (%) 1 06 05 2 10 07 3 10 07 4 10 07 5 12 10 6 22 14 Total 70 50
  • 189.
    189 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 189 6.6.2 PLUMBING SERVICES L T P 5 - - RATIONALE Plumbing is said to be the system of pipes, tanks, fittings, and other apparatus required for water supply, heating, and sanitation in a building. Plumbers install, repair, and maintain piping systems in residential, commercial and industrial buildings. These systems traditionally included water distribution and wastewater disposal, but because of new technology that combines water and gas pipes, plumbers can work with vent, residential fire, irrigation, and chemical systems as well. The duties of a plumber include: installing, repairing and maintaining pipes, fixtures, and other plumbing equipment; opening walls and floors to accommodate pipes and pipe fittings; welding, connecting, and testing pipes for leaks; preparing cost estimates; interpreting blueprints and designs. Plumbers must also be aware of safety procedures and follow them at all times. Diploma holders in Civil Engineering who normally work in supervisory positions, must not only be well versed with plumbing procedures, processes, equipment, safety requirements etc. but also be able to demonstrate all practical aspects of plumbing to as to effectively lead team of plumbers and ensure execution of quality work and excellent end results. This subject is therefore, aimed at instilling theoretical and practical knowledge among students studying civil engineering at diploma level. LEARNING OUTCOMES After undergoing this course, the students will be able to: • Identify and select proper tools and use them for the given plumbing work • Select appropriate pipes and carry out pipe fitting after carrying out operations like cutting, bending, threading, joining, aligning and other necessary operations • Erect simple water supply system. Trace leakage and repair water supply system • Plan, prepare and inspect domestic drainage system • Select and install sanitary appliances • Install heating appliances like geyser, etc.
  • 190.
    190 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 190 DETAILED CONTENTS 1. Plumber’s Tools (10 Periods) Selection, use and care of tools required for plumbing work, such as threading die, bit brace, ratchet brace, pipe wrench, spanner set, pipe cutter, pipe vice, hacksaw, chisel, files and other common hand tools, bench drilling machine, soldering iron 2. Pipes and Pipe Fitting (15 Periods) Selection and use of different pipes like GI Pipes, Plastic pipes, PVC pipes, HDPE pipes, Cast iron pipes, Plumbing symbols; Bends, Elbows, Sockets, Tees, Unions, Pipe cutting, Pipe bending, Pipe Threading, Pipe joints, Pipe fitting, Alignment of pipes, Branching of pipes, Safety precautions, relevant IS codes are to be taught. 3. Water Supply System (10 Periods) Sources of water; Rainwater harvesting; Water supply systems in a town; Water distribution systems; Distribution reservoirs; Pumps; Valves; Fire hydrants; Storage of water in buildings; Types of tanks; Laying water supply pipe lines 4. Domestic Drainage (15 periods) Drainage system (two pipe, one pipe, single stack and other systems), Trap, Cesspool, Sceptic tank, Cleaning blocked pipes and drains, Laying sanitary and sewer pipes, Manholes, Inspection and testing (pressure & leakage test, testing straightness of pipes, ball test etc.); Fixing accessories, Problems in drainage and their solution 5. Sanitary Appliances (10 Periods) Flush toilet, Squat toilet, Wash basin, Sink, Floor traps, Urinal, Bathtub, Shower, Bidet, Mixing tap, Popup waste, water efficient appliance. 6. Heating System (10 Periods) Heat transfer, Water heater, Geyser, Domestic hot water supply system, Central heating, Solar water heater The teacher will ensure demonstration of following during teaching session: 1. Practice cutting, threading and bending of metal pipes; cutting and shaping of PVC pipes
  • 191.
    191 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 191 2. Carry out simple pipe connections requiring use of bends, tees, elbows etc. 3. Test drainage lines by using different testing methods as per IS codes 4. Practice fixing of different valves 5. Install sanitary fittings like washbasin, Sink, Floor traps, Urinal, Bathtub and heating appliance like geyser INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGY During instructions, teacher should explain the use of various plumbing tools and demonstrate how to handle them properly. Liberal use of audio-visual aids may be made. Students may be asked to prepare models of different piping systems. Visit may be arranged for students to see how town water supply is arranged and managed. Detailed explanation with the help of actual sanitary appliances may be given about their use and method of installing them. MEANS OF ASSESSMENT − Assignments and quiz/class tests − Mid-term and end-term written tests − Laboratory and Practical work − Drawing − Report Writing − Viva-voce RECOMMENDED BOOKS 1. Plumber by G. S. Sethi; Computech Publications Ltd, New Delhi (Available in English and Hindi) 2. e-books/e-tools/relevant software to be used as recommended by AICTE/UBTE/NITTTR, Chandigarh. Websites for Reference: http://swayam.gov.in SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS Topic No. Time Allotted (Periods) Marks Allotted (%) 1 10 15 2 15 20 3 10 15 4 15 20 5 10 15 6 10 15
  • 192.
    192 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 192 Total 70 100 6.6.3 ANALYSIS OF STRUCTURES L T P 5 - - RATIONALE Analysis of structures is the core subject of Civil Engineering knowledge of this subject is essential for a Civil Engineer to understand the behaviour of structure under various forces. Study of subjects will help the students to understand clearly the need of reinforcement in various structural elements made or reinforce concrete. Knowledge of the subject will be very useful while operating structural analysis software. LEARNING OUTCOME After understanding the subject student will be able to: • Calculate various forces and moments used in design of structures • Calculate shear force and bending moment in redundant beams and frames • Calculate design moments and shear force in framed structures with different support conditions • Design of elementary profile of dam by firing the base width • Understand the effect of wind force on vertical structures like chimneys • Use structural analysis softwares DETAIL CONTENT 1. Fixed and continuous Beams (08 Periods) Calculation of fixed end moments using moment theorem and to draw bending moment and shear force diagrams. Three moment theorem (no derivation) for continuous beams and to draw shear force and bending moment diagrams. 2. Principal stress and strain (08 Periods) Stress on inclined planes, principal plane and principal stress in elements subjected to direct and shear stress and their combinations. Mohr Circle for calculation of stress on inclined planes and principal strain for above cases 3. Combined Direct and Bending stress (08 Periods) Eccentric loading middle third rule columns subjected to uni-axial and bi-axial eccentric leading. Dams- application of middle third rule for firing the base width calculation of stresses at the base of dam and stability of dam against overturning and sliding vertical structures like chimney subjected to movement due to wind forces. 4. Strain Energy (14 Periods)
  • 193.
    193 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 193 Strain energy stored in a member due to axial loading and vinding. Strain energy stored by a beam due to uniform vending moment. Work done by a force on a member law of reciprocal deflection, Betti’s law. The first thorem of castigliano. Deflection of truss joints. 5. Redundant frames (10 Periods) Statically indeterminate structures. The second theorem of castigliano redundant trusses Degree of redundancy. Portal frames further application of principle of least work. 6. Moment Distribution Method (12 Periods) Basic proposition relative stiffness, continuous beams with and without fixed ends. Sinking of support portal frames with and without sway (simple problem only) 7. Slope Deflection Method (10 Periods) Basic concepts, stiffness of members with far end fixed or linged. Development of slope deflection equations and their application to beam and frames. RECOMMENDED BOOKS − Analysis of structures by Rama murtham − Analysis of structures by R.S Khurmi − Analysis of structures by Vazirani&Ratwani Vol I & II MEANS OF ASSESSMENT − Assignments − Subject Quiz − Presentation − Viva-voce − Midterm and Semester exam SUGGESTED DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS Topic No. Time Allotted (Periods) Marks Allotted (%) 1 08 12 2 08 12 3 08 10 4 14 20 5 10 14
  • 194.
    194 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 194 6 12 18 7 10 14 Total 70 100
  • 195.
    195 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 195 6.7 PROJECT WORK L T P - - 10 RATIONALE Project Work aims at developing innovative skills in the students whereby they apply in totality the knowledge and skills gained through the course work in the solution of particular problem or by undertaking a project. In addition, the project work is intended to place students for project oriented practical training in actual work situation for the stipulated period. LEARNING OUTCOMES After undergoing the project work, students will be able to: Apply in totality the knowledge and skills gained through the course work in the solution of particular problem or by undertaking a project. In addition, the project work is intended to place the learner for project oriented practical training in actual work situation for the stipulated period with a view to: • Develop understanding regarding the size and scale of operations and nature of field- work in which students are going to play their role after completing the courses of study • Develop understanding of subject based knowledge given in the classroom in the context of its application at work places. • Develop firsthand experience and confidence amongst the students to enable them to use and apply polytechnic/institute based knowledge and skills to solve practical problems related to the world of work. • Develop abilities like interpersonal skills, communication skills, positive attitudes and values etc. General Guidelines The individual students have different aptitudes and strengths. Project work, therefore, should match the strengths of students. For this purpose, students should be asked to identify the type of project work, they would like to execute. The activity of problem identification should begin well in advance (say at the end of second year). Students should be allotted a problem of interest to him/her as a major project work. It is also essential that the faculty of the respective department may have a brainstorming session to identify suitable project assignments for their students. The project assignment can be individual assignment or a group assignment. There should not be more than 3 students if the project work is given to a group. The project work identified in collaboration with industry should be preferred. This practical training cum project work should not be considered as merely conventional industrial training in which students are sent at work places with either minimal or no supervision. This experience is required to be planned in advance and supervised on regular
  • 196.
    196 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 196 basis by the polytechnic faculty. For the fulfillment of above objectives, polytechnics may establish close linkage with 8-10 relevant organization for providing such an experience to students. It is necessary that each organization is visited well in advance and activities to be performed by students are well defined. The chosen activities should be such that it matches with the curricular interest to students and of professional value to industrial/ field organizations. Each teacher is expected to supervise and guide 5-6 students. Some of the projects are listed below for the benefit of the students: 1. Study and detailed estimate of different component of modern residential and commercial building 2. Preparation of detailed estimate for low cost two room set residential building 3. Review/ and existing for various parameters as per green building, Raling system building 4. Design of rain water harvesting for a given building 5. Analysis of accidents prone area in your city and remedial measure for them 6. Case study of safety practices in a multi-storied buildings under constructions 7. Concrete Mix Design 8. Case study of repair and maintenance of a given building 9. Preparation of DNIT of a given building for Civil Engineering works 10. Detailed estimate for installing plumbing fixtures 11. Preparing a standard measurement book of a given building 12. Construction of concrete road by using latest techniques 13. Water supply scheme for a govt approved colony 14. Construction estimates of shopping complex 15. Analysis and design of Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP) for an industry 16. Design of soak pit with septic tank for 100 users 17. Design and estimate of two room set building 18. Design of concrete mix by using flyash 19. Study of setting up of an interlocking pavers fabrication plant 20. Preparation of different Civil Engineering models e.g. beam, one way, two way slab, column etc. 21. Reinforcement detailing as per IS:13920 22. Design of car parking in your polytechnic 23. To prepare analysis of rates for non -schedule items e.g. aluminium door, windows, work stations etc. 24. Study of retrofitting of a given Civil Engineering works. 25. Survey of your polytechnic by using total station. 26. Traffic volume study and analysis on different roads in a city 27. Case study of a flyover with regard to its various construction components 28. Study and preparation of detailed project report of ready mix concrete (RMC) unit 29. Study and preparation of detailed project report of prefabricated/prestressed concrete components unit 31. Construction of a small concrete road consisting of following activities - Survey and preparation of site plan - Preparation of drawings i.e. L-Section and X-Section - Estimating earth work - Preparation of sub grade with stone ballast - Laying of concrete - Testing of slump, casting of cubes and testing - Material estimating and costing with specifications - Technical report writing
  • 197.
    197 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 197 32. Water Supply system for a locality - Surveying - Design of water requirements and water distribution system - Preparation of drawing of overhead tank - Material estimating and costing - Specifications - Technical report writing 33. Construction of shopping complex by detailing of RCC drawings, estimating and costing of material 34. Design of small residential building including structural members, specifications, estimating and costing of materials, report writing and municipal drawings for water supply and sewerage system There is no binding to take up the above projects as it is only a suggestive list of projects. A suggestive criterion for assessing student performance by the external (person from industry) and internal (teacher) examiner is given in table below: The overall grading of the practical training shall be made as per following table. In order to qualify for the diploma, students must get “Overall Good grade” failing which the students may be given one more chance to improve and re-evaluate before being disqualified and declared “not eligible to receive diploma ”. It is also important to note that the students must get more than six “goods” or above “good” grade in different performance criteria items in order to get “Overall Good” grade. Range of maximum marks Overall grade i) More than 80 Excellent ii) 79 <> 65 Very good iii) 64 <> 50 Good iv) 49 <> 40 Fair v) Less than 40 Poor Important Notes 1. This criteria must be followed by the internal and external examiner and they should see the daily, weekly and monthly reports while awarding marks as per the above criteria. 2. The criteria for evaluation of the students have been worked out for 200 maximum marks. The internal and external examiners will evaluate students separately and give marks as per the study and evaluation scheme of examination.
  • 198.
    198 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 198 3. The external examiner, preferably, a person from industry/organization, who has been associated with the project-oriented professional training of the students, should evaluate the students performance as per the above criteria. 4. It is also proposed that two students or two projects which are rated best be given merit certificate at the time of annual day of the institute. It would be better if specific nearby industries are approached for instituting such awards. The teachers are free to evolve other criteria of assessment, depending upon the type of project work. It is proposed that the institute may organize an annual exhibition of the project work 10. RESOURCE REQUIREMENT 10.1 PHYSICAL RESOURCES (A) Space requirement Norms and standards laid down by All India Council for Technical Education (AICTE) are to be followed to work out space requirement in respect of class rooms, tutorial rooms, drawing halls, laboratories, space required for faculty, student amenities and residential area for staff and students. (B) Equipment requirement: Following Laboratories are required for Diploma Programme in Civil Engineering: − Communication Laboratory − Applied Physics Laboratory − Applied Chemistry Laboratory − Engineering Drawing − Electrical Engineering Laboratory − Applied Mechanics Laboratory − Basics of IT/Computer Laboratory − Carpentry Shop − Painting and Polishing Shop − Electrical Shop − Welding Shop − Fitting and Plumbing Shop
  • 199.
    199 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 199 − Sheet Metal Shop − Mason Shop − Machine Shop − Construction Material Testing a. Concreter Laboratory b. Roads and Solids Laboratory − Survey Equipment and Stores − Fluid Mechanics and Irrigation Laboratory − Civil Engineering Fabrication and Erection Shop − Environmental Engineering Laboratory , Energy Conservation Lab EQUIPMENT REQUIRED FOR CIVIL ENGINEERING Sr. No. Description Qty Total Price (Rs) COMMUNICATION LABORATORY 1. Stools 40 10,000 2. Display Board/Screen 2 6,000 3. Sound recording and playing system 1 6,000 4. Audio cassettes 60 2,000 5. Overhead Projector 1 5,000 6. Transparencies slides 100 500 7. TV, VCR and camera for video recording 1 each 20,000 8. English spoken course 1 2,000 9. A Quiz room equipped with two way audio system, back projection system and slide projector 1 30,000 10. Miscellaneous LS 1,500 APPLIED PHYSICS LABORATORY 1. Vernier calipers Working length 160 mm, Internal and external dia with locking arrangement 12 2,000 2. Screw Gauges Working length 15 mm, pitch 0.5 mm, least count .005 mm 12 2,000 3. Spherometers Distance between legs 2.5 mm, pitch 0.5 mm, least count .005 mm. 12 2,000 4. Mirrors (convex, concave) 5 Each 1,500 5. Pendulum Setup 02 4,000
  • 200.
    200 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 200 6. Gravesand’s Apparatus 02 3,000 7. Inclined Plane Setup 02 2,000 8. Flywheel Setup 02 4,000 9. Prism 05 1,500 10. Spectrometer 02 25,000 11. DC Ammeters Moving coil weston-type ammeter with ebonite stand 10 3,500 12. DC Miliammeters 2 1,000 13. DC Microammeters 2 700 14. DC voltmeters 10 700 15. DC Millivoltmeters 10 2,000 Sr. No. Description Qty Total Price (Rs) 16. Sensitivity Galvanometer 2 800 17 Student Galvanometers 10 4,000 18. Demonstration type DC Ammeters Range; 0 to 1 Amp. 2 1,000 19. D type DC Voltmeter Range : 0 to 1 Volt 2 1,000 20. D type Galvanometers Sensitivity : 20 microamperes per scale division, 8 8,000 21. Resistance boxes (dial type) assorted 8 8,000 22. Rheostats 10 4.000 23. Miscellaneous items (Spring, Pan, Glycerine, Optic fibre, Ferromagnetic material) LS 2,000 24. Fortin’s Barometer (Wall type) 2 20,000 25. Stoke’s Apparatus 2 10,000 26. Gumther’s Apparatus 2 16,000 27. Resonance Tube Apparatus with accessories and Tuning fork set 2 14,000 28. Sodium Lamp setup with Biprism 2 10,000 29. Ohmic resistance coil 10 5,00 30. Slide wire bridge 2 8,000 31. PN Junction diode Apparatus 2 10,000 32. Laser (as per requirement) 1 1,00,000 33. Numerical aperture setup 1 25,000 34. Miscellaneous LS 3,000
  • 201.
    201 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 201 APPLIED CHEMISTRY LABORATORY 1. Digital Balance 1 80,000 2. Burette 50ml 30 3,000 3. Pipette 25ml 60 4,000 4. Beakers 100ml 60 4,000 5. Burette stand 30 30,000 6. Glazed tile 30 1,000 7. Conical flask 50ml (Titration flask) 60 4,000 8. Standard (Measuring) flask (to prepare standard solution) 250ml/100ml 30 6,000 9. Able’s Flash Point apparatus 2 10,000 10. (1/10)°C thermometer 06 6,000 Sr. No. Description Qty Total Price (Rs) 11. Candles 20 100 12. Crucible with lid 06 2,000 13. Muffle furnace 1 18,000 14. Decicators 06 8,000 15. Pair of tongue (small and big) 24 (small) 2 (big) 2,000 16. Chemicals - EDTA-1 kg - Eriochrome Black-T(solochrome black T)- 200g - Buffer solution (NH3 - 2.5 ltr, NH4Cl – 1 kg) - Zinc sulphate- 500g - H2SO4- 2.5 ltr - Phenolphthalein indicator (as per requirement) - Methyl orange indicator (as per requirement) - Charcoal (as per requirement) - Kerosene- 1 ltr LS 20,000
  • 202.
    202 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 202 17. Miscellaneous LS 2,000 ENGINEERING DRAWING 1. Drawing Boards (700 x 500mm) 60 25,000 2. Draughtsman Tables 60 1,80,000 3. Draughtsman Stools 60 40,000 4. Computer Aided Drawing (CAD) Software 30 Use r 5,00,000 5. Model of different wooder joints 1 1,000 6. Model of different screw threads 1 1,000 7. Model of various locking devices 1 1,000 8. Model of various joints 1 1,000 9. Cut section Model of various couplings 1 3,000 1 0. Miscellaneous LS 5,000 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING LABORTORY 1. Voltmeter 5 7,500
  • 203.
    203 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 203 2. Ammeter 5 10,000 3. CRO 1 15,000 4. Wattmeter 5 10,000 5. Multimeter 1 4,000 Sr. No. Description Qty Total Price (Rs) 6. Resistive load 1 4,000 7. Regulated supply 1 8,000 8. Signal generator 1 5,000 9. Rheostat 2 2,500 10. Lead acid battery 1 4,000 11. Cables, Coils, Lamp (as per requirements) LS 1,500 12. Resistance, Inductor, Capacitor (as per requirements) LS 1,500 13. Miscellaneous LS 1,500 APPLIED MECHANICS LABORATORY 1. Polygon law of forces apparatus 1 2,000 2. Jib crane 1 4,000 3. Apparatus for reaction at supports 1 5,000 4. Inclined plane and friction apparatus 1 2,500 5. Screw jack 1 1,000 6. Worm and worm wheel 1 3,500 7. Single Purchase Winch Crab 1 4,000 8. Miscellaneous LS 1,000 BASICS OF IT LABORATORY/COMPUTER LABORATORY 1. Computer System with latest configuration 30 8,00,000
  • 204.
    204 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 204 2. Printer (MFP) 1 25,000 3. Printer (Laser) 1 35,000 4. Plotter 1 75,000 5. Digitiser 1 50,000 6. Antivirus Software LS 10,000 7. Internet Facility on Computers LS 2,00,000 8. LCD Projector 1 35,000 9. UPS 60 1,20,000 10. Software (latest windows, latest MS Office) 1 1,00,000 11. Scanner 1 10,000 12. Auto CAD L.S. 13. Auto Civil L.S. 14. STAAD Pro L.S. 15. Primavera/MS Project L.S. 16. Revit L.S. 17. BIM L.S. 18. Miscellaneous LS 5,000 CARPENTRY SHOP 1 Work benches fitted with carpenter vices 5 20,000 2. Circular saw grinder 1 6,000 Sr. No. Description Qty Total Price (Rs) 3. Wood cutting band saw-vertical 1 10,000 4. Bench grinder 1 5,000 5. Drilling machine 1 8,000 6. Wood turning lathe 1 40,000 7. Wood Planner 1 20,000 8. Tool accessories measuring and marking Instruments 25 25,000 9. Band saw blade brazing unit 1 10,000 10. Miscellaneous LS 1,500
  • 205.
    205 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 205 PAINTING AND POLISHING SHOP 1. Spray gun with hose pipe 1 1,000 2. Paint brushes 20 2,000 3. Paint/Varnish LS 2,000 4. Air Compressor with 2 hp motor 1 set 10,000 5. Miscellaneous LS 2,000 ELECTRICAL SHOP 1. Tool kit (Plier, Srew driver, Knife, Steel rule, hammer, sciber, pincer steel tape etc.) 20 20,000 2. Fuses, Switches, Plugs, Sockets, Ceiling rose, Wires, cleats, Clamps, Test lamp, Tester.( as per requirement) 8,000 3. Electric Iron 1 1,500 4. Electric kettle 1 1,500 5. Ceiling fan/table fan 1 2,500 6. Desert cooler 1 5,000 7. Lead acid battery 2 8,000 8. Battery Charger 1 6,000 9. Miscellaneous 3,000 WELDING SHOP 1. Electrical welding transformer set with accessories 3 30,000
  • 206.
    206 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 206 2. Gas Cutting Unit 1 3,000 3. Work benches with vices 3 5,000 4. Welding generator set 1 10,000 5. Oxy acetylene welding set with accessories 1 7,000 6. Acetylene generating set 1 6,000 7. Electric welder tool kit 10 10,000 8. Projection welding machine 1 15,000 9. Brazing equipment with accessories 1 10,000 10. Soldering irons 3 1,000 11. Pedestal grinder 1 10,000 Sr. No. Description Qty Total Price (Rs) 12. Metal spraying gun 1 10,000 13. Spot welder 1 25,000 14. TIG welding set 1 1,00,000 15. MIG welding set 1 1,00,000 16. Welding Partition Screen 5 2,500 17. Miscellaneous LS 3,000 FITTING AND PLUMBING SHOP 1. Work benches with vices (4 vices on each bench) 5 30,000 2. Marking tables with scribers 4 24,000 3. Surface plates 5 20,000 4. Accessories like calipers, V blocks, height, gauges steel rules and scribers 25 50,000 5. Tool kits – taps, dies, drills 25 40,000 6. Tool kits – chiesels, hammers, files, hacksaw 25 25,000 7. Drilling machine 2 12,000 8. Pipe vice 4 1,000 9. Chain wrenches 5 1,250 10. Ring spanner set 5 600 11. Pipe die set 2” 2 set 1,000 12. Pipe bending device 1 5,000 13. Various plumbing fittings LS 2,000 14. Miscellaneous LS 1,500
  • 207.
    207 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 207 SHEET METAL SHOP 1. Hammers 8 3,000 2. Mallets (Hard & Soft) 5 2,000 3. Sheet and wire Ganges LS 8,00 4. Shearing Machine 1 20,000 5. Bar folding Machine 1 20,000 6. Burring machine 1 10,000 7. Various sheet (black plain, galvanized iron, corrugated, Aluminium) 1 Each 1,000 8. Hand Shears/Snippers 4 2,000 9. Nuts, Bolts, Rivets, Screw LS 5,00 10. Miscellaneous LS 1,000 Sr. No. Description Qty Total Price (Rs) MASON SHOP 1. Mason Trowel 10 1,000 2. Concrete Finishing Trowel 10 1,000 3. Gauging Trowel 10 1,000 4. Margin Trowel 10 1,000 5. Pointing Trowel 10 1,000 6. Round Trowel 10 1,000 7. Mason/Brick Hammer 10 3,000 8. Comb hammer 10 3,000 9. Blocking chisel 10 1,000 10. Plumb bob 10 500 11. Spirit level 10 1,000 12. Straight Edge 10 1,000
  • 208.
    208 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 208 13. Jointer 10 1,000 14. Masonry Pan 10 1,500 15. Steel Measuring Tape 10 500 16. Miscellaneous (Bricks, Blocks, Stones, Sand, Cement) 10 3,000 MACHINE SHOP 1. Centre lathes 10 6,00,000 2. Grinder 1 10,000 3. Universal milling machine 1 1,25,000 4. Shaper 2 1,20,000 5. Plainer 2 1,20,000 6. Work bench 3 10,000 7. Precision instruments 1 10,000 8. Hand tools and accessories 2 8,000 9. CNC trainer lathe 1 4,00,000 10. Miscellaneous LS 5,000
  • 209.
    209 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 209 Sr. No. Description Qty CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS TESTING A. CONCRETE LABORATORY 1. Compression testing machine (100 T. Capacity) 1 2. Vibration machine 1 3. Electrically heated oven (Thermostatically controlled) 1 4. Blaine Air permeability Apparatus (for testing fineness of cement) 2 5. Vicat's Apparatus 4 6. Le Chatelier's soundness apparatus (to determine quantity of free lime in cement) 2 7. Slump Cone (to determine the workability of concrete) 2 8. Compactation factor apparatus (to determine the workability of concrete) 1 9. Vee-Bee apparatus (to determine the workability of concrete) 1 10. Plateform weighing machine 1 11. Concrete cube moulds 12 each 12. Concrete mixers 1 13. Sieve shaker 1 14. Set of sieves 2 Set 15. Beam mould 2 16. Impact testing machine 2 17. Needle vibrator 1Each 18. Flakiness index apparatus 2 19. Elongation index apparatus 2 20. Bar bending and cutter apparatus 2 Set 21. Bulk density apparatus 2 22. Wire basket 4 23. Riffle sampler 2 24. Table vibrator 2 25. Concrete test hammer 1 26. Ultrasonic pulse velocity apparatus 1 B. ROADS AND SOILS LABORATORY 1. Ring and Ball apparatus (with heating mantle) 1 2. CBR apparatus with loading machine 1 3. Flash point and fire point apparatus (Cleaveland type) 1 4. Los angles Abrasion testing machine apparatus 1
  • 210.
    210 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 210 Sr. No. Description Qty 5. Water bath (Thermostatically controlled) 1 6. Aggregate impact value testing apparatus with automatic blow counter 2 7. Penetration value apparatus with timer 1 8. Viscometer Capillary type 1 9. Ductility machine 1 10. Direct shear test apparatus 1 11. Drying oven(Thermostatically controlled) 1 12. Electronic balance 1 13. Standard penetration test equipment 1 14. Soil exploration equipment (Augers etc) 1 15. Sand replacement method apparatus 2 16. Liquid limit and plastic limit apparatus 2 Each 17. Compaction apparatus using light compaction (Proctor Test) 2 18. Grain size distribution test apparatus (sieve set) 2 Set 19. Sieve shaker 2 20. Permeability apparatus 1 21. Proctor penetrometer 1 22. Core cutter apparatus 2 23. Rapid moisture meter 2 24. Pycnometer with burrette 6 25. Liquid limit apparatus (Cone penetrometer method) 2 SURVEY EQUIPMENT AND STORES 1. Plane Table with stand and accessories 16 2. Dumpy level, quick setting level and engineers level i) Dumpy level - 8 ii) Quick setting level - 8 iii) Engineer' level - 1 17 3. Transit theodolite (Vernier type) 12 4. Prismatic compass 15 5. Planimeter 5 6. Lavelling staves (All aluminimum) 5 7. Total Station 2 8. Ranging rods 60 9. Pantagraph 2 10. Optical square 5 11. Abney level 5 Sr. No. Description Qty
  • 211.
    211 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 211 12. Tangent clinometer (Indian Pattern) 5 13. Mirror stereoscope 1 14. Telescopic Alidade 2 15. Prismatic binoculers 1 16. Metric chain/non-metrics 10 17. Metallic taps/Fibre glass/Invertape 20 18. Tentage, camp equipment and other misc. items and instruments L.S 19. Modern survey equipment L.S 20. Theodolite (Digital) Distomat 1 21. Electronics Distance Measurement (EDM) 1 22. Total Station 1 23. GPS Hands Instrument 1 FLUID MECHANICS AND IRRIGATION LABORATORY 1. Hydraulic Bench 2 2. Impact of Jet apparatus 1 3. Flow measurement apparatus by Venturimeter and Orificemeter 1 4. Pipe Friction apparatus 1 5. Orifice and Mouthpiece apparatus 1 6. Bernoulli's Theorem apparatus 1 7. Flow over a notch apparatus 1 8. Losses in pipe bends apparatus 1 9. Reyonold's apparatus 1 10. Working models of: - Pelton wheel Turbine - Francis - Reciprocating - Centrifugal pump - Hydraulic Ram - Kaplan turbine 1 Each
  • 212.
    212 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 212 Sr. No. Description Qty 11. Manometers of different types and pressure gauges like: - Piezometer - 6 - Differential Manometers (Double column type manometer) - 10 - Universal manometers (Single column type manometer) -2 - Inclined tube manometer - 2 - Bourden pressure gauges - 2 - Compound Gauges(Vacuum and pressure gauge combined) - 2 These apparatus should be purchased alongwith hydraulic bench as the design of these apparatus depend upon the design of Hydraulic bench 24 12. Current meter 1 13. Centrifugal pump test Rig. 1 14. Submergible pump set apparatus 1 15. Misc.tools etc. L.S CIVIL ENGINEERING FABRICATION AND ERECTION SHOP 1. Masonry erection tools, such as iron pans, trowels, plumb bobs, showels, sets pick axes, corner squares etc. 10 2. Carpenter's tool such as tenonsaw, planes screw drivers, chisel sets, sets marking guages, pliers, hammers, augers,bevel squares, files, drills etc. 10 3. Plumber tools, plumbing vice, die and tap sets, pipe wrenches of different sets sizes, pipe cutters, spanner sets, hammer plier. 5 4. Centering, shuttering and scaffolding (for an ordinary residential building) 1 Set 5. Pipes and pipe fittings, valves, gulley traps, GI grating, manhole, covertraps, WC pan with foot rest, flushing cistern, urinal pan with cistern, taps, wash basin, water meter etc. L.S 6. Hoisting and conveying equipment tripod, hoist, pulleys, ladders, ballis etc. Compressed air equipment with accessories - 1 L.S 7. Steel fabrication equipment with fabricating small trusses, reinforcement cages, small girder, column beam connections, column truss connection 1 Set 8. Floor grinding/polishing machine, spray guns etc L.S Sr. No. Description Qty ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING LABORATORY
  • 213.
    213 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 213 1. Lovibond comparator (for colour determination 1 2. Colorimeter (for colour determination) 1 3. Centrifuge 1 4. Turbiditimeter 1 5. pH meter 1 6. Jar test apparatus (Flocculator) 1 7. Dissolved oxygen meter 1 8. B.O.D incubator 1 9. Water bath with digital controller 1 10. Hot air oven 1 11. Hot plate 2 12. Bacteriological incubator 1 13. Colony counter 1 14. Water sampler 1 15. Water analysis kit 1 16. Water distill 1 17. Conductivity meter 1 18. Electronic balance 1 19. Chemical Balance 1 20. Inverted microscope 1 21. Model of oxidation ditch 1 22. Working model of Trickling Filter 1 23. Misc. items like noise measurement apparatus etc. L.S ENERGY CONSERVATION LABORATORY 1 Clamp meter 02 5000 2 Multimeter 02 2000 3 Power Analyser 01 20000 4 Different types of lamps (LS) − 60 W lamp, 230 V , 100 V − 200 W lamp − 500 W lamp − 100 W lamp, 110 V, 150 V 10 500 5 Lux meter 02 5000 6 Centrifugal pump, 1 kW 1 15,000 7 Standard window A.C. 01 20000
  • 214.
    214 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 214 8 Anemometer 02 5000 9 Thermometer 03 2000 10 Flow meter 02 10000 11 Pumping set with at least two pumps of different capacity. 1 set 10000 12 Pressure gauge fitted on discharge lines 1 set 2000 13 Variable Frequency Drive 02 50000 14 A small compressor with a small network of pipe line fitted with suitable pipeline, pressure gauge, safety valve and loading / unloading pressure switch. 1 3000 15 Stop watch 2 1000 16 Small blower (1.5 kW motor) with inlet and outlet ducts of approximately one meter length on both sides 1 10000 17 Black Box (for checking lamp efficacy including stand and luxmeter) 1 25000 NOTE: In addition to the above, laboratories in respect of physics, chemistry, Computer Centre etc will be required for effective implementation of the course. Provision for photocopiers, PC facilities along with LCD Projection System etc. has also to be made.
  • 215.
    215 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 215 (C) Furniture Requirement Norms and standards laid down by AICTE be followed for working out furniture requirement for this course. 10.2 Human Resources Development: Weekly work schedule, annual work schedule, student teacher ratio for various group and class size, staffing pattern, work load norms, qualifications, experience and job description of teaching staff workshop staff and other administrative and supporting staff be worked out as per norms and standards laid down by the AICTE. 11. EVALUATION STRATEGY 11.1 INTRODUCTION Evaluation plays an important role in the teaching-learning process. The major objective of any teaching- learning endeavor is to ensure the quality of the product which can be assessed through learner’s evaluation. The purpose of student evaluation is to determine the extent to which the general and the specific objectives of curriculum have been achieved. Student evaluation is also important from the point of view of ascertaining the quality of instructional processes and to get feedback for curriculum improvement. It helps the teachers in determining the level of appropriateness of teaching experiences provided to learners to meet their individual and professional needs. Evaluation also helps in diagnosing learning difficulties of the students. Evaluation is of two types: Formative and Summative (Internal and External Evaluation) Formative Evaluation It is an on-going evaluation process. Its purpose is to provide continuous and comprehensive feedback to students and teachers concerning teaching-learning process. It provides corrective steps to be taken to account for curricular as well as co-curricular aspects. Summative Evaluation It is carried out at the end of a unit of instruction like topic, subject, semester or year. The main purpose of summative evaluation is to measure achievement for assigning course grades, certification of students and ascertaining accountability of instructional process. The student evaluation has to be done in a comprehensive and systematic manner since any mistake or lacuna is likely to affect the future of students.
  • 216.
    216 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 216 In the present educational scenario in India, where summative evaluation plays an important role in educational process, there is a need to improve the standard of summative evaluation with a view to bring validity and reliability in the end-term examination system for achieving objectivity and efficiency in evaluation. 11.2 STUDENTS’ EVALUATION AREAS The student evaluation is carried out for the following areas: - Theory - Practical Work (Laboratory, Workshop, Field Exercises) - Project Work - Professional Industrial Training A. Theory Evaluation in theory aims at assessing students’ understanding of concepts, principles and procedures related to a course/subject, and their ability to apply learnt principles and solve problems. The formative evaluation for theory subjects may be caused through sessional /class-tests, home-assignments, tutorial-work, seminars, and group discussions etc. For end-term evaluation of theory, the question paper may comprise of three sections. Section-I It should contain objective type items e.g. multiple choice, matching and completion type. Total weightage to Section-1 should be of the order of 20 percent of the total marks and no choice should be given in this section. The objective type items should be used to evaluate students’ performance in knowledge, comprehension and at the most application domains only. Section-II It should contain short answer/completion items. The weightage to this section should be of the order of 40 percent of the total marks. Again, no choice should be given in section-II Section-III It may contain two to three essay type questions. Total weightage to this section should be of the order of 40 percent of the total marks. Some built-in, internal choice of about 50 percent of the questions set, can be given in this section Table II : Suggested Weightage to be given to different ability levels Abilities Weightage to be assigned Knowledge 10-30 percent Comprehension 40-60 percent
  • 217.
    217 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 217 Application 20-30 percent Higher than application i.e. Analysis, Synthesis and Evaluation Upto 10 percent B. Practical Work Evaluation of students performance in practical work (Laboratory experiments, Workshop practicals/field exercises) aims at assessing students ability to apply or practice learnt concepts, principles and procedures, manipulative skills, ability to observe and record, ability to interpret and draw conclusions and work related attitudes. Formative and summative evaluation may comprise of weightages to performance on task, quality of product, general behaviour and it should be followed by viva-voce. C. Project Work The purpose of evaluation of project work is to assess students ability to apply, in an integrated manner, learnt knowledge and skills in solving real life problems, manipulative skills, ability to observe, record, creativity and communication skills. The formative and summative evaluation may comprise of weightage to nature of project, quality of product, quality of report and quality of presentation followed by viva-voce. D. Professional Industrial Training Evaluation of professional industrial training report and viva-voce/ presentation aims at assessing students’ understanding of materials, industrial processes, practices in the industry/field and their ability to engage in activities related to problem-solving in industrial setting as well as understanding of application of learnt knowledge and skills in real life situation. The formative and summative evaluation may comprise of weightages to performance in testing, general behaviour, quality of report and presentation during viva-voce.
  • 218.
    218 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 218 12. RECOMMENDATIONS FOR EFFECTIVE CURRICULUM IMPLEMENTATION This curriculum document is a Plan of Action and has been prepared based on exhaustive exercise of curriculum planning and design. The representative sample comprising selected senior personnel (lecturers and HODs) from various institutions and experts from industry/field have been involved in curriculum design process. The document so prepared is now ready for its implementation. It is the faculty of polytechnics who have to play a vital role in planning instructional experiences for the courses in four different environments viz. class-room, laboratory, library and field and execute them in right perspective. It is emphasized that a proper mix of different teaching methods in all these places of instruction only can bring the changes in stipulated students behaviour as in the curriculum document. It is important for the teachers to understand curriculum document holistically and further be aware of intricacies of teaching-learning process (T-L) for achieving curriculum objectives. Given below are certain suggestions which may help the teachers in planning and designing learning experiences effectively. These are indicative in nature and teachers using their creativity can further develop/refine them. The designers of the programme suggest every teacher to read them carefully, comprehend and start using them. (A) Broad Suggestions: 1. Curriculum implementation takes place at programme, course and class-room level respectively and synchronization among them is required for its success. The first step towards achieving synchronization is to read curriculum document holistically and understand its rationale and philosophy. 2. An academic plan needs to be prepared and made available to all polytechnics well in advance. The Principals have a great role to play in its dissemination and, percolation upto grass-root level. Polytechnics, in turn are supposed to prepare institutional academic plan. 3. HOD of every Programme Department along with HODs and incharges of other departments are required to prepare academic plan at department level referring to institutional academic plan. 4. All lecturers/Senior lecturers are required to prepare course level and class level lesson plans referring departmental academic plan. (B) Course Level Suggestions
  • 219.
    219 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 219 Teachers are educational managers at class room level and their success in achieving course level objectives lies in using course plan and their judicious execution which is very important for the success of programme by achieving its objectives. Polytechnic teachers are required to plan various instructional experiences viz. theory lecture, expert lectures, lab/workshop practicals, guided library exercises, field visits, study tours, camps etc. In addition, they have to carry out progressive assessment of theory, assignments, library, practicals and field experiences. Teachers are also required to do all these activities within a stipulated period of time. It is essential for them to use the given time judiciously by planning all above activities properly and ensure execution of the plan effectively. Following is the gist of suggestions for subject teachers to carry out T-L process effectively: 1. Teachers are required to prepare a course plan, taking into account departmental academic plan, number of weeks available and courses to be taught. 2. Teachers are required to prepare lesson plan for every theory class. This plan may comprise of contents to be covered, learning material for execution of a lesson plan. They may follow steps for preparing lesson plan e.g. drawing attention, state instructional objectives, help in recalling pre-requisite knowledge, deliver planned subject content, check desired learning outcomes and reinforce learning etc. 3. Teachers are required to plan for expert lectures from field/industry. Necessary steps are to plan in advance, identify field experts, make correspondence to invite them, take necessary budgetary approval etc. 4. Teachers are required to plan for guided library exercises by identification of course specific experience requirement, setting time, assessment, etc. The assignments and seminars can be thought of as terminal outcome of library experiences. 5. Concept and content based field visits may be planned and executed for such content of course which is abstract in nature and no other requisite resources are readily available in institute to impart them effectively. 6. There is a dire need for planning practical experiences in right perspective. These slots in a course are the avenues to use problem based learning/activity learning/ experiential learning approach effectively. The development of lab instruction sheets for the course is a good beginning to provide lab experiences effectively. 7. Planning of progressive assessment encompasses periodical assessment in a semester, preparation of proper quality question paper, assessment of answer sheets immediately and giving constructive feed back to every student 8. The student centred activities may be used to develop generic skills like task management, problem solving, managing self, collaborating with others etc.
  • 220.
    220 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 220 9. Where ever possible, it is essential to use activity based learning rather than relying on delivery based conventional teaching all the time. 10. Teachers may take initiative in establishing liaison with industries and field organizations for imparting field experiences to their students. 11. Students be made aware about issues related to ecology and environment, safety, concern for wastage of energy and other resources etc. 12. Students may be given relevant and well thought out project assignments, which are purposeful and develop practical skills. This will help students in developing creativity and confidence for their gainful employment. 13. A Project bank may be developed by the concerned department of the polytechnics in consultation with related Industry, research institutes and other relevant field organizations in the state. 13. LIST OF PARTICIPANTS The following experts have participated in workshop for Developing the Curricula Structure and Contents of various Diploma Programmes for UP State on 5-6 April, 2018 at NITTTR, Chandigarh: 1. Sh. Pankaj Yadav, Assistant Director, Directorate of Technical Education, Kanpur 2. Sh. Lal Ji Patel, Text Book Officer/CDC Officer, IRDT, Kanpur 3. Mohd. Qamruzzaman, Lecturer English, Government Polytechnic, Kanpur 4. Sh. Anjani Kumar Sharma, HOD, Chemical Engg. Government Polytechnic, Chandari 5. Dr. Balram, Lecturer Maths, Government Polytechnic, Lucknow 6. Sh. Sanjay Kumar Singh, Lecturer, Electrnics, Government Polytechnic, Aurai, Bhadohi, UP. 7. Sh. Nirdosh Kumar, Lecturer, Electrical Engg. Government Polytechnic, Naraini, Banda 8. Sh. Vinod Sonthwal, Lecturer, Civil Engg. NITTTR, Chandigarh 9. Sh. Vikas Choudhary, Lecturer, Civil Engg. Government Polytechnic, Changipur, Bijnor 10.Sh. Ashish Kumar, Head, Mechanical Engg. Government Polytechnic, Narwana Khurd, Meerut 11.Sh. Gopal Chandra Nayak, Assistant Professor, Regional Institute of English, Sector 32-C, Chandigarh. 12. Sh. Amit Doegar, Assistant Professor, Computer Science and Engg. NITTTR, Chandigarh 13. Dr. Kanika Sharma, Assistant Professor, ECE, NITTTR, Chandigarh 14. Mrs. Shano Solanki, Assistant Professor, Computer Science and Engg. NITTTR, Chandigarh 15. Dr. Lini Mathew, Associate Professor, Electrical Engg. NITTTR, Chandigarh 16. Dr. KC Lachhwani, Assistant Professor, Applied Science, NITTTR, Chandigarh 17. Mrs. Rama Chhabra, Associate Professor, CDC, NITTTR, Chandigarh 18. Dr. AB Gupta, HOD, CDC, NITTTR, Chandigarh 19. Sh. Roshan Lal, Sr. Lecturer, Kalpana Chawla Govt. Polytechnic for Women, Ambala City 20. Dr. P. Sudhakar Rao, Assistant Professor, Mechanical Engg. NITTTR, Chandigarh 21. Sh. Kamal Kumar, Lecturer, Computer, Government Girls Polytechnic, Lucknow 22. Sh. Pravesh Verma, Deputy Secretary, Board of Technical Education, Lucknow
  • 221.
    221 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 221 23. Dr. Dinesh Yadav, Lecturer, Physics, Government Polytechnic, Bareilly 24. Dr. Yogendra Singh, Lecturer, Chemistry, Government Polytechnic, Ghaziabad 25. Professor Seema Kapoor, Dr. SSBUICET, Panjab University, Chandigarh 26.Sh. Navdeep Singh, Sr. Lecturer, Computer Sc. Engg. Government Polytechnic, KhuniMajra, Mohali 27. Sh. Gurmail Singh, Sr. Lecturer, ECE, Government Polytechnic, KhuniMajra, Mohali 28. Dr. Shimi S.L., Assistant Professor, Electrical Engg. NITTTR, Chandigarh
  • 222.
    222 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 222 The following experts have participated in workshop for Developing the Curricula Structure and Contents of various Diploma Programmes for UP State on 18-19 April, 2018 at NITTTR, Chandigarh: 1. Sh. Ram Partap Singh, Instructor, Drawings, Government Polytechnic, Kanpur 2. Sh. Narendra Kumar, Workshop Superintendent, Government Polytechnic, Kanpur 3. Sh. Rajeev Kumar, Workshop Superintendent, Government Polytechnic, Jaunpur 4.. Vikas Choudhary, Lecturer, Civil Engg. Government Polytechnic, Changipur, Noorpur Bijnor 5. Sh. Rahul Singh, Lecturer, Civil Engg. Government Polytechnic, Changipur, Noorpur Bijnor 6. Sh. Lal Ji Patel, Text Book Officer/CDC Officer, IRDT, Kanpur 7. Sh. Kamal Kumar, Lecturer, Computer, Government Girls Polytechnic, Lucknow 8. Sh. Sheetanshu Krishna, Government Polytechnic, Amethi 9. Sh. Amit Doegar, Assistant Professor, Computer Science and Engg. NITTTR, Chandigarh 10. Sh. Shirish Tripathi, Government Polytechnic, Unnao 11. Sh. Sanjay Kumar Singh, Government Polytechnic, Aurai, Bhadohi, UP 12. Dr. Kanika Sharma, Assistant Professor, ECE, NITTTR, Chandigarh 13. Mrs. Himmi Gupta, Assistant Professor, Civil Engg. NITTTR, Chandigarh 14. Ms. VarshreeGangwar, Lecturer, Chemical Engg. Government Polytechnic, Budaun 15. Dr. Poonam Syal, Associate Professor, Electrical Engg. NITTTR, Chandigarh 16. Dr. P. Sudhakar Rao, Assistant Professor, Mechanical Engg. NITTTR, Chandigarh 17. Sh. PK Singla, Associate Professor, CDC, NITTTR, Chandigarh 18. Mrs. Rama Chhabra, Associate Professor, CDC, NITTTR, Chandigarh 19. Mohd. Rizwanullah Siddiqui, HOD, Electrical Engg. Government Polytechnic, Lucknow 20. Sh. O.P. Choudhary, Lecturer, Electrical Engg. Government Polytechnic, Lucknow 21. Sh. Tushar Kiran, Lecturer, Mechanical Engg. Government Polytechnic, Lucknow 22. Sh. HeeraSiddiqui, Lecturer, Chemical Engg. Government Polytechnic, Lakhiurpur 23. Sh. R.P. Bhardwaj, Workshop Superintendent, Aryabhat Institute of Technology, Delhi- 33. 24. Dr. AB Gupta, HOD, CDC, NITTTR, Chandigarh
  • 223.
    223 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 223 The following experts have participated in workshop for Developing Curriculum Contents for 1st year of 6 diploma programmes for UP State on 4th May, 2018 at State Board of Technical Education, Lucknow: 1. Sh. S.K. Govil, Ex Secretary, SIMT, JEEC 2. Dr. Amrita Mishra, Lecturer, Chemistry, Government Polytechnic, Lucknow 3. Sh. Ashok Kushwaha, Head, Computer, Government Polytechnic, Lucknow 4. Sh. Faizan Ahmad, Lecturer, Chemical Engg., Sanjay Gandhi Polytechnic, Jagdishpur, Amethi 5. Dr. Kalpana Singh, Lecturer, Physics, Government Polytechnic, Lucknow 6. Sh. Alok Srivastava, HOD, Civil Engg. Government Polytechnic, Shahjahanpur 7. Dr. Vinod Kashyap, Lecturer, English, Government Polytechnic, Lucknow 8. Sh. Rakesh Kumar, Lecturer, Electronics, Government Polytechnic, Barabanki 9. Sh. Subhash Chandra Misra, Retired Sr. DDG, BSNL, DOT, GOI 10. Sh. Brijesh Mishra, Softpro India 11. Sh. Ajay Choudhary, ,Softpro India 12. Sh. FR Khan, JEEC, UP 13. Sh. K. Ram, Joint Director, (CZ) 14. Sh. Manish Kumar, Lecturer, Government Polytechnic, Unnao 15.Sh. Prabhakar Tiwari, HOD, Electrical Engg. Government Polytechnic, Premdharpatti, Pratapgarh 16. Sh. RK Singh, HOD, Electronics, Government Polytechnic, Pratapgarh 17. Ms. Rashmi Sonkar, HOD, IT, Government Girls Polytechnic, Faizabad 18. Sh. Ankit Gupta, Lecturer, Mechanical Engg. Government Polytechnic, Lucknow 19. Ms. Meenu Dwivedi, Lecturer, Mechanical Engg. Government Polytechnic, Lucknow 20. Sh. Sanjay Kumar Srivastava, Tata Motors Ltd., Lucknow 21. Sh. Kamal Kumar, Lecturer, Computer, Government Girls Polytechnic, Lucknow 22. Sh. Manoj Kumar, Director, IRDT, Technical Education, Kanpur 23. Sh. RC Rajput, Director, Technical Education, Kanpur 24. Sh. Sanjeeva Kumar Singh, Secretary, Board of Technical Education, Lucknow 25. Sh. Pravesh Verma, Electrical Engg. Board of Technical Education, Lucknow 26. Sh. Lal Ji Patel, Text Book Officer/CDC Officer, IRDT, Kanpur 27. Sh,.Ashrapal, Principal, Government Polytechnic, Tundla, Firozabad 28. Sh. Sandeep Kumar, Lecturer, Computer, Government Polytechnic, Allahabad 29. Sh. Umesh Chand Yadav, Government Polytechnic, Lucknow 30. Sh. OP Chaudhari, Lecturer, Government Polytechnic, Lucknow
  • 224.
    224 CORRECTED AND APPROVEDBY BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION,U.P,LUCKNOW IN MEETING HELD ON 10.07.2019 @RASHMI SONKAR Page 224 The following experts have participated in workshop for Developing Curriculum Contents of 2nd year and 3rd year subjects of diploma courses in Civil Engineering for UP State on 6-7 September, 2018 at NITTTR, Chandigarh: 1. Sh. Vikas Choudhary, Lecturer, Civil Engg. Government Polytechnic, Changipur, Noorpur Bijnor 2. Sh. Rahul Singh, Lecturer, Civil Engg. Government Polytechnic, Ghaziabad 3. Sh. Lokendra Narayan Tripathi, Lecturer, Civil Engg., Government Polytechnic, Orai (Jalaun) 4. Sh. Sahil Sharma, HOD, Civil Engg., Government Polytechnic, Mawana (running at G.Ply, Bijnor) 5. Sh. Alok Srivastava, HOD, Civil Engg. Government Polytechnic, Shahjahanpur 6. Sh. Ashok Kushwaha, Head, Computer, Government Polytechnic, Lucknow 7. Mrs. Himmi Gupta, Assistant Professor, Civil Engg. NITTTR, Chandigarh 8. Sh. Rabinder Singh, Principal, Guru Nanak Dev Polytechnic College, Ludhiana 9. Sh. Guralam Singh, SDO, Irrigation Department, Punjab(now on deputation with vigilance bureau, Punjab) 10. Sh. Jasbir Singh Kalra, Head Draftsman, UT, Chandigarh Engg. Deptt. 11. Sh. Jagdish Lal Gogna, President, National Human Rights Committee, Chandigarh.